The URL can be used to link to this page

Vista Ridge Retail-CS080822Page 1 of 1 Ken Griffin -Denton Tap and Highland Drive Traffic Signal From: <kevin.hoppers(c~kimley-horn.com> To: <kgriffin(c~ci.coppell.tx.us>, <dbaskins(c~ci.coppell.tx.us> Date: 8/22/200811:36 AM Subject: Denton Tap and Highland Drive Traffic Signal Attachments: Signal_Plans_08-22-08_sealed_black-white.pdf; General Notes -Denton Tap at Highland Signal.pdf; Quantities for Denton Tap Rd at Highland Dr.pdf Ken, For your information, attached are the final plans, general notes and quantities for Denton Tap and Highland Drive. Please let me know if you have any problems with these or if you would prefer hard copies. Thanks. Kevin Hoppers, P.E. Kimley Horn and Associates, Inc. 12700 Park Central Drive Suite 1800 Dallas, Texas 75251 Phone: 972-770-1307 Fax: 972-239-3820 email: kevin.hoppers@kimley-horn.com file://C:1Documents and SettingslradloolLocal SettingslTemplXPgrpwise148AEA4D4City... 12/9/2009 IATID~1[ DESCRIPTION TITLE SHEET TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ~TCPfi-1 THRU 1-4}-98 BC (1-12}-03 WZ fBTS-{1-2}-Q3 EC f 1 } - 93 IRAFFIC SIGNp~ LAYOUTS INTERSECTION PLAN SHEETS AND TABLES F,+F1`.TR IC81 11FT~~ ED {1-12)-03 LUM-A-99 VIVDS TRAFFIC SIGNAL,,~OLE STd~~ SMA-80 11}-99 {DAL} SMA-80 f2}-9fi {DAL} MA-C-96 MA-D-07 SMDf5LIP-1}-O~fDAL} LMA (if-O1 LMA f2}-01 ~ LMA f31-Q1 LMA (4) -D1 ~ TS-FD-99 U TRAFFIC sjc~L 5TA~~$Q~ ,~ TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEAD IDENTIFICATION {DAL} S PEDESTRAIN SIGNAL HEAD IDENTIFICATION (DAL} SIGN DETAIL TS-CF-04 PEDESTRIAN RAMP DETAILS 1 PED Q2-1 PEDESTRIAN RAMP DETAILS 2 PED 02-2 PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS (DAL1 f~ 0 o: B m ~ _. . , 0 ~ ~h~~ ~ 1 ~ * o ~ -~~a ' Q z ~ ; ' ~* : ':~f',AT r ~ -, }r . ~. N~ a f: r.KEVIN P HaPPERS,,~ ~~ ~ a ~ ~,; 936f9 .~, ~ • Z i ~ - Z ~ ,~- v F ~• N ~•~'fi'~ ~~ S `G} ~ ~ ~ LlI ~ ~ L~~ ~\ ~~ F~ J ~~F w ~ . E. 1 ~ ~ THE SEAL APPEARING OH THIS M'AS AUTHORIZED O U BY NE41H P. HOPPERS P E 94664 OH AUGUST 18 2008 ~. F- Z a , . . , ALTERATION OF A SEALED GOCUIIENi NITHOUT PROPER Z LeJ ~ ~ h- ova U 2 p HOTIFICAFION FO iNf RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AH OFfEN5E UNDER THE TE%A5 ENGINEERIHO PRACi[CE ACT. CITE ~]F LEWI3VILL~ PL.~NS OF PROPOSED TR.~FFIC SIGN.~L DESIGN DENTON TAP ROAD AT HIGHLAND DRIVE rXCtF' I lONS: NONt EQUATIONS: !NONE SPECIFICATIQNS ADOPTED BY THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, MARCH I, 1993 AND SPECIFICATION ITEMS LISTED AND DATED A5 FOLLOWS, SHALL GOVERN ON THIS PROJECT: REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS, FEDERAL AIDED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (FORM FHWA 1273, DECEMBER, 1993} ROAD WORK bREbp CN'20-10 48' % 46' {FLAGS - SEE NDrE 11 4 Charnel izing Devices 15Ef NOTE 21 i i V~u I I I I I I I I I , I I ' Channel izing Devices [5EE NOTE 21 L Roan END WORK ROAD a ROAD WORK ~fORK n aHEdn ~ ~ c2g-2a AHEba ~, f L END ROAD WORK ~ ~ 0 r ~, G20-2a N 98' % 24" .. q ~ 8 Minimum Oeelrable Teter Lengths ** 5uageeted Akxlmun Spaaing of Devise f~iinimum 51gn 5paairq Posted Speed4E Formula 1a' Offset 11' Offset 12' Offset Cn a Taper On a Tangent % Oietmoe 30 2 15D' 165' 180' 3D' 60'-75' 12D' 35 ~= WS 60 205' 225' 245' 35' 70'-9D' 160' 40 2fi5' 295' 320' 40' 8D'-1D0` 240' 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90`-110' 32D' 50 5D0' 550' 600' SD` 1DD'-125' 4D0' 55 L=WS 550' 605' 660` 55' 114'-140' 506' 6D 600 , 660 I20 60 120 -i50 , 4E6D0 65 650' 715' 780' 65` 130'-165' 1E 700' 70 700' 770' 840' 7D' 140'-175' 4E 800' Channelizing Devices (SEE NOTE 2i \ ^ ^ ^ _,..I.'... N I' ~g_ID~ ~ 48 % 24 46 % 48 15EE NDTE 21 . {SfE NOTE 21 ~ (FLAGS -SEE NDTE 11 C1rIO-10 i 96" % 9B' *~ (FLAGS - 5EE NOTE 11 ~ ~ i L Mfark Yeh€CIeB ar other m I equipment neaeasary for ~ ~ ~ c the work operation, suds ~ ~ ~ as trucks, moveable aranea, L p '~" ~ ~ BfC., shall remain in Channel ization devises ~ ° may be omitted if the areas separated fran lanes of traffic by chorxlel iza- wcrtc area ie a m€n€mm Ctwrrlellzl of 36' Pram the nearest ~ ~ tion devices at all times. traveled way. ~ Devices • {5EE NOTE 21 ~ x m :~; ~ ~ .~.}, 1 L N} ~ ~ ~ j ,- O r~: ~ ~~., L a x M END ROAD WORK G20-2a 48' % 24' i5EE NOTE 21 !R DAQ.. TI i 'WORK AHEaQ CN120-1D ~Charrlelizing . 46" % 4B' Devices (FLAGS -SEE NOTE 11 (SEE NOTE 21 TCP (1-1a) T Work Area Near Shoulder Work Ar ~ Conventional Aoade Only Toper lengths have been rounded ofi. L•Lergth of Taper [FT,) N•fldth of Offset iFT.f S•Poeted Speed ihPH1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. 11111ess otherwise stated in the plans, flaps attached tg signs are BF.~lIBEQ 2. All traffic control devices illustrated are ElEQU1REl), except those denoted with the trlalgle symbol may be omitted when stated elsewhere in the plans. 3. On high speed facilities advance warning signs should be instal led proximately 3% fran the work area ar Pram the beginning of a lane ar shoulder taper. On low speed facilities the advance warning signs should be placed based an the '%' mtntmun distance. 4. Inactive work vehicles or other equipment should be parked near the r€~t-of-way line and not parked on the paved shoulder. Only pre-qualified graduate ehaEl be urea A Ilst of aaapllant produota and it~elr sources mapr be obtained by rrltina or faxing: Standards Engineer Traffio Operatlans Divlelan - TE Texas Qepartment of Tranaportatfm 125 East 11th Sheet Austin, Texas 78701-2463 Phone {5121 416-3335 Fmt {5121 416-3151 E-Agl I TAF-STANDARDIg1al Igw.dot.State,tx.us T11e requirement far shadow.:vehicies wi l l be'>> l isted in the protect GENERAL NOTES, -Item 502, Barricades, Signs and Traffic Nmdling. ` STAi~IARD' PLi~H5 ~~aus ~rar o~ ~f~~YOrt rraffic:Opar'aHana ONlalan . TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN TCP t1-i ~ -98 TYPICAL IISAGE~ MOBILE SHORT iM1RATION SHORT TERM STATIONARY 1NTER€EOIATE TERM STATIONJ<Rl' LONG TER1i STATIOf18RY Warning Sign Sequence 1n Opposite pireatian Same as Below ~T YIELD ° sRi-2 42" X 42" X 42" 5R1-2b TO 48" X 3fi' ONCOMING TRAFFIC 7' minimum ISEE NDTE 6) Charelelizing devices separate work area from traveled way. END ~~ /~ +f ROAD WORK LUJ ~ ao-za 98' % 2~' f ~ g~ o c } = i Type III barricade, C Chaonellzinq deViaes,ar I shadow vehicle with or r ~ f 1 ags or warn inq I I ghts. MFlen shadow vehicle is I N ~ required, 1t shat I be equipped X ~ with Truck hiqunted Atterwator. ^ I ® ^^ i 9 illhlnum Ikefrahle Taper Lergthe ~~ 5uppoeted I~W:clmim Spoalnp of aevioe Yinlwun Sign 5paalrq Foetatl Speed4F Formula 1a' offset tl' Offset 12' Ofieet an a Taper an a TaiperrF X pletar,oe 30 2 150' i65` 180' 30' 60'-75' 120' 35 L= WS fi0 205' 225' 245` 35' 70`-90' 1fiD' 90 2fi5' 295' 320' 4D' 80'-100' 240' 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90`-110' 32D` 50 5D0' 550' fi00' SD' 100' -125' 40D' 55 L=iN$ 550' 605' 6fi0' S5' 110`-14D' _ 500` 60 r fi0D ~ fi60 ~ 720 ~ fi0 r_ r 120 150 ,~ ~ tiDO 65 fi50' 715' 780' 65' 130'-3fi5' X700' 70 70D' 770' 840' 70' 14D'-175' iEBDD' The requireme:rt far shadow vehiotes w[ I I be 1lsted in the pra)eot GENERAL NOTES, Item 5D2, Barricades, Signs and Traffic Nandi ing. RDAD WORK CIV2D-ID ONE LANE AHEAD 4e" x 4a" BE RDAD IFLAG5-5EE NDTE t) PREPARED AHEAD cw2o-4D TO STOP 4B" x 4a" ~ ~ / . FCW20-7b 48" X 48" ~ ISEE NOTE 2! f FCW20-7a 48" X 48" 500 / FEET } ~ / / ,c , ~' END Raab waRK rb i~ ~. ` 0 2 ~° ti G20-2a ti ~ 48' X 24' h ^ 15D' Min. ^ . ~'"'~ Y o .~ ~ o m •'i 3Q ^'~~7~~, ~- . ~ Converrtfar:al Roads only Taper ienpthe have oee~ ravidod oft. L•Lenpth of Taper {FT.) w•width et Otteet iFT.1 5•Poated Speed {IpHI TYPICAL USAGE: MOBILE SNORT DUUTIGN S110RT TERN STATIDNARY 1HTERIEDIATE TER#15TATIDNa4fi1' LDNG TERM STATIDNARY GENERAL NDFES: .~4` o c Type IIi barricade, i. nags arraaw:o ro signs are neuuineu. ;,~; ~ ~ chafnelizing devices,ar 2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those I denoted with the tri to s I be omitted when stated else ~ ~ x YIELD sR1-2 ^"~"'' shadow vehicle with orange ~ ~ ~ where ~ ~ 42" X 42" X 42" flags ar warning lights. in the plans. ~ When shadow vehicle is 3. The BE PREPARED TO STOP sign may be instal Eed after the DNE LANE ROAD I o ° r iced it shat I bee i d AHEAD sign, bat Droper sign spacing sFlol i be slairltained. ~ ,a o TO SRI-2b ~ ' ~ ~ 4. RDAD IIDRK AHEAD sign may be repeahed if the visibility of the work ONCOMING " " wi#h Truck Haunted Attenuatar. zone Is less than 15DD'. TRAFFIC 48 X 36 I _ I tSEE NOTE 61 TCPII gal ^ N ~ 5. YIELD sign traffic control may be used on projects with approaches x that have adequate sight distance. For pro)eats in urban areas, work I x ^ zones should be no longer than one half city bicck. In rural areas on roadways with less the 4ODO ADT, work areas should be fta longer than 40D'. 6. YIEL6 TO DNCaI,IING TRAFFIC stgn sha11 be placed on a support at a T' YIELD • Fop-7a minimum mounfing heist. v 48' X 48" TCPii-2b) SYi3-2a I • ~ ~ SOD 48" % 48' o FEET 7. Flaggers should use two-woy radios ar other methods of caenemicatlan I o to control traff lo, • ~"° BE 8. Length of work area should be based on the ~i l ity of f loggers to x ONE LANE ^ camKnicate. ~ PREPARED I RDAD x 9. Distance along curve of work area should be adequate length Par AHEAD TO STOP motorists to Edentify and react to flogger signals. cw2o-4o ONE LAN 48' X 4$" I RDAD only pie-vualttled pradtaha aholt be uses. A ite+of aarplialtt x AHEAD FCW2D-7b p'w°uot° and their eolwaee r~r be obtained bf wri+insr ar faxinpi . I CN2D-4D 48' X 48" Standm'de dlptlleer I 48" X 48" {SEE NDTE.2) Traffic Operattlane Diviatm - TE x AND Taxae bepartment of Tralepprtatlon 135: Eae4 I Ith`5fraet. ) ROAD rM3335 X I Fax15121 41&3181 ' 4~ `MiORK -2a. E~gll TRF;S'fllnAADReafiQll.dat.etala.+x.ue G2D RaAD . AHEAD ` 48.`.. x 24" ~.,,- _ woRK CN2D-1 D .... _ T.. • 4s" X aB" AHEAD ...(FLAGS-sEE NOTE n , " STANDi~AD PI,.iiNS 48" 48" X 48' '. ~. 1 IFLAGS-SEE NOTE I) " ~~2 ~~ Trdffk OpararTans Alvlslon t'/: " G" D ~ ~ TCP ~1-2b) ~ iz 31i" 6" D TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN One ~rx° Lane Closed One Lane Closed n s~~ I: Ade oats Field of View ' ~ Inade oats Field of View ~~~ Q 4~z TCP ~ 1-2~ -98 SR1-2b Letters -Black ©ixDOT DeoerTber 1985 ~~-LA u=-I~ ~~-DH ~K.~111 NEB"a: Background -White "E°1510x5 oisraicr ffcmN f=cEa~ aio r~itu ~¢r 48 x 36 Reflective 4'9D DAL s ROAD woRK AHEAD cw2D-IU 48" X 48" (FLAGS -SEE NOTE 11 T ECw1-4R" 36 X 36 xX N ~ ~ y uv Ecw1-aR ` ~ ~ 36" X 36' ~ G20-2a SCw13-1 "r ^ ~ 48 X 24 501413-1 XX ^ " 24 X 24 x ~ u, 24" % 24" v ~~ ^ ~ ~ • ti +-''' ~ , } 100 i ~~ G20-2a 48" % 24" i Robb • f~ORK AHEAD CIT20-1 O 46" X 48" (FLAGS - 5EE NOTE 1} "" l/ ~`M ~ ~{ D J ~0 i ~ .. q ~ ~ ao a- Yrnlmun Desirable Taper Lengths ~* 5ugp 5pao eeted Irfaximm ing of Devine Yinfmm Sipe Spaalnq Poe+ed 5peed~F Formula 1a' atf8e+ 11' OtfBet 12' Oifse+ On a Toper Ono Tarogen+ X Dietune 30 2 350' 165' 1B0' 30' 64'-75' 120' 35 ~= W5 60 205' 225' 245' 35' 74'-90' 160' 44 265' 295' 320' 40' BO`-100' 24D' 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 9D'-31D' 32D' 50 50D' 55D' 600' 5D' 100'-125' 40D' 55 L=wS 55D' 1105' 660' S5' 110' -14D` 5DD' 60 6DD` fifi0' 720' fi4' 120`-15D` ~fi00' 65 65D' 715' 7&0' 65' 130'-165' tF7DD' 7D 7D0' 770' 840' 70' 140'-175' #1300' N ~ mn ~ ~ Canven+iorwl Roads anfY ~ 0 ~ T^ ~ L~ ~7aper lengths hove been rar~ded otf. Q L•Length of Taper IFT.} 1N•Nldth of affect IFT.} 5•Poeted Speed qpR} ^ N ECW1-6a 36" X 36" ~ Channel izirlq devices ^ k placed across closed lane EClY1-6a * N {See Nate 6} 36" % 36" • ^ • 100' min ^ a GEHEAAL NOTES: rv ^ 'c o T III barricade YAe : I. Unless otherw[se stated in the plans, flags attached to signs are ~ chamelizing devices, or REQUIRED. ^ shadow vehicle with orange 2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REOUIREO, except Phase EC1~1-4R '~K fags or warning lights. 36' % 36" '~:My Y o denoted with the triangle symbol may be emitted when stated elsewhere ,~., ~ 0 41hen shadow vehlole is in the plans. ,, e t x v •r,y required, 1t shall be equipped 3. FI er control shaufd NDT be used unless r 5CW13-i" ;r, ~ a a~ ~= with Truck Akxxited Attenuatar. a9q oodway conditions or heavy 24 X pq XX .,y.4 e`a tra{Pic volume require additional emphasis to safely control traffic. Additional flaggers should be positioned at end of traffic queues ' z i unless 24" x 24" STOP/SLD14 paddle is used. ^ M ~ M '" 4. DO NOT PASS, PASS 4I[TH CARE, and construction regulatory speed zone Type [ [ I barricade, gn Y g ~ si s ma be installed downstream of the AOAD 140RK AHEAD si ns, chamelizinq devices, or z Flogger 5, ROAD WORK AHEAD sign may be repeated if the visibility of the work shadow vehicle with orange ~ as needed. ~ zone is less then 150D'. flags or warning lights. ^ (5EE NOTE 3} ~ 6. When the work zone is mode up of several work areas, channelizinq TYhen shadow vehicle Is ~ devices should be placed laterally across the closed lane to re- requlred, it shall be equipped x ~ emphasize closure. Laterally placed chonrlel izing devices should be with Truck Akanted Attenuator. ® x repeated every 50D' to 1000' in urban areas and every 1/9 to 112 mile • ~ ~ • Flogger in Ivral areas, N ~ EC1M1-6a , as needed. • ~ 36' X 36' • • " T ~ (SEE NOTE 31 only prr-qualltled gradate Ugfi be aced. A (let of oagllarF • (SEE NOTE 21 produote and their eclraee ~ 6e obtained by >trlting sr fmd:gr T ^ • `' i ~ ^ EC141-4L ~ ^ • 9MidQ'de Engineer ECYYi-fie ~ ^ ^ x 36" X 36' TraK1o Operottone Divtalan - TE ^ ^ Texas DepaH^r:t of Tranepertatlan ^ x 125 EosF I1th 9lreet 36" X 36' X X iSEE NOTE 2} . Austin, Teoa>s TeTa1-2Ae3 ~ y 501413-1" EiN1 ~ ECYT1-4L Phone 55121 x16.3335 ti X . 24 . ~ ~ a j 3fi" X 3fi" Fax. 55121 AI6.3161; , .., _ yq. :: - AIOAROIro fpr.dst.ehlle.tx.ue ^ 7 x p X ~/ ~/ fl N ~ N XX ~ ^ . G20-2a .. ~ 501413-1 r ego remen ar:s ve. is es RG~I ~ v, " 49 .. X 29 .. 24' : X . 24' j will be fisted In tho praject`GfHERAL NOTES, T.' Z T. item 502 Barricades 5 i s , gq and :Tcaffia.:Handl ing. G20-2a ~QbD " 48 X 24 ; .. ~~K ~ , STA~ARa PllWS AHEAD .~- TRANSPOR TI C142D-1 O - .....ROAD.... " TrrrFfk:Oparaflons Divlsldn 48 X 48 wDRK ' C142D-, D {FLAGS - 5EE HOTE 11 48" X 48" AHEAD IFLA - GS 5EE NOTE 1} TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN TCP (~ - 3 a ~ PREPRRED _ TCP ~1 3b) 2 -Lan ra s~oP _ e Roadwa With Pave y d Shoulders 2 Lane Roadwa Wath Paved Shoulders Y • FCTi2D-Tb Fcw2a-Ta T CP ~ 1- 3 y - 98 one Lane Closed " " 48 X 46 ,~ X 4l1 One Lone C I osed A~e C rxOOT Deoasber 1985 ~:•LR ce:• o~•DN ck:•~f1' xECUO.: • Use Only When Flaggers Cchtrol Traffic uate F i e I d of V ~ ew AEVISICHS SIRE FfCEAAl FEOE+~Il ASV ARO CS , Q {5EE NOTE 2} Inade uate F i e I d of V ~ ew o,5~,~r .ECION ~E q ._". TYPICAL USAGES 11~8ILE 5HORi DURATION SHORT T1Dfil STATIOHIRY IH1Ei11EBIATE TfR115TATIflN1R4 LOiG TEI6i STATIOtUIRi ROAD WORK AHEAD cw2D-1 D 4$" X 48" IFLAGS - 5EE NOTE I } +~ 0 O Type III barricade, charrlellzinq davices,ar shadow vehicle with orange flags ar warnln9 fights, llhen shadow vehicle is required, 1t shall be equipper with Trunk I~ivu~rted Attenuator~ TCP (1-4a) One Lane Closed ROAD ® ^ ^ WORK END ROHD 1110HK CW20-10 AHEAD 48" X 48" G~20-2a " M IFlAGS -SEE NOTE 11 48 X 24 ~~ i ROpR VQRK FORM ONE T ,' G20-2a ~ 48" X 29° 15EE NOTE 3i EINE x RIGHT L ~ R2D-2R c ~ 48" x fi0" ~ L o x ~ O ~ LEFT ,,, LANE CL05EG ~ ~ • cw2o-5L ^ -, 48" X 48" _\" 0 winTmm Deslyd~ls Toper Lenpthe ~E~F Suppeetad IYWxlmtm 5pggin0 cf Devige Ilinimrm 5ty1 spaoirq Pasted Speed X• Fgrnu[a 10' Oifaet 11' Ofieet 12' aifse4 Ono Taper On a Tcngeni• X biatploe 30 z 150' 165' 180' 30' 60'-75' 120' 35 L= W5 60 205' 225' 245' 35' 70'-90' 160' 40 2fi5` 295' 320' 40' 80'-100' 24D' 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90'-190' 320' 50 5pp' 550' G00' S0' 100'-925' 400' 55 L=ws 550' 605` 660' 55' 110'-140' 500' 60 ~ 6aa ~ 6sa r 720 r 60 r r 1zo -150 : ~soo 65 650' 715` 780' 65' 130'-165` gF700' 70 700' 770' 840' 70' 140'-175' ~E800' L a ~ * Canverrtianal Aoade only dC ^ ~ • ~Tcper lengitw nova linen rounded cif. ~ ~ •~ 2D0' min L•~efgth qi Tgper IFT.1 rl•wtdth ar Oftaet IFT.1 5•Poatad Speed o~l[1 ~ LEFT ~ LANE ^ ~ M 5 CLUSEO ^ i ^ '" SCW1-4R ~'f`'~t m 48" X " ~ 48" x ~~ ~ ~.7.,' a SC x 48 ~r„~ ~ Xx W13-1 ^ ~;~ L 24" X 24" ^ :s«,. ~ ^ ^ i°n "a GENERAL NDTES: ^ z 1. Unless otherwise stated in file plans, flags attached tv the signs are REOUIREO. J ~ 2. 7Cll~f'#lv aantrol devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those RIGHT {SEE NOTE 5} N denoted with the trtarlgle symbol may be omitted when stated elsertlere J LANE x in the p I ans. ~ ECW1-6a 3. The FORA ONE LANE LEFT slgn may be used following the RIGHT LANE ~ CL05E0 36" X 36" w CLOSED si~r1. 5pt~einnqq dlstonce between signs should be the minimum distance €ndicated. 1a ECW1-6a ~~ q, AOAO wDRx AHEAD sign be re ed if the visibi [ i of the work ~ ~ 36 X 36 is le s th 150 ~ ~ CW20-5R ~ ~ 5. ~pavemen~ marc~ings are not removed and traffic is directed over 48" X q8° TyPe III barricade, f • ~ a dallble yellow centerline, the maximum spociinq of chaxlellzing x charlnelizing devlaes,ar f ~ devices in a tmgent section should be no greater than i0 feat. shadow vehicle with orange flags or warning lights. 5CW1-4L 1Rten shadow vehicle is 48" x 48" Oniy pre-qualified products shall be used. A Ilst of compllart i required, It ahal I be equipped products Gnd their SOIJ'OBS mfg be obtained by writing Ix' faxing R ~d~M with Truck Ir<ounted Attenuator. ^ N XX 5Cw13-1 IGHT Standards Engineer x LANE flNF ,- ~ 24" x 24" ^ Traffic Operat[Ixis Division - TE CLO5E0 LINE 1f+ Texas Department a Transportation ~ m 125 East 91 th Street DEFT t; RIGHT Austin Texas 7a7a1-2483 Cw20-5R * LANE Phone X5121 416-3335 x 48" X 48" R20-2L " * .~ CL05E0 Fax (5121 416-3161 48 X 64 ~ E~-a 1 I TRF-STAIVDAADInia1 I . dot. state. tx. us i {SEE NOTE .3} ~ ~ gw m ~ rn ~ CW20-5R Y7 ~ " „ .. 4s x 48 E~ a The requirement far. shadow irehicles ~~ ~ . ~ ',will be`listed in the project GENERAL NOTES, Roan woRK T .p' : Item 502, Barrlaades,`: Signs and Traffic 19andjing. RDAp ' G20 2a - x RIGHT.. ENE ' :FORK 4B" x:24" LANE c~osEn FINE ... ~- STAt~ARD' CW20-.1D '- C1Y20-5R... R2Q 2L x ~$ ~~~T ~ ~T~TI~ 48 x 48 .. I 48" X 48'• Trgfflc Opercllans UNIslan Z {SEf NOTE 31 iFLAGS - 5Ef NOTE 1} x ROAD TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN WORK AHEAD TCP (1-4b 1 cw2o-10 TCPt1-4~-98 4a• x 48° Two L {FLAGS -SEE NOTE 1 } C TxDOi December 1985 oN ~ LR <K: IIi ua, OH «: uT a[~ oo.: ones Closed o TYPICAL LISAGE>t MOBILE SHORT OIiIIATION SHORT TERIi 5TATIOMARI' IHTEAIEOIATE TERM STATIOHAAT LONG TERM SiATIOHARY ~ ~~ o ~ { °°' °°~ * ~ N °~} 6 ~L ~- °E 3 ~ ° ~w ~ ' Barricade and Construction fBC? Standard Sheets General N ates 1. The ' Barricade and Construction Standard Sheets (BC sh ' eets) are intended to show t ical yP examp I es for p I acement of tem orar traffic contro I dev i P y ces construction avement markin s ~ P 9r and t ical work zone si ns. contain The information yP 9 ed in these sheets meet or exceed the ~ [ [ requirements shown in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Co " ntrol Devices ~TMUTCD~. ' only pre-qualified products shall be used. fie 'Compliant work Zone iroffic Control Oevlaes List' 1CMiZiC01 describes prequal lfied products and their sources and may be found an-I ine at the web address fliven below or by contacting: exas Deparfinerrt of Transportation Traffio Operations Division - TE Phone 55121 416-3134 ~~ 2. The develo ment and desi n of the Traffic Control PI P g an TCP) is the res onsibilit of P y +~± the En ineer. g a ~ N ov 3, ~ The Contractor ma ro ose than es to the TCP that r y P P 9 a e signed and sealed b a licensed y WE13 AI]DRESSES FQR REFERENCED COCUMENTS ~Qt °~~ rofess i ono I en ineer fora nova f . The En ineer p 9 ma develo sin n PP 9 y p4 g a d seal Contractor Com IiantWorkzoneTrafficControlDevicesList cWZTCI] p c ~ L ~ o°~ ro osed chap es. P P 9 htlp:ilwww.txdot.govlpublicafionsrtraffic.htm s _ C E aN~ 4. The Contractor is res onsible for installin a p g nd maintainin the traffic control devices g ~ o-, cE~ ._,° t~ as shown in the Ions. The Contractor ma not move or p y change the a rox i mate I ocat i on of Pp Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices TMUTCD { ) http:Ilwww.txdot.govlpublicatiansltratiic.htm vo+ any device without the a naval of the En ineer. PP 9 ~ ~ [~o~ 5, ~ Geometric desi n of lane shifts and detours s g hould when ossible meet the a licable Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas (SHSD) w~~ N desi n cr i ter i a canto i ne ~ 9 din manuals such as the American Associatio n of State Hi hwa 9 y http:Ilwww.txdot.govlpublicationsltrafflc.htm °t~ ~~, and Trans ortation Officials (AASHTOI "A Po ' P , I i cy on Geometric Des i n of H i hwa s and 9 9 y TrdfficEngmeenng5tandardSheets v ~- ~ o ~~ Streets the TxDOT "Roadwa Des i n Manua I " ar en Y 9 gineering judgment. http;Ilwww,txdot.govlbusinessldisclaim.htm °° ~~ } ~ 6. When ro'ects ' p ~ abut the En ineer~sl ma omit the END ROAD ~ 9 y WORK TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE ' 9 T30 ~, w ~ and other advance warnin si ns if t g g he si nin would be redundant and the work area g g S Material Producer List http:Ilwww,txdoE.govibusinesslproducer list.htm ~~L v°° a ear continuous to the mot i ' pp or sts. If the ad acent roe ~ p ~ ct is com feted first the P p °~ ~,* Contractor Sha ! I erect the nece55ar warnin si ns as shown on y g g these sheets the TCP ~ bepartmental Material Specifications (DMS) > n o ° ~ ~aL sheets or as directed b the En ineer. The BEG y g IN ROAD WORK NEXT x MILES si n shall be 9 http:llwww,txdot.govlserviceslconstructionlmaterial_specifcationsl ~~~ . - revised to show a ro riate work zone distance. PP P Roadwa I]esi n Manual Y 9 LL n ° ~, ~- s 7 1 . • • ~ • . . • . The En ineer ma re u i re du I i cote warnin s ' 9 y q P g igns on the median side of divided hi hwa s g Y htl :ilwwwtxdot. ovlservlcesl enera[ serviceslmanuals.htm p g g_ ~~o °o where • median wilt h will ermit and traffic volumes ustif th P ~ y e signin . 9 °°° S. , All si ns shall be constructed in accordance ~~ 9 with the details found in the Standard N~ N~,_ ,_~° • ~[ . Highwa Si n Desi ns for Texas latest editio y 9 9 , n. Sign details not shown in this manual ~~ ~vC ~° shall be shown in the Ions or the En inee p g r shall provide a detail to the Contractor ~~ot W°~~ before the si n is manufactured. g ~~~~ a ~.-.- ~~ L 9. The tem orar traffic contro ! devices show P y n in the illustrations of the BC sheets are Nv~+ ~.-~ exam les. As necessar ' p y, the Engineer will determine the most a ro riate pp p traffic contro °~~° devices to be used. 10. As shown on 8 ' C~21 the OBEY WARNING SIGNS STATE LAW si 9 gn and the WORK ZONE TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE si n with fa ue shall be er ' 9 p q ected in advance of the CSJ limits. The BEGIN ~ ROAD WORK NEXT x M ' ILES CONTRACTOR and END ROAD WORK si ns sh g all be erected at or near the CSJ limits. 11. Exce t far devices re uired b Note 10 t P q y , raffic control devices should be in lace onl p y while work is actuall in ro ress or y p g a definite need exists. 12. The ~ng~neer hQs the final decis,on on th e location of all traffic control devices. nac lve equ pmen an work vehicles inc udin workers' rivate vehicl 9 p es must be parked ` , awa from rav e y ones. e,should be as close to the ri - y g of-wa line as ossrble y P r _l oc , o a e e in ri er or uar ra y e ngineer: 9:: z ~N~ Worker Safet y A grel Notes - . i. P a ~ N ... ... Traffic OperatloRS Dh+Tslon . _~,~m ~, ~ ~ N~P~ i . Wo rkers on foot who are ex osed to tr ~ffic or to const p ruction e ui ment within the q P _~P, ~~~N o~N~ ri ht-of-wa - g y shall wear hl h vislbilit safet g y y apparel meetin the re uirements of ISEA g q BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION NQ~ ry Q ~ ~oa ~[ American Nat i ono I Standard for !~ ' - ~~ i h Visibilit A arel labele - g Y PP d as ANSI 107 2004 GENERAL NOTES i N Q~ ~N~N s andard erformance for C I ass 2 or S r i • P sk ex osure. Class 3 arments should be co P g nsidered AND REQUIREMENTS N~4 N ~ M n N m N for hi h traffic vole ' me work are 9 as or night time work. a P~NN ~~~,~ BCt1)-47 ~af1~ vmQo _ "' ~' r m m -_r~v ©T~T 11-~~02 ~•T~DT ce:•T~OT ~'~ T~DT cr:-Txl]DT FEYISIONS SIAiE GEOEPLL p~L[~I NINHER ~ SH[EI 4-U3 915riICr R[G[M 9-OT FIST 6 FEO 3 [ON+rr uxraoL sECrin, Boa Hlanar CNTY CONT SECT JaB HN'( TYPICAL LOCATION OF CROSSROAD SIGNS ROAD WaRK RDAD END a NEXT % Y1LES wORK CW20-1D a ~, G20-2a ~~ MDRX ~ 1 tlarlal Nei % PILES ~ AHEAD c a~ ~ a , see Note G20-ta ~ o ~ I and 4} oo~ ~ ~ ~v ~ ~ ~ t L N a}~ L ~ CROSSROAD x X X owfl 3 T~ % X % o ~- ~- -`- ~ ~ ~ t ° ~ RDAD '~ ~ wORK RDAD WORK a o ~ a iEKi % MILES ~ a ~ AHEAD IE%T % PILES ~ v ~ CN'20-1D _ { I I G20-2a EHD ~ ~ ~ m G20 to Opt ono RDAD WORK v m see Hate oa~ ia1d41 a a w~ c ~ ~ .~ Aiay be mounted on back of CW20-1 D sign with approval of engineer. I5ee note 2 be l ow) -~a s_ m a + 1. The typical minimum signing on O crossroad approach ahauld be a CW20-1D ROAD WORK AHEAD sign and o ~,- ~ G20-Za END ROAD WORK sign,uniess Hated otherwise in pions. ~ o ~ 2. The Engineer may use the reduced size 36' x 36" ROAD WnRK AHEAD {CW2O-ID1 sign mourned bank to beak ~' F L with the reduced size 31i' x 18" END ROAD 110RK {G20-2a} sign an Iow volume crossroads Isee Note 4 under o , ~ "Typical Construction Warning Sign Size and Spaoing'1. See the "5tanda'd Highway Sign DesEgns for m ~ m Texas' marxra! far sign details. The Engineer may omit the advance warning signs on law volume r > L crossroads. The Engineer wi I I determine whether a road is Ivw volume. This informatlan ahal I be shown o ° in the plans. ~ + .`- 3, Dosed sn existlrq field conditions, the Engineer/Inspector may require additional sills such as fLAGGEA t L ~ AHEAD, LOOSE GRAVEL, or other appropriate signs. i9hen additional signs are required, these signs wil I ~ 5 o be considered part of the minimum requirements. The Engineer/Inspector wi I I determine fire proper ~ location and spacing of any sign not shown an the aC sheets Traffic Control Plal sheets or the W moo Zone Standard Sheets. ~ ark ~ a w 4. The G20-1a sign shall bB required at high volume aroasroads to advise motoria+s of the length of ~ n o construction In either direction from the intersection. The Engineer wi I l determine whether u roadway ~,, ~ 1s considered high volume. ~, ti ° 5. Additional traffic control devices may be Shown elsewhere in the pions for hider volume crossroads. ~- ~ ~ 6. 'Nhen work accur-s in the Enteraection area appropriate traffic central devises, as shown eiaewhere in ~ o L the plans or as determined by the Engineer/Inspector, ahal I be in plane. o + ar o `O WORK AREAS IN M T-INTERSECTION RDAD WORK RDAD IYORK Nxf X PILES ~J G20-Ibl a NE%T % PILES G2D-I bR ~- d d INTERSECTED I Blank -City a TODD'-15DD` - Nwy x ROADWAY IO00'-150D' - Nwy 3 81ock -City x ~? ~-- b p - - 80' CSJ G20-9 WORK GZD-8 WORK min. Limit ZONE ZONE BEGIH " TRAFFIC 1RAFFIC G20-5T ROAD WORK R20-5 FIHES R2o-5 FIHES NDR x u[LES DOUBLE DOUBLE s a ~ R20-5 ,,, R26-5 ~ G26-6 cnr ~ „~ „~„ 4q" metE PLADUE PLAQUE "~"°"' ~ END ROAD N~ORRK G2D-i'.a CSJ LIMITS AT T-INTERSECTION 1. The Engineer wil I determine the types and laaation of any additional traffic control devices, such as a flogger and acaarparlying signs, or other signs, than should be used when work is being performed at or near on intersection. 2. If construction closes the road at a T-irnersec#ion the Contractor shall place the G20-6 "Contractor Name" sign behind the Type III Barricades for the road closure lase BC{101 also). The G20-1bL and G2O-1bR signs shell be replaced by the detolu- signing cal led for in the plans. TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACINGI'S's SIZE SPACING Sign NuDlber Conven- t i ana I Ex rasswa / p y or 5erie& Road Freeway CW20 4 cw21 cwzz 48" x 48" 48" x 4a" Cw23 cw25 cwt , cwz, Cw7, CwB, 36" x 36" 48" x 48" Cw9, Cw11, Cw14 cw~, cw4, Cw5, Cw6, 48" x 48" 48" x 48" CWB-3, cwla, cw12 Posted Sign ~ Speed Spacing Ilyll MPH Feet fApprx.) 30 120 35 16D 4D 240 45 320 50 900 55 5002 60 6D02 65 700 2 70 80a 2 75 900 2 8a 1000 2 ~ ~ 3 'A For typical sign spacings an divided highwalrs, expressways and freeways, see Part li of the 'Texas Yorxial on Uniform Traffic Genital Devices' iTWTC01 typical app) )carrion diagrams ar TCP Stmdat-d Sheets. e Ilinlmzs distance from work area to first Advmce Yarning sign nearest tics cork area andlor distance between each additiarwi sign General Natesr 1. Special ar larger size signs may be used as necessary. 2. Disiarrce between signs should be increased as required to have 15D0 feat advmce warning. 3. Distance between signs should be increased as required to have r/y mile ar more advance warning. 4. 31i' x 31i' ROAD 10~( AREAD {CIM2O-101 signs ~ he used on law volume a'ossroads at t#}e discretion of the #:rgineer, See Hate 2 under 'Fypiwl Location of Crossroad 51gns`. 5. Only diamdld shaped warnlrg sign sizes are indicated. 6. See sign size listing in 'TiIJiCD', Sign Appendix ar' the "5taldard Highway Sign Designs for Texas' marMral far complete Iist of available elan design sizes. d o ULTIPLE LOCATIONS WITHIN CSJ LIMITS SAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FO R WORK BEGINNING AT THE CSJ LIMITS N F NTH ~- ^ ^ *' m ~ BEG1H HD7 O BEGIN G20-9T tF ~ ~ ROAD WORK Er ~ a tI tE G20-5T ROAD WORK IONE WAANiHC w o E n HE%i % Y[LE5 ASS WORK ~ „,~ ~, CII20-ID RDAD roue CN1-4L R4-I cos AHEAD TRAFFIC A20-5~r~ SIGHS a ~ ~_ ~ RDAD - 1F~ G20-6 u appropriate} FIHES STATE LAN ~ t wORK woRK wORK CWI 4R cln XX DOUBLE - ~ ~ w m ~ AREA AHEAD srAa¢ rsr.x. CWI3-I „~;,, R20 5 R2D-3 tk+E ~ ~ x o AHEAD 3x XX olrrxhalas CW2O-1D +~~ PLAOUE u.r,K CWi3-I TYPe III Barricade or X X X x x CW2D-ID cdlax~ellzing devices d d d d ~ d d a d 42' a e ~ ~ y a o _..-- ,._ .,..._ o c /T~ a \Y E a F,Iti ° `/ h '~ AR~EAK b i b h,1 Beq~minq of NO•PA55ING Ilne should ~ EHD 38 Chrxnelizing CSJ Limit coordinate wittl sign location WORK ZONE G20-2b tE~ Devices h ENO ,11hen.extended distances occur between min R! ROAD WORK imal work areas, the fngineerlInspector sltwuld ensure additional 1Yark AtHBOiI ICW20-1D1 signs are placed'.in advar~e.nf.thesa work:areas #o. Cemind•:drEvers:they;are still G20-2a~~r within the proleot limits. See the applicable TCP sheets for exao+ location and'stxloinq of si sand channel) ' de t 3"R ,-- 5.5" 5"E 3" 5"D 3" 5"D 4' B"C 5.5" I gn zl.G4 . v oes. rrza-s.: . - LeDendlBarder: Black ,. ,. _ SAMPLE LAYOUT OF S NOTES IGNING FOR WQRK BEGINNING DQWNSTREAM OF THE CSJ LIMITS ` I. ` .WORK:: > ` ': The Contractor,`shal l :detenAlne .the ~ ~E ~EG20-9 ~ ZONE apprapCl.ate.dlstance to be placed'an the $~tt~}A~ PLANS a' a ^ BEGIN q N ~ G20-1 series;signs and'G20-5T si far . ~';' _ ~, ~ ~F c2D-5r RDAD 1NOHK TRAFFIC WA 9" TF.f~AS pEPARTI~M OF TRANSPORTATION ROAD RHINE N-""~ ROAD ROAD.., NEXi:XYILES #~f.RZO-5 each specifla pr~)eot..This distance. shall _me~ FIHES. .. ..5ipis .. • ". Traffic 0. uflons QA+1sTan N CLOSED wa `woRK ~ replace the x and shall be rounded to LEGE~l~ ~' ~, M N m . RI1 2 CWI- RK ~ ssosESS DOUBLE the nears T II[ 4L AHEAD /z1JILE a~ .. OE~ER2D-5 ,~... STATE.LaIY st whole mile with the approval " N P " ype G20-li "ass `af .the E inBer. Hlo dealmals s' o N N Q ,~ CHI-6 CW20-1D ~~~ M[NpCR nq shall be } ^ N m ~ Barricade or XX CWI3-1 CN20-IE ~~ ~ PLAQUE . R20-3 tf~ Used. Si ` Q~ ~a~ qn .BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTIQN a a N ~ chortle) zing N - N r ~ devises The G20-9T and G20-2b shal I be used o~N~ X x x ~ PROJECT LIMIT Q ,~ % x when advance signs are required outside 0 0 Chmrlelizinq Davlaes N `~ d d d the CSJ Limfts. They inform the motorist W ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~ a STANDARD ~ N P of entering or leravirq a work zone where Type Iii Barricade ~~Nf~'1N ,~ N m N I r traffic fines may double if workers are 4° M ~, d I r 4 present. N ---- 2 of ~ 2 - m I + -""~ See Typlaal Construction N m m N Chomel izinq I~ CSJ Limit )f ~I' Required CSJ Limit signing. See ,. „ ~ m (~ Devices ~ ~ Note 10 on BC{11, Waminq Sign Size and ©TxDDT II-4-O2 oN: TxDGT ~x: TxDDi ~~•ixODT ~K:•TxODT M 4 ~' SpaCing chart or file ftEursrrms sort rcuF~r rrowlruoaRa.Ycr sH¢rt 9-D7 ocsrucr Rrclcx WORK ~ f+ END ~ Area for placement of "ROAD WORK TAll1TCD for sign DIST 6 FED 4 AREA ~~ ^ ' ROAD 1i0RK G20-2a 1F 1E AHEAD sign and other signs or devises spacing requirements. ~~,Nrr ~ra,r~ srrr,", ,re „«,,. as ca I f ed for Dn the Traff to Centro [ P I ail. -. _..... CNTY CONT SECT ~flR Hwh( c 0 .~ T L ~~ o> ~~~ Q~~ T Q7 }~ ~ f [ d-f a got opt 3 ~ T~ 4 o~ Z .- W _'~+ ~- •- - Um= acu 00 gat vN ,_~,~ U L [ ao~ L C E a f C ~ L cE~ • - 7 C L ~ N N u N D t c - ._ ~ - ~0 4 c^a wx~ F N } 0 C X L Q Q1 N L ="mc vc 41 N C + o ~~ T30 v -ONL N 0 0 C Q ~~~ m~a- >aa D E v~Tt co Now L L aam L 'r L ago ~ofl a- k +- N N ~ L L ~ ^ }oa a~-o* w 0 E N ~vNN a ~ .- ~- ~ 7 L U pt N v G L •- w f]~Y 0 MYork zone speed I im i is sha I I be regu I story, estab I i shed i n accorda<ice with the "Procedures far Estab I i sh i ng Speed Zones, " and approved by the Texas Transportation Came i ss i on, or by City Ord i nanoe when within Incorporated City Limits. f Re uced s eed ssol u onl e os ed 1 p n e vlclnl y P Signing shown for ~5~ ne direction and . Y ~ See BCi21 far LIMITS addltfonai advance ~ f V ~ work ac Iv1 and no t rou ou the J en Ire ro ec 9 P J Regulatory work zone speed si ns (R2-1) shall be remaved g igning spawn far one direction only. s c ee B {2l for C5J MITS ~ siyninq. or covered during periods when they are not needed. additional advance i l s gn nQ. I I ~ .............................,....,..,.,.,,,,..,,,,.a~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\•\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ - ~ 5ee GenE.v-al ~ ~ See Ceneral 1750 1500 } Note 4 See General Note 4 {750 - 3500 l Note 4 WQRK G20-9 WORK G20-9 WQRK _ Q ZONE ZONE ZONE G20 9 SPEED SPEED Q 5PEED LILIIT ~ SPEED SPEED LIMIT ~ 5PEED LIMIT LIMIT ~mT LIMIT LIMIT ~~ R2-1 R2-1 R2-1 6 ~ R2-1 ClM3-5 R2-1 R2-I NIGHT NIGHT ~"5 NIGHT R2-3 RP-3 R2-3 GUIQANCE FOR USE: GENERAL NOTES: LONG/INTERMEpIATE TERM WORK ZQNE SPEEB LIMITS This type of work zone speed limit should be included an the desi n of g 1. Regulatory work zones ed limits should be used onl far sections of construction the traffic control Ions w ~ y p hen restricted geometries with a lower design projects where speed control is of mayor importance. speed are present in the work zone and modification of the geometries to 2. Regulatory work zone speed limit signs shall be placed on supports at a 7 foot minimum a higher design speed i s not feasible. mounting height. 3, Speed zone signs are illustrated for one direction of travel and are normally posted for each direction of travel. Lang/Intermediate Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs, when approved as described 4. Frequency of work zone speed limit signs should be: above, should be posted and visible to the motorist when work activity is resent. p 40 mph and greater O.F to 2 miles Work activity may also be defined as a change in the roadway that re wires q 35 mph and less 0.2 to 1 mile a reduced speed for motorists fo safely negotiate the work area, including; 5. Regulatory speed limit signs shall have black legend and border on a white reflective a) rough rood ar damaged pavement surface „ background (See Reflective Sheeting on BC (411. b) substantial alteration of roadway geometries (diversional 6. Fabrication, errect i on and maintenance of the CW3-5 sign, G2O-9 plaque and the c l construct i an detours R2-1 and R2-3 signs shall not be paid far directly, but shall be considered d1 grade subsidiary to Item 502. el width 7. Turning signs from view, laying signs over or down will not be allowed, unless other- f 1.. other. cflnd l t i ons read i I y apparent to the ,driver wise :noted. s ong as ::any of .these cored i f i ons exist, .the work, zone speed I i m i t signs - 8, Techniques that may help reduce traffic Speeds include but are not limited to. u remain t n; p oce. B. 'F, I agger' stat i oned next to s i r3. g C. ` Por I e chap ea tab.... g ble messa9e s gn fPCMS1. ,, SHORT TERM WORK, ZONE SPEED: LIMITS ,, D. Low- ower (droner radar transmitter. p This type of work zane,s eetl limit should be included p on the design of Texas Dl~palfine~t off' Trams lout . ......... E. S ee / . r tra i Lers or s ~ gns. Tralfla p mop i o Oyxr'aHoas DNlslava e traffic control: Ions when::workers or a ui p q pment are :not behind. concrete peels Shown on details above are for illustration only. barrier, when work activity is within 15 feet of pavement edge or actuall y Work Zone Speed Limits should onl be ooted as a roved for each ra eat. on the pavement, y p pp p J AR B ICADE AND CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT Short Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs should be posted and visible to the motorists and when • ' STANDARD y work activity is present. When work activity is not present, signs shalt be removed ar covered. flee Remavin or Caverin BC ~3~ -07 g an BC{41}. 3 of i~ g TYPICAL MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR LONG TERM AND INTERMEDIATE TERM SIGNS GEi~AAL ROTES FOR liORK ZOI~ SIGHS 1, Contraotor ill instali and malntain signs in a straight and plu-b corEdition and/or as directed by the Engineer. ~ 2. 1looden sign posts shall be painted white, ° 3, Barricades steal I NOT be used as sign supports. •~, 12' min. 4. Nails shall NOT be used to attach signs to any support. ~~ o m 2 , ROAD 5. All signs steal I be instal led in accordance with the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 51gns steal I be used to regulate, warn, and . RD~D ROAD ROAD quids the traveling public safely through the work zone. ~. a m minimum ~pR~ 6. The C~Etractar furnish either the si desi shown in this lens " " o U ~ ~iOR~ ~10RR free ~iORR ~' 9n gn P ar in the Standard Highway Sign #}eslgns fa- Fexas iSHSD1, The T ° AHEAD EnglneerlTnspectar may require the Contractor to furnish other work zone signs that are shown in fhe TNIITCU but may have been emitted .~ ~ N AHEAD m A#iF.AD curb AHEAD from the plans. Arty variation In the plans shall be documented by written agreemen# between the Engineer and the Contractor's o + ~- $ , Responsible Person. All changes mast ba documented in writing before being Implemarrted, Thls can Include documenting the changes in ~ o ~ m 6 the Inspector's TxDOT diary and having both the ]nspectar and Contraotor initial and dote the agreed upon changes. ° ~' ° 6 fi' min. ~* r.P%H. 7. The CarEtractor shall furnish sign supports listed in the 'Cpmpl imt Mla-k Zone Traffic Control Ilevice List" IGIYZI'CD1, The Contractor 3 L ° ~ ~ 7.0' min, a' shall install the sign support in accordance with the manufacturer's recomnendatians. If #here is a question regarding installation ~'_. ~' ; g.0' max. i greats' T.0' min. procedures, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's installation recommendations so the Engineer cm _..~ + ~ ~ g~O, ~, 7.0r min. ~ verify the correct procedures ore being followed. +._ _ ~ 0,-6, r g,g ~, 5.0 mEn. 8. The Contractor is responsible far installing signs an approved supports and replacing signs with damaged or crocked substrates and/or a c ~ damaged or marred reflective sheeting as directed by the Engineer/Inspector. ~ a ~ 9. Iderrtificotion markings may be Shawn only on the back of the sign substrate. The maximum height of letters and/or comQany logos used v N ~ ~~ ~ far identiflcotlon steal I be I inch. ~- ~ N Paved '~J9~~ ` rci~~ Paved ~~~~~~~/l,~~i~~ i~ 10. The Cartractor steal I replace damaged wood posts, New or damaged woad sign posts shat l not be spliced. ~ ~ ~ ~//~.~~_ ~` ~ /` -~~~` ~ DURATION OF 110R1( (as defined b the Texan iranual on Unlfarai Traffla CaMrol Oevlaeae Part 6} a a o shoulder ~ ~ ~/ .~`/ y ~ ~ E shoulder ~~~~iii~~, 1. The types of sign supports, sEgn mounting height,ifie size of signs, and the type of sign substrates con vary based on the type of a N o ~~~'/ wnrls being performed. The Engineer is responsible far selecting the appropriate size sign for the type of work being performed. The ~ ~ ~ Nhen placing skid supports on unlevel ground, the leg post lengths must be adjusted sa the sl s stral ht and lamb, Contractor is responsible for ensuring the sign support, sign mounting height and substrate meats mmufacturer's recommendations in ~ G P regard to crastnrorthiness and duration of work requirements, ~ w ° Ob]eets shall NOT be placed under skids as a means of level ing, v a ~ a. LarEg-term stationary -work tlxlt occupies a loeatian more than 3 days. ~ - b. Interniediate-term stationary -work that occupies a location more than one daylight paxiod up to 3 days, or nightime work lasting .~a ~ ~Eif When plaques are placed an dual•leg supports, they should be ottoclled tc the uprigh# nearest the travel lane, more than one hour. ° o ~, Supplemental plaques {advisory or distance! should not cover the surface of the parent sign, c. Short-term statiano time work that ~, X ~ ry -day ' occupies a. location for more than 1 hour in a single day! fight period. m ~ + d. Short, duration -work #hat occupies a locution up to 1 hour. o ti ~ e. Irbbi le -work that moves axxltiCwausly or intermittently {stopping far up to approximately 15 minutes.! v °- support ATTACHMENT FOR SIGN SUPPORTS Attacdrment to wooden supports SIGN IIOIMITIHG HEIGHT ~ o shall no# wil I be by bolts and nuts 1. The bottam of Lanq-ter'mlIntermediate-term signs sholl be at least T feet, but not more thon 9 feet, above the paved surface, exeep# ° ~ ~ Mfl as shown far supplemmrtal plaques mounted below other signs. ~ * 1N P~'atrude or screws. Use TxDOT s ar g, T~ bp}{am of Short-term/Short Duration sigma shall be o minimum of 1 foot above file vemant surface but no more thm 2 feat above + a above sign manufacturer s recasmended ~ T 3 a 5y~7 22 procedures far attaching sign the ground. - ls L~ ~ ~ 3. Long-terNIntermedEOte-tern Signs may be used in lieu of 5trart term/5hort Duration signing. ~ N L substrates to other types of q, Short-tenNShort Duration signs shall be used only during daylight and steal I be removed at the end of the workday, ar raised to voo n sign supports appropriate Long-tenN[ntermiediate sill height. L n w ~ ~~0 5u 5, Regulatory signs Steal I be tp~mted of least T feet but not more than 9 feet above the ed surfaoe re rdless of work dur i v~+ PPa-t Na i I s w I I I NOT ~ ~° °~ °~' o n ~ ahwl I not ~ ~ b ~ SIZE tlF SIGNS ~0 otrude 1. The Engineer may allow the ass of smaller size aanstrvctlan warning signs on secondary roads or city strea#s where speeds are low if ETTL ~ Pr be al la e w de ,~ ~ ° above sign ~ rl the sign size is I isted as an option on the 'Typical Construction N'aminq Sign 51ze and Spacing' chart shown on BC 121. •- ~~ o ~ 2, The Corrtrwtor shall furnlah the sign sizes shown in plans, the BC Sheets, the TCP sheets or as directed by the Engineer. L L 0 Each s i n o° v ~ I ~~ g SIGH SUBSTRATES ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ she I I b@ attached I. The contractor steal I ensure the sign substrate is instal led in accordance with the manufacturer's recamnendatians far the type of sign ~ o a I D d ~ support that is being used, The CYRTCD I lsts each substrata that cm be used on the different types and models of sign supports. 0 0 0 ~ d I rest I to the sin 2, 'Mesh` type materials are NOT an improved sign substrate, regardless of the tightness of the reeve. +x~ Y 9 " m ~ ~ Sign supports steal I ~ 3. All wooden individual sign panels fabricated from 2 or more pieces shall have one or mare plyrood cleat, 1/2 thick by 6 wide, m ~, ~ extend more than support. Mu I t I p I e fastened to the back of the sign and extending fully across the aim, The sleet steal I be attached to the back of the sign using woad r ~ a° I /2 way up the , screws that do net penetrate the face Of the sign panel. The screws she (l be placed an both sides of the splits and spaced at 6' ~" 07 ` back of the si s I gns she I I not be centers. The Engineer may approve other methods of splicing the sign face. REFLECTIVE SHEETING ~ `~ ~ ~ substrate. ~ ° ~ N ~ a I ned ar Sp I I cad by 1, AI I signs steal I be retrareflea#ive and constructed of sheeting meeting the color and retro-refleotivity requirements of DII5-8300 m ~_ N FRONT ELEVATION 1u for rigid stems ar DY5-8310 far roll-up signs. The web address far DIES apecificatians is shown on BC 111, ~ ~ • r iMoad, metal ar any means. Read 2. 14hite sheeting, meetir-g the requirements of DNS-83DD Typo c {High Specific lntenai } shat I be used for sl ns with a white back- c~ v + #y ~ 9 ~ m c Fiber Reinforced Plastic SLI arts ground. L'- ~ pp she I I nab' be 3, Or aheeti meeti the re irements of OIIS-6300 T E hFluoreacerrt Prismati ) o ~ r o amps ng, n9 qu ype c , shall be used far rigid signs with orange Splicing embedded perforated square metal tubing in order to extend pcs# extends ~ backgrounds. teal ht wi I i and ba allowed d ar repaired 9 Y wlTen the sp I i oe is made using four bo I ts, two SIGN LETTERS above and two below the spice point. Splice must be located entirely behind SIDE ELEVATION b $ I I0I n ar 1. A11 sign letters and numbers shall be clear, and open rounded type uppercase alphabet letters as approved by the Federal Highway the si n substrate not near tfie base 1 p ~ Adsinlstration IFHMfA1 and as !!shed in the "standard H1 5i Oesi for Tex " g , of the support, Splice insert lengths Mood P~ 9~y ~ 9n as manual, Signs, letters and rsnbers shall be of should be at leas# 5 times nominal past sire, cerr#ered an the splice and other means. first class worlananship in accordance with Department Standards and Specifications, of at least the same gunge material. REIIOYIHG OR COVERING I, Nlhen sign massages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs steal I be removed or cgmpletely covered. 2. Long-term stationary d^ in•hermediate stationary signs instal led an square metal tubing may be turned away from #raffic 90 degrees when STOP/SLOW PADDLES CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR MAINTAINING PERMANENT SIGNS the sign message is not applicable. This type of sign support meets the crashwarthlness standards reg~dless of fhe direction of impact, This technique may not be used for signs installed in the median of divided highways or near any intersections where the sign I, STOP/SLtl11 paddles .are the primary methlod to control traffic WITHIN THE PROJEGT..LIMITS may be seen from approaching traffic. by flaggera, The STtlP/SLtlN;paddle aixe should be 24" x 24' 3. Signs Jnstal led on wooden skids shall oat be fumed of g0 degree angles to the, roadway. These signs shxruld be removed or cdr~pletely as deitai led belrnr. oovered :when nnt;:required. '. . .. . 1. Permment,signs are. used to. gi.ye notice of traffic laws.or regulations, call 4. Mlhen.:si are'aovered the.materia 2. 1Nierr used at night, the STOP/SLOW paddle shalh be 9~s r I used ahwl I..be opaque, .sUCh G$ heavy.ml! black,plcatic,..or ather:materials which will .cover the .. attention to conditions that are potentially hazardous to traffic. retrorefleotorized. ,.. operations, entire sf.gn face'a~d mair~gln their. r#ies under: _ opaque props outcmbbilq headliphits at night, without due49ing the sign sheeting.. show `route designations, destinotlons, d.irectlons; ,distances ::servlcss .. rots ~.., : p4. 5, :Burlap steal I NOT be used:to cover signs, , . 3. STOP/SLOW I es be a , padd may ttached to a staff with a.minimun , of Enterest and other ;geographical, recreational, or cultural infor'motion.:. fi. Duct tape or other adhesive material sterol! NOT be affixed to 'asi n'.foce.:.?hesemater' areflectiv' ' l ength ;of 6 to the bottom of the s i 9 ...... i a l s . ocn damage the rear i ty of : sheet i nq. ~ Drivers aceedt thr Pr' nq ough a work zone need the same, if:.not better route 7, :S~pis anG mchor stabs shall be removed and holes:6ackfE l led upon campietiari'of work. 4. Any I lghts inoorparated irrto thre STOP or:5LON' paddle. faces quldmce as normally instal led on a roadway without canstruoticn, SIGN SIPPOAT HEIGHTS u steal I only be as spealfioal ly described in.$ectlon bE.D3 .' 2. Mlhen permanent requlat or w~ni sl ns conflict i : ~ °ry ~ 9 w th .work xarm cond(tlons, 1, `Tfhere sign s~pprts require. thre use `af weights fio keep from .turning aver, ' ~. s~u~,~ Plus a Hand Signal lnq Devices 1n'the TIrIl1TCD. - remove ar cover the permanent signs until the permanent sign:meesage matches the use`af ap~aps,with dry, cohesianless'sand is.:recamiended.' the roodw condition. ,. Texas rt~ Tl'~ OA a]I 2. The sandbags wi I I ,ba tied teat to keep the sand from spi l f fnq and o ; ,~ . ~, 3. Mlhen. existing permanent signs are moved and relocated due to construction mraintain'a .canstarrt. weight. oltTc Ope[atials flNisi'an. QoaN Tr ~~,Q~ " N ~' a ` purposes, they ~I I be.viaible to motorists at al I times. 3. Rock, concrete; iron, steel :or other solid ob]ects shall not be permitted ` 4, If exist! sl s are:to be relxated an their Sri anal su for use as si " ~ ` ° f 0" 10" 9" ~ ~ .. ~ !? pports, they steal I be 9n .~P~•t weights. = ~ m ~ ins#al led on a-as bcses as 4, S s should wai a minimxm of 35 Iba and a nxucimm of 50 lbs. _ N hwar'thy shown on the SND Standard sheets, ih>e sl s ~ BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION ff ~ ~ Q o N ~ ~ steal I meet the required mounting heights shown an the BC Shxrets or the 5i~1 5, Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that tears upon vehicular N~~-~ ~ 5t a ink, .. ~, q ~ and rds, This work should be id far under D ~ ~ appropriate pay item far TEMPGRARY SIGN NOTES ° m ~ ° ~ 24" B"C 24« g•B relocating existing signs. 6. Rr~ber {such as tare imer tubes! shall NOT be used for sandbags, 5, If permanent signs are to be removed and relocated using temporary su s T. Rubber ballasts designed far e;hannelizinq devices shxxrld not be used for N ~ ~ PPS E STANDARD W a ti ~ ~ ~ ~ .sic baf last a, portable sign supports. Sign su s deal d and manufactured the Contractor shall use crashworthy supports as shown on the BC sheets ar the PVa'# ~ ~' with rubber hoses may be used when sham an the C1Y1TC0 I fist. " N m N R=2„ CViZTCIa. The signs shall meet the required mounting heights shown an the p P " ~ ~' 3" BC Sheets or the SI}D Standards during construction, This work should be id B. Sandbags steal I only be placed along or paid over the base supports of the DC ~ 4 ~ -O~ 4 of 1 ~ M ~ traffic control devise and shall not be suspended above ground level or m "' `~ ~" ~ ±~e« for under the appropriate pay item for relocating exiatir~g signs. N ~; hung with rape, Tire, chains Or other fasteners. Sand~ags Shall be placed ©TxaDT 11-4-q2 ~ TxODT rK~•TxDOi o" TxDOT iK,-TxilOT _ ~ m a 6, dny sign or traffic aontral devise that is struck or damaged by the Con#ractor along the length of the skids to weigh down the sign support, vEOEm1 am P~~ECZ s~[Er 24` 24" ar his/her construction equipment steal I be replaced as soon as possible by the g, San s steal I NOT be faced under AEy~r~aHi 015' ` °~~~ Contractor to ensure proper quidmce for the motorists. This will be subs(dla ~ P the skid and shall not be used to level 9-OT DIST 6 FED fi ~ - ~ e°ck~°"'d - aEronce to item 502. ry sign supports placed on slopes, - wuHir LONrflO: SE{11rx ~ NI"IRAr u Border - ~Elte Lagad L Border - 6[adc _ CNTY CONT SECT JOB HN7 L D .~ T L ~ a, o> woo DDu ~~' ~~~ c++ D L L 0 ~ 3 t T4 a+ z •- c _~ =' n + ,_ _ U N Q C u 0 d may U N .-mu + L d oDc L C E ~mz CEi -~c L N m~U ~a+ C - ._,~ - ~o cd a ~xL r N ~I- . U xLm v U L ~ > L ~o m~,c ~.~._ ~o T30 p ~ N ~ N L N D 0 c^ L L N U 3 t 'o~E Q T L C 0 Now L L D 0 N L '~ L 0 + AHD CQ 0^ D ~ x ~- ~~~ maL •- ~ D L ~ N C na ~~ D~r- w o E N m~nm a a •- •- J 7 i u ~t N v C ~c•-~ o r .~ D GROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS SKID MOUNTED WOOD SIGN SUPPORTS Refer to the CN'ZTCg and the manufacturer's installation procedure for each type sign s~pert. LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTA@LE SKiD MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS ^ Tai The maximum sign square footage shat I adhere to the manufaatw-er's reccamendation, Two post installations can be used for larger signs. Front Side lop Front ~iaximun Side 24" 2x6 tAaximum 4x4 12 , ft. of ~s~skid wood ~ Q PERFORATED 54UARE METAL TUBING 21 sq. ft. of ~ ~ sign face 2x6 //sign face ~ ~ I I r 2x6 f n ~ 2x6 II ~ 5ign 51gn Sign r I I I I ~- 27 I I :: ~ Past :: ~. Post :: ~ Post II ~r v. .• .. .r "• II II 4x4 ~" •" ~• .. .. °. wood 6D" 4x4 ' ' ' ' ' ' ~ °. .. °. past black ~ : ~ k~ ~ ~ R~ ~: ." .° .. ~ 4x4 s~ .. s~ .. s~ . . 72' black dS~ :; ~ •' ~ '• ~~ :: Gt Gt ' 4x4 Length of skids may • ~ 4" ~ g" qN ~ y. ' be increased for " , : desirable ~~ W0°d additional stobi 1 it . ~~ ^ • des[rable max. see eD 141 post y : ; ; ; ~ ; ~ 1 E" for sign .. " 2x4 x 40 ~ ; ~ ~ 34' min. In Optional 30` height yq See BC{41 ~ ~ " ^ ~ reir>farcin ^ re i rement ~ ~ .. q8 , , strong sa I I s, g , ~ 2x6 far sign " ~ ~ minimum : ~ 55" min. in sleeve - ; height 24 2x4 brace ; ; : ; weak sails. (1/P" tar r ; ; 34' min. in r irement ~ 3/8" bolts w/nuts ~ ~ Anchor Stub .. ~ strong soils, ~ ar 3/8' x 3 1/2" ^ ~ I1/4' larger : ~ than sign . ° ~ 55" min, in °~ •° past}x18 ^• fmin,l I ag ; ; than s i qn ....~ ; ; ; ; weak sae I s. screws : ~ postl 36" :: : ~ Anchor Stub ; 4x4 block 4x4 block ; ; ; ; 11/4' larger ; : ~ : ~ than sign ~' .: ., .. "• .. .. post} " SKID MOUNTED PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL TU KING SIGN SUPPORTS 6- 5/16"bait x 2 1/4" ode 5 bolts 48 x 48"-IDmm ~ 36 x 36"-iDrrm CPT[DN 1 OPTION 2 DPT10N 3 ~ ~ extruded 2.5 161rect Embedment) 1Anchor Stahl iAnchor Stub and Reinforcing Sleevell 6 --I 1/2~ plastic washer, thlnwal I plastic extruded 12 5/16 flat washers, sign thinwal I plastic 6 -nuts per sign ; o sib ' SINGLE LEC eASE WING CHANNEL 48" ; Side View Lo -s lice/base bolted anchor o a P P ° ° 0 0 2' x 2' x 5ign 0 0 2' ••••••••••••••••••••• 12 qa, upright Post 5' 0 {d~ 2" x 2" x 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 11 foot 12 0. u d~ g prights ~ 12 qa post 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" x 11 fact f00 NOT SPLICE) q" max. 12 a st q Po 111D NDT SPLICEI • o 1 314" qa I v, round e ~ with 5116" holes 48" o,"•,,,,,,,,,' gUAL LEG BASE ar 1 314" x 1 3/4" Upright must ~ Front View U i t must Square tubing telescope to 3/e" x 4 /14" ~ ~ Base provide 7' height tads 5 bolt ~ 34" telescope to ~ See the CWITCg Past q provide T' heigh# for emUednent, above paveeent. wi ut and ' 2 QbaVa pavement ; • v v° s e e v v washer GENERAL NOTES 98" ' 48" Neld bolt thru 1, Hails may be used in the assembly of wooden sib tubE at 1" off su s but 3/B" " nq pport , baits with exits ar 318 x 3 1/2 •~•••... top of skid lag screws must be used an ever Qint for final 11e I ds to start an ... .... Y 1 ,. •" camectlan. appos ite..s i des. qo ing ,. 18, in.appasEte'directions. ~, .: . 5 2, loots details'of app[oved.Lonq/Intarmediote and i.B/4" x 1 3/4" x i4'ga ,••"~ max. ,: flinlm~+m meld, do not . weld..:.. ;:: : ' `. Short Term.supporte cm be found an the CM"1TC6 ...: Crass brace , •~ beck fi I I puddie,. 5, .... ` . ', ,~" lest. See BCIl1 for website location. ,• weld starts here weed starts here pin at' ale. • • • , , , •'• ° ° needed to 3. NO mare :than 2 sign posts shall be placed within a : 2" x 4' ' x weld. 7 f t. circle, except for specific mater i a i s noted an the match sidealope ~ $TAI~DARD PLANS 12 qa. 'skids ,: `.:. . '36' CW2TCO iist. . Texas Disparimer~ ~' T'ra-~pa-t~Non 4, .Mlhen project is completed, .al l'gign supports and ; ` Traffla.Opr~r'atlons DVvlslarl ,. ...foundations shall'be `removed from the prajact site. 1 112" This wl l I be considered subsidiary to item 502. wooD Posr svSTEM gia. ~typl BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCT ION FOR GROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS WEDGE ANCHORS o 4"~ TYPICAL- SIGN SUPPORT e-L- -i__~ _ _ie_ ," _71 ~rrr orocr ~r~ }~ru~rru ~r~ nncrwr systems as anown on me ~u aranaara sneers ~y be used as temporary sign supports for s1 ns u to 10 s re feet of si q P ~ ~ face. They may be set in cana-eta or In sturdy soils if approved by the Engineer. {sae web address far "Trofflo Engineering Standard Sheets" on BCi11l. ~ ~ 6" o 8 Nominal Post Size Na, of Posts Limclmun 5 . feet of q 5ign Face ~ilnlmum 5011 Embedment grilled Naleisl Required " ~ ^ Sae BCIgI far definition of work I}uratlon. 11aod sign pasts lN1ST be one piece. Splicing will ~ TAN S DARD BCt5~-07 5 4' 4 x 4 1 12 36' ND NOT be a I I awed. Posts she 11 be pa 1 rated white. Q I 4 x 4 2 21 36' NO See the CNZTCD far the type of si n substrate ©ixDOT 13-4-a2 0„, TxDOi rK. TxDOT oM•ix80T cF=•TxODT 4 x 6 1 21 36" YE5 g ~ that cm be used far each a owed sl n au Apr 9 PPS a~visirns sure r[o[eu r[a_mu aiu Pm~rcr a~5r„~~, FE~~o„ sNErr a Olrectlan 4 x 6 2 36 36 YE5 9-OT DI5T b FED 7 ~ ~ of Traffio ro"„r+ cmr~c sruicn ~ „ic„„r CNTY CONT SECT JOB H1V~f 1 as PORTABLE CHANGEABLE ME55AGf SIGNS 1. The Engineer/Inspector steal i approve all massages used an portable changeable message signs [PG~S}, 2. Messages on PCMS should contain no more than 8 wards {about four to eight characters per Nardi, not including sEmple wards such a5 'T0," 'FOR," 'AT,' etc. 3. Messages should consist of a single phase, yr two phases that alternate. Three-phase messages are not allowed, Each phone of the message should convey a single thought, and must be understood by itse I f. 4, Use the word 'Eli[T" to refer to an exit ramp on a freeway; 1.e., 'E%IT CLOSED," Do not use the term "R,41~P," 5. Always use the raute or interstate designation IIH, U5, SH, FMI along with the number wttert referring to a roadway. 6, when in use +he bottom of a stationary PCMS message panes should be a minimum T feet above the roadway, where passible. 7, The message term "WEEKEND" should be used only if the work is to start on Saturday morning and end by Sunday evening at mldnipftt. Actua I days and hours of work shvu I d be d i sp I eyed an the PCMS i f work is to begin an Friday evening and/or continue into Monday morning, 8. The EnglneeNlnspeotor may select one of two options which are avall- abla for displaylnq a two-phase message an a PCIti{S. Each phase may be displayed for either far seconds each ar for three seconds each. 9. Do not "flash' messages ar words included In a message. The message should be steady burn or contlnuoua while displayed, 1O, Do not present redundant information on a two-phase message; i. e., keeping two lines of the massage the case and changing the third Ilne. 11. Da not use the word 'Danger' in message, 12. Do not display the message "LANES SHIFT LEFT' ar "CARES SHIFT RIGHT' an a PCMS, Drivers do not understand the message. 13. Do not display messages that scrol l hvrizartaily or vertically across the face of the sign. 14. The fa! lowing table I Isis abbreviated wards and two-word phrases that ore acceptable far use on a PCMS. Both words in a phrase must be displayed together. Words ar phrases not on this list should not be abbreviated, 15, PCMS character height should be at least 16 inches for tral lar mounted units. They should be visible Pram at leas# 1/2 L51 mile and the text should be legible from at least 720 feet. Truck mounted units must have a character height of 10 incites and must ba legible from at least 4D0 feet. 16. Each line of text should be centered on the message board rather than left or right justified. 17. If disabled, the PCMS should default to an l llegible display that will nvt alarm motorists and wi I I only be used tc alert workers that the PCMS has malfunctioned, A pattern such as a series of horizontal solid bars 1s aoorooriate. Ward or Phrase Abb. word or Phrase Abb. Access Road ACCS RD Ma or MAJ Alr Ouallt AIR gLTY Miles MI Alternafe ALT Miles Per Hour MPH Avenue AYE Minor MNA Best Route BEST RTE Monde MDN Boulevard BLVD Harnal NDf~I Brid BRDG North N Carrot CANT Narthbouutd haute) H Cerrter CNTR Parkin PKING Construct i an Ahead CONST AHEAD Parks Let PRK LOT Detour Route DETOUR RTE Road RD Do Not DONi Rl t Lane RGT LN East E 5atur SAT Eastbound (route} E Service Road SERV RD Emer EMER Shoulder SHLDR Emer Veh ale EMER VEH 511 r SL[P Entrance <fnter ENT South ` S Ex .ens Lines ' EMR:'LANE Southbound {route} 5 Ex es E11Pwr SPO X%%X'-Feet %){%1C°FT Street 5T F ::Ahead FGG,AHD -Sunda SUN Fr FRMr FIfY Tele PHONE Freewa <B l caked FWY; BLKD 'T ar TEi~P Fr do FRI Thurad THURS- Hazdrdous Oriv n HAZ DRIVING To Darmtown TO'DwNTH Hazardous'Materia HAZMAT irafflc TRAF H .qh=0acupancy ; Vehicle •HOV Travelers TRVLRS HI `HwY Tae TUES ` Hours HR Time Minutes TIME MIN Infarmat on INFO U Level I~PR LVL It Is ITS Vehicle VEH Junot on JCT warm WARN Left LFT wednesda wED Left Late LFT LN we1 ht Limit wT LIMIT Lane Closed LN CLSD best w Lower Level LOwR LVL lrestband {rase} w Maintenance MAINT wet Pavement NET PYMT 1Y i i i Not wONT ~wvvwvl deslgnatlan s« [H-number, U5-number, 5H-number, FM-number wHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE THE PCMS FROM THE RIGHT-OF-NAY OR PLACE THE PCMS BEHIND BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL wITH SIGN PANEL TURNED PARALLEL TO TRAFFIC RECOMMENDED PHASES AND FORMATS FOR PCMS MESSAGES DURING ROADWORK ACTIVITIES (7he Engineer may approve other messages not specifically covered here.) Phase 1: Condition Lists Other Condition List ROADWORK ROAD Xxx FT REPAIRS xxxx FT FLAGGER LANE XXXX FT NARROWS xxxx FT RIGHT LN TWO-WAY NARROWS TRAFFIC Xxxx FT XX MILE MERGING CONST TRAFFIC TRAFFIC XXXX FT xxx FT LOOSE UNEVEN GRAVEL LANES xxxx FT xxxx FT DETOUR ROUGH x MILE ROAD XXXX FT ROADWORK ROADWORK PAST NEXT SH XXxx FRI-SUN BUMP U5 XXx XXXX FT EXIT X MILES TRAFFIC LANES SIGNAL SHIFT ~ XXXX FT Road/Lane/Ramp Closure List FREEWAY FRONTAGE CLO5ED :ROAD X MILE CLOSED ROAD SHOULDER CL45ED CLOSED AT SH xxx xxx FT ROAD RIGHT LN CLSD AT CLOSED FM XXXX XXX FT RIGHT X RIGHT X LANES LANES CLOSED OPEN CENTER DAYTIME LANE LANE CLOSED CLOSURES NIGHT I-XX SOUTH LANE EXIT CLOSURES CLOSED VARIOUS EXIT XxX LANES CLOSED cLasED x MILT= EXIT RIGHT LN CLOSED TO BE CLOSED MALL X LANES DRIVEWAY CLOSED CLOSED TUE - FRI xxxxxxxx BLVD CLOSEp Phase 2: Possible Component Lists Action to Take/Effect on Travel List MERGE FORM RIGHT X LINES RIGHT DETOUR USE NEXT xxxxx X EXITS RD EXIT USE USE EXIT ExIT xxx I-xx NORTH STAY ON USE US XXx I-xX E SOUTH TO I-xx N TRUCKS WATCH USE FOR US XXX N TRUCKS WATCH EXPECT FOR DELAYS TRUCKS EXPECT PREPARE DELAYS TO STOP REDUCE END SPEED SHOULDER XXX FT USE USE WATCH OTHER FOR ROUTES WORKERS STAY I N IE LANE Location List AT FM xxxx BEFORE RAILROAD CROSSING NEXT X MILES PAST US XXX EXIT XXXXXXX TO xxxxxxx U5 Xxx TO FM XXXX Warning List SPEED LIMIT XX MPH MAXIMUM SPEED XX MPH MINIMUM SPEED XX MPH ADVISORY SPEED XX MPH RIGHT LANE EXIT USE CAUTION DRIVE SAFELY DRIVE WITH CARE *~ Advance Notice L i st TUE-FRI Xx AM- X PM APR XX- XX X PM-X AM BEGINS MONDAY BEGINS MAY XX MAY X-X XXPM- XX AM NEXT FRI-SUN XX AM TO xx PM NEXT TUE AUG XX TONIGHT Xx PM- XX AM # ~ See Application Guldellnes Note 6. Application Guidelines wards Alternatives 1. Only 1 ar 2 phases are to be used on a PCMS. 2. The 1st phase (or bothl should be selected from the 1. The wards RIGHT LEFT a<td ALL can be irrterchan as a o sate. ' ~ PPr ~ 'Road/Lane/Rrnp Closure List" and the "Other Condition List". ~~ Roadway designations IH, US, 5H, FM and LP can be interchanged as 3. A 2nd phase can be selected from the 'Action to Take/Effect on Travel, Lacatian, General warning,. ar Advance Notice appropriate. 3. EAST, NEST, HORTH and SOUTH {or abbreviations E, w, Nand S1 can Phase Lists'. be interchmged as appropriate. 4. A L~cat i on Phase i s necessary only i f a d i stance ar location 4. Highway naves and nurrbera replaced as appropriate. . is not included in the first phase selected, 5. ROAD, HIGHIYAY and FREEWAY can be interchanged as needed. 5. if two PCMS are used In sequence, they must be separated by 6, AHEAD nay be used instead of distances if necessary. a minlmum.of 1000 ft, Each.PCMS.sha.l I. be limfed to two ptx[ses ' 7. Fi and MI, .MILE and fliLES interchanged a8 appropriate, ' and should be understa~tdah.le by tltemse[ves.': B. AT, BEFORE: and PAST interchanged as needed. . 6. For advance notice, when :the current date is.wlthEn:seven days .. 9. Distances :or AHEAD can be. el iminated.franl the. message lf. a . of the aptuei r!ork date,;;calendar'days should be ,replaced with location phase. is aced. . days af. the week. Advance oats f i cat 1 an should i ca l l :be f tyP Y a' Ito. more than one week` priut^ tc .the'wark ,. , . PCMS ;:SIGHS WITHIN THE R.4. w. SHALL BE BEHIND GU ARDRAIL OR T Bxa~ D~aart--~-of Transpar~aNlar~ ~ . . `CONCRETE :BARRIER OR `SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FOUR f4} Traffic `Oper'aflons. DNlaJart PLASTIC DRUMS PLACED PERPENDICULAR TD TR AFFIC ON THE BARRICADE. AND CONSTRUCTION UPSTREAM SIDE OF THE PCMS. PORTABLE CHANGEABLE FULL MATRIX PCMS SIGNS 1. when Fuli Matrix PCMS signs are used, the character height and Iegib111tylvisibility requirements shall be maintained as listed 1n Note 15 under "PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS' above. 2. when symbol signs, such as the Cw20-7a Flogger Symbol, are represented graphical ly on the Fuil Matrix PCMS sign and, with the approval of the Engineer, it shalt maintain the leglhilfty/visibility requirement listed move, 3, when symbol signs are represented graphically on the Full Matrix PCMS, they steal I only supplement the use of the static sign represented, and shelf not substEtute for, or replace that s1gn. 4. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a flushing arrow panel provided it meets the visibility, flash rate and dlmsinq requirements on BC 171, for the sane size crow. ~ LANES SHIFT in Phase 1 oust be used with STAY IN LANE in Phase 2. BARRIER REFLECTORS FOR CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER AND ATTENUATORS I. Barrier Reflectors steal I be prequalified, and conform to the color and reflectivity requirements of DM5-8600. A list of prequalified Barrier Reflectors hype C Delineators] cm be found at the Material Producer List web address shown an BC{11. 2. Calar of Bawler Reflectors shall be as specified in the TMUTCD. The cast of the reflectors shall be considered subsidiary to Item 502. CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER (CTB) Iv Q O ll Barrier Reflectors LOW PROFILE CONCRETE BARRIER (LPCB1 Surface Mart Flexible Delineators 3' x 3" min, reflective sheet itrg 15" Max. spacing of surface mount flexible delineators 1s ZO feet. Attach the delineators as per marufacturer's reacmaendatiana. iaELINEATION OF END TREATMENTS ~,.~' ~~`'~ 3. where traffic is ar one side of the CTB, two 121 Barrier Reflectors shall be monied in approximately the n€dsection of each sectlan of CTB. An alterna#e mounting location is uniformly spaced at one end of each CTB. This will al law far attachment of a barrier grapple without damaging the reflector. The Barrier Reflector mounted on the side of the CTB she I 1 be I ocoted d i tact I y be I ow the ref I actor married an tap of the bawler, as shown in the deta€ I above. 4. where CTB separates two-way traffic, three bm~rier reflectors shall be mounted on each section of CTB. The refleator unit on tap shall have two yellow reflective faces {B1-Directionallwhi le the reflectors an each side of the barrier steal I have are yellow reflective face, as shown in the detail above. 5. When CTB separates traffic trava E i np i n the sane d i tact i ar, no barrier refleatars will be required on top of the CTB. 6. Barrier Refleata- units steal I be yellow ar white in solar to match the edgeline being supplemented. Tel low Barrier Reflectors steal I be made with Type E Fluorescent Prismatic Yellow Retroreflective Sheeting. white reflects-s shat I be node with Type D White Prismatic sheeting. ?. Maximum spaoing of Barrier Reflectors is forty i40} feet. 8. Pavement markers or temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs shall NOT be used as CTB delineatorr. 9. Attachment of 9arrler Reflects-s to CTB shalt be per marufacturer's reoammendations. IO.Miselrrq ar damaged Barter Reflectors shat I be replaced as directed by the Engineer. 11.5ingle slope bawiera steal I be delineated as shown on the above detail. a~a ~r r'"' _ . Instal I a minimum of 3 sorrier Reflectors as per manufacivrer's recommendations. APPROACHING TRAFFIC BOTH SIDES ONE 51OE END TREATMENTS FOR ~ 3 CTB'S USED DELINEATION OM_1 or vertical IN WORK ZONES Panel End treatments used on CTB's in work zones shat I meet crashworthy standards as defined in the Natural Cooperative Highway Research Report 35D. Refer to the CwZTCD List far approved end treatments and manufacturers. TYPICAL FLASHING ARROW PANEL Arrow Panels may be located behind chamelizinq devices in place far a shoulder taper or merglnq taper, otherwise they shall ba delineated with four t4} charrielizing devices placed perpendicular to traffic an #ire upstream side of traffic. 1. The f l ash i ng Arrow Pans I stxxa I d be used for all l ana c l asures an mu I t i - i one roadways, a' s I ow moo i nq maintenance or construct ion activities on the troveE lanes. 2. Flashing Arrow Panels should not be used on two-lane, two-way roadways, detours, diversions or work on shoulders unless the "CAUTION" display Isee detail below) is used. 3. The Engineer/Inspector shat I choose all appropriate signs, barricades md/ar other traffic oattral devices that should he used in con)unction with the Flashing Arrow Panel. 4. The Flashing Arrow Panel should be able to display the following symhols~ Flashing RIGHT {LEFT} ARROW C) a • •••••o• 0 • 0 • • • Flashing DOUBLE ARROW . r •a•••o• • • • • • ~ Flashing CAUTION 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • • 5. The "CAUTION' display consists of four corner lamps flashing simultaneously. 5. The straight sine caution display is NOT ALLDWED. 7. The Flashing Arrow Panel shall be capable of minimum 50 percent dimming fran rated I amp vo I tape. The f I ash ing rate of the I amps steal I not be less than 25 nor more than 40 flashes per minute, 8, MintmJln lamp `an time" shall be approximately 5D percent for the flashing arrow and equal intervals of 25 percent far each sequential phase of the flashing chevron. 9. The sequerrFial crow display is NOT ALLOWED. 10. The flosirinq arrow display is the TxDOT standord~ however the • 0 0 • 0 0 r 0 0 5equentla! Chevron • a a • o 0 • • 0 t t 0 ~ • 0 r • 0 • a 0 • • • • • • • • r ~ • r • • • RERUIREMENTS MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM HUMBER VISIBILITY TYPE S1IE OF PANEL LAMPS DISTANCE B 30 x 60 13 3/4 mile C 4fl x 96 i5 1 mi le ATTENTION: Flashing Arrow Panels shall be equipped with automatic dimming devices. WHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE THE ARROW PANEL FROf,I THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE ARROW PANEL BEHIND CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL. 11. The Flashing Arrow Panel shall be mounted sr a vehicle, troller or other suitable support. 12. A F I ash i na Awow Pane I SHALL NOT BE USED to la#eral ly shift traffic. 13. A ful I matrix PCMS may be used #o simulate a Flashing Arrow Pare] provided it meets visibility, flash rate and dinminq requirements an this sheet for the sane size arrow. 14. Minimum mounting height of trailer mounted awow WARNING LIGHTS sequential Chevron display may be used during daylight operations. parels should be 7 feet fran roadway to bottom of panel. ,, i. Warning lights shall meet the requirements of the TMUTCD. 2. Warning 1 fights steal 1 NOT be instal led on barricades. '"' 3. T A-Low In#ensi Flashin Warnin Li s are Comnanl u ype tY q g ght y sad with drone, They ore Intended to warn of or mark a potential ly hazardous area. Fhe i r use shat I be as indicated on this sheet and/or other sheets of the p tats by the designation "FL". The Type A Warning Lights TRUCK -MOUNTED A T T E N U A T O R S steal I trot be used with sites manufactured with Type E Sheeti [Fluorescent Prismatic] meetin the re iremerrts of De t n0 g qu partmen a! Material 0 Specification DM5-fl340. 1. Truck-mounted attenuats-s {TAIA1 used on TxDOT foci I it€es must meet the requirements outlined in fire Natural 4. Type-C and Type D 36O degree Steady Bran Lights a~e intended to be used in a series for delineation to supplement other traffic carrtrol Cooperative Highway Research Report Ne. 35D INCHRP 350}. devices. Their use shat I be as indicated an this sheet and/or other sheets of the plans by the designation "SB'. 5, The inset/Ins for a• the laps steal l s 2. Refer to the CWITCD for the requirements of Level 2 or Level 3 TMAs. Enq pec p pacify the looatian and type of warning lights to be instal led on the traffic control devices. 5. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor steal! furnish a copy of Lire warning lights certification. The warni 1i t manufacturer will 3. Refer to the dates shorn in the CWITCD to ensure that the TMA meets the oqe requirements and the s'ashwvrthiness ~ ~ criteria established by the Federal Highway Administration {FHWA1 for TMAs. certify the waning Iiglrts meet the requirements of the latest ITE Purchase Specifications far fladrinq and Steady-Burn Warning Lights, ~. 7. When used to delineate curves, Type-C and Type D Steady Burn Lights stauld only be placed on the outside cf the curve not the inside. 4. Refer to the CWITCD for a fist of approved 111As. ~ 5. TMAs are required on freeways anises otherwise noted in the plops. - WARNING LIGHTS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS 6. A TMA should be used anytime that it can be positioned approximately 3o to 1OO feet in advarce of the area of Type C Warning Light or s-ew exposure without adversely affecting the work performonae. approved .substitute mounted 7..The only reason a TMA ~rould pat be re Iced is when a.work area is s sad down the. r and the.work Grew is . qu pr oadway .. . I. Type A flashing warning.lights are intended. to warn drivers.thot.they.are approaching a- ore.in a potential ly haza~dous.a-ea, ad anent ta. ! the travel.. way. 2. ;Type.:A rundom.flashinq waning ,lights are. not.::intendedfor delineatien:ond'ahail trot be.used:in.a series. `. `. an .extended.distance.fram the TI~II, ,. _,. , .. ., 3. A series of sequential flashirq warning iights placed on chamelizing:deviaes +o lama merging taper maybe. used:.fore.:delineation. '[f used . ,... ':the successive :flashing of; the sequential warns 1lghte should oixxJrr from the be inns 'af fire #a a nq g n4 pa' t the,end,.of,~tha mergf.nq taper.::in . i order to fdentffy the desired vehicle path, 37te rata;of flashin far'eaah li q ght shall be 65 flashes r minute plus ar minus 10 flushes. ~-- - -'- - Pe , `, ~ 4., Type Cand D steady-burn warning lights are intendedsto be used in a series to delineate the ~ edge of the travel late. an detours, an lone ~ changes, on lane closures, ;and an other similar conditions. k - F S.:Type A, iype C and 3ype D warning 1lghts steal I be Instal led at' locations as detailed on other sheets In the'plans. ~ $1'A~N'}ARD `PLANS 6..Warring iights step] I not;be installed an a drop ttxrF'#~as a sign, chevron or vertical panel. E . ' .. J ~ ~'" :'- T.. The' maximum spacing . fs', wgrn i nq I tyhts an drops shoo l d be .identical to the shame l i z i device i ... lrflll~ f~ ~. G 0 `'. n0 spas Rq J T6XGPB a9~0. r1Q1161QR i _ _:1 Traffk Oper'atTons ANls~cvl , WARNING.REFLECTORS MOUNTED. ON PLASTIC DRUMS AS A 5UB5.TITUTE FOA TYPE C.ISTEADY.BUAN1:wAANING LIGHTS I BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION I. A warning reflector or approved aubstitute may be mounted on a plastic Brun as a substitute for o Type C, steady burn warning I ight at the discretion of the Ccntr-octor unless otherwise noted in the plans. ARROW PANEL REFLECTORS 2. The warning reflector shalt be yellow in color and shall be manufaoived using a sign substrate approved for use with plastic drama listed } ~ an the CWZTCD. WARNING LIGWTS 8i ATTENUATOR Waring reflector may be round 3. The warning reflector steal I have a minimum retrareflective surface area (one-side} of 30 square inches. or square. Must have a 4. Round reflectors shall be fully reflectorized, including the area where attached to the drum STANDARD reflective surface area of at least 5. Square substra#es must have a minimum of 30 square Inches of refleo#arized sheeting. They da not have to be refleatorized where ~+ 30 square inches attaches to the drum. BL' ~ ~ y -~~ . 7 of 12 5. The side of the warning reflector facing appraachlnq traffic steal I have sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirenrrrts for OM5 fl300-Type D INon-fluereacent Prismatic]. QTx00i 11-4-02 ~ ixODT c". Tx00i ~-TxODT c~•TxDDT 7. Imen used pea' two-way traffic, both Bides of the warning reflector shall be reflectarized. ~Y~s~~s 0151RE~~ ~~,` F~oma~a3oe~o,xcs sir A. The waning reflects- should Ire mounted an the side of the handle nearest approaching traffic. 9-07 DIST 6 FED 4 9. The maximum spacing for wornirp reflectors strould be identical to the drannelizinq device spacing requirements. mcNrr c~~~ seenon ,oa HscbAr -. CNTY CANT SECT JOB HrY liandie Top should not al law col lection of water or - debris 4" mox~ 4" min 8' max {typ} 2' ma ityp. 9116" dia. itypl for mounting signs and warning lights Each Brun shall have a minimum of 2 orange and 2 white stripes using Type C retro- reflective aheetirp with the top stripe being orange, 9, Drum body sha[I have a minimrn unbal lasted weight of 7.7 ibs. and maximun urbal lasted weight of 11 lbs. The wall of the drtm body steal l be o minim~n of 0.07 inch in thickness. Height of any drum supplied shat I not vary more than 0.5 Ib. from that of the prequel !fled sample. f0,Drum and base steal i be marked with manufact~-er's Wane and model nurber. RETROAEFLECTiYE 518:ET1HG 1, The stripes used an drums steal I be constructed of sheeting meeting the color and retroreflectivity requirements of Departmen+al Materials Specifiaatlon DMS-B3aa, "Flat Surface Reflectlva 5hee+inq." High 5pecifia Intensity (Type Ci retrarefleo+ive sheeting shall be supplied unless otherwise specified Tn the plans. 2. The sheeting shat! be suitable far use an and shall adhere to the Brun surface such that, upon vehicular impact, the sheeting shall remain adhered In-place and exhibit no delaminatinq, cracking, or TOSS of retrarefleotivity other +han that lass due to abrasion of the ehse+inq surface, BALLAST 1. Unbal lasted bases shall be large enough to hold up to 50 lbs. of sand. This base, when f i I I ed with the ba I I ast mater i a I, shoo I d we iqh between 0.07" max 35 ibs iminimum) and 50 ibs Imaximumi, The bal las# may be sand in one to three sandbags separate from the hose, sand in a sand-fiEled plastic Taper to allow base, or other ballasting devises as approved by the Engineer. Stacking for atackinq a of sandbags wi I I be allowed, however height of sandbags above pavement minimum of 5 su-face may not exceed 12 inches. Bruns 2. Bases with buElt-in ballast shalt weigh between 40 lbs. and 50 lbs. Bose {3fi" Built-in ballast rbn be constructed of an 1rEtegral crumb rubber hose or dia, maxi a sal id rubber base. 3, The ba I I ast she I I not be heavy ob Jests, water, or any mater i a I that would became hazardous to motorists, pedestrians, or workers when the v I B" x 24" S tan 12' x 24' 1Maximrra Sign 0[mension) Yerticol Panel Chevron CNI-8, Opposing Traffic Lane mount with diagonals Divider, Driveway sign D70a, Keep Right sloping dawn towards R4 series a- other sips as approved travel way by Engineer PI wood Aluminum or l~e~al ~ Y ~ s 9n substrates shall NOT be used on lastic Bruns P SIGNS, CHEVRQNS, AND VERTICAL PANELS MQUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS 1. Signs used on plastic drums steal I be manufactured using substrates I ]seed on the CAZTCD. 2, Chevrons and other work zone signs with an orarpe background steal I be manufactured with Typo E !Fluorescent Prisngticl ~, 3 o GERi:AAI. NOTES Born is struck by q vehicle. sheeting meeting the solar and retroreflectivity require- f p w 4, iYltan used in regions susceptible to freezing, drums shall have drainage meats o OMS 8300, Siqn Face Material, unless otherwise ~ n ~ 1. Far I term statianar work zones on free s d hales in the bottoms sa that water will not col lest and freeze becami ° o a ono y way , rums shall be used as a hazard ~ struck b a vehic ~ le th i specified in the plane. 3. Yertioal Panels shall be manufactured with orange and white , e pr mary charnel izinq device, Y t a N 5. Ballast shalt not be laced on t of drums, 2. For intermediate term stationary work zones on freeways m drone should be P op sheeting meeting the re irements of DMS-8300 T C IHi ~ YPe ~ ~ 0 , 6. Adhesives be used to secure base of ° E used as the primary channellzinq device but may be replaced in tangent ~ drums to p°Y 01 " Specific IM~ensityi. piagongl stripes on Yarticai Panels steal I slope dawn toward the intended traveled lane, i L sections by vertical panels, or 42 two-piece canes. In t nt sections N o ° ~ 4. Other sign messages (text or symbolist may 6a used qs ,_ one-pieae cones may be used with the approval of the !Weer but and ~ Y approved by the Engineer. Sign dimensions steal I oat exceed ,° q ~ if psrsomel are present on the project at al! times to maintain the 18 inches in width or 24 inches in height. ~ ~- r canes in proper position and location. ~ For sh t t 0 3 t ti 5. 51gns steal I be instal led usi a 1/2 inch bolt Inaminait ~ . [~ or erm s a onary work zones on freeways, Bruns are the preferred ~ ~ channel izing device but may be replaced in ta ers transitions and t ~ and nut, two washers, and one lacking washer for each p , a o a an 9 m ~ ~ sections by vertical panels, two-piece cones ar one-piece canes qs 24 carrr~ectlan. fi, Mounti bolts and nq nuts she I I be fu I 1 y engaged and ~, ~ ~ approved by the Engineer. •- p ° 4. Dams and al I related ]tams steal I comply with the requirements of the adequate I y torqued. Bo I is shoo I d oat extend more than 1 /2 inch beyond nuts, ~ m ° current version of the "Texas Manual on Oviform Traffic Cartral Devices' Cw1-6 + iTMUTCD] ° ' " 7, Chevrons may be laced on drums on the outside of curves P , and the ~ ~ o Comp! toot Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List ~ ° ~ '~ iCWZTCDI. oV1 merging tapers ar on shifting tapers. Nhen used in these lacatlon5 they may be placed an every Brun ar spaced not ~ N N a ,~ .- -- 5. Drums: bases, and related materials steal I exhibit good workmanship and 12" mxe than an ev~-y third drum. A minimun of three i3} steal I be free from abjeationable marks ar defeats that would adversely U 0+ should be used at each loeotien cat led for in the plans, N ° ~ affect their appearance ar serviceability. 8. R9-9, R9-10, R9-fi and R9-Ila Sidewalk Closed signs which ©L Y ° 6, The Contractor steal I have a maximum of 24 hours to replace any plastic are 24 inches wide may be mounted on plastic drone, with druas identified for replacement by the Engineer/Inspector. The replace- approval of the Engineer. meet devise must be an approved device, " 3fi' 8 GEIERAl. DESIGN REWIEiE1EHTS Prequai !tied plastic drone shall meet the following requirements: " 45 1. Plastic drone steal f be a two-piece deai~; the "body` of the Brun shat I be the tap portion and the 'base" shat I be the bottom, 4 Orange 2. The .body, and .base shat f Sock together in such a manner that the body separates from the base when impacted by a vehicle traveling at a d 4" ilhite silk a or qr er; . preverlts.accidentalaeparation due ta. normal nG ar a r urbulence:created::bY pass.in9 .vehicles. :. 3. Plastic dross steal I be constructed of 'I i ., gh++reight flexible, and ...: , `. deformab e eras.::. Contractor steal I NDT use metal druns'or , .. . '.. ~ . y si ogle place `Plastic drums as charnel ization devices or sign .supports. L ,. 4. Drams shall .present a;praflle that is a minimum of 18 inches:lnwldth at 'the 35 ~, inch heEght when viewed fran any direoticn, The height of :: ; .. : u Brun unit tbatl instal ed en sat a Y ba shall be a minimum of 3fi inches and STANDARl1 PL~1S . N ~ a max mrm o nc s. M Q DIRECTION :Ii~ICATOR BA1iRICADE . . ': 5. The to of the .shoo - „ Brun.. - ~ ~ p, have a but It..in hExidie' for easy pickup and m TBXGFS lfll~V1~ 01~ Ti'ORS,~,~IlAQ ~ l+wr ~Wrr . . a: _ . . _ c~ ` steal I be.desi fined to.drain:water.and not col Ieust utebris,; The handle. _ M Q ~ 1. The Olrection Cndlcatar Barriaade may be used in tapers transitions and r afflc'taparallans DNlslan. , shall have a minimun of two widely spaced 9/1fi inch duametef' holes to other areas where spealfio direotianal guidance to drivers Is necessary, N N a ° allow attaahmant of a warning light, warning reflector unit or approved 2. If used the Direction Indicator Barricade shoo Id be used in earlea to direst i i BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCT ION N a ~ ooslpl ant s gn. the driver fhraugh the transftion and irrto the intended travel laule,. ~ N V N 6, The exterlar of the drun body shall hove a minimum of four alternati 3. The oireo+Tan Indicator Barricade shall consist of One-Direction Lar e iCMI q m N ~ ~ ~ Arr d hit 1-61 i i th t fl i i CHANNEL I2I NG DEVICES ow orange an w s gn n e s e re rore ect ze shown with a black arrow on o baakgraund ve circumfererrfiial stripes not less thin p 4~" of T E Fluo esaent Priema+la Oran a move a r ~ ~ ~, ~ 4 inches War greater than 8 inches in width. Any non-reflectorized Ypa ~ q oi! with Type C High '' ~ m N Specific Intensit r t fl +i h ti i l+ " TANDARD ; s ~t„~, y e rare eo ve s ee ng n a ernatian 4 whi+e and w ~ N ~ Q pace anY t'ND adJacent stripes steal I not exceed 2 inches in Oran strl s slo t downward at an an le of 45 ~ ~ width, 9a Pe p nq q depress in the direction J '~ N ^~ ~ road users are to pass. N 7. Bases shall have a maximm width of 3fi inches, a maximun height of 4 4. Double arrawa vn the Direction Indicator Barricade will oat ba allowed, 4 ~ ~ ~ inches and a minimun of two foothalda of s m ~ , ufficierrfi size to allow base BC (8l -07 8 of 12 _ „„ 5, approved manufacturers are shown on +he CNRTCD Liat. Ballast shall be N ~ M N to be held down while separating the drum body from the base. as a Ppraved by the manufacturers inatruofiExls ©Tx50T 11-4-02 oti:-T~aT ca: TzDOT oX •ixDOT [f: TxaOT r ~ ~, , 8, Plastic drums shalt be aonstructed of ultra-violet stabilized gran rn v , fie, A[Y[5[Cf6 51,1E f[~EFIf high-density polyethylene {ROPE! or other approved material. ASSIRICI AER[M ~ FFDERk AIO FFOJECf L&E1 4-03 01ST s 9.07 FED 10 [marr [aAOAn sF[noR r~ m _.- A ArAr CNTY CONT SECT JOB HWY 8" to 12" ~~ Fixed Base w/ Approved FIXED {Rigid ar self-rightingl 6" tc 1 Y 4" 24' min. 4" 4' {Rtgld ar self-righting} PORTABLE CHANNELIZING DEVICES VERTICAL PANELS fYPs) B" to 12" B" to 12" S' to 12' ~.--~ ~.-~ m q° ~ ~ ~ 4" + `v ~ 45° 4" N mtn. ~ 0 v 4" m VP-fR a ~ c E _ ~ Rigid Support ~„ 12" minimum ia" ~ Self-righting embedl7ant I ~~ depth y DRIVEABLE 1. Vertical Panels IYP's) are nvrnlal ly used to channel tze traffic or divide opposing lanes of traffic. 2, VP's may be used to daytime or nighttime situations. They may be used at the edge of shoulder drop-offs and other areas such as lane transitions where positive daytime and nighttime delineation is required. The Engineer/Inspector shall refer to the Roadway Design laarn[al Appendix B "Treatmer~ of Pavement Drop-offs in Work Zones" far additional guidelines on the use of 36" YP~s for drop-offs. 3. VP s should be mounted back to back if used at the edge min. of arFs adjacent to two-way two lane roadways. Stripes are to be reflective orange and reflective white and shoo I d a i ways s l ape downward toward the Crave I I ans. 4. VP`s used all expressways and freeways or other high speed roadways, shall have a minimum of 270 square inches of retroreflective area facing traffic. 5. Self-righting supports ore avai labia with portable base. See "Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" ICWZTCDi, 6. Sheeting far the VP's shall be retroreflecttve Type C {High Specific Intensity} conforming to Departmental Llaterlul Specification DIaS-8300, unless noted otherwise, T. TlTlare the height of reflective material an the vertical panel is g1-eater than 36 inches, a panel stripe of 6 inches shall be used, CHEVRONS t, The chevron shat I be o vertical rectangle with a minimum size of i2 by 18 inches. i^-19' -~ 2. (ylevrans are intended to give notice of a sharp charge of allgrmlent with the direction of travel and provide additional emphasis and guidance far vehicle operators with regard to changes in horizontal aligrnlent of the roadway. 24" 3. Chevrons, when used, shall be erected on the out- side of a sharp curve or turn, or on the far side of an intersection. They shall be in lids with and at right angles to approahing traffic. Spacing should be Such that the motorist always has three in view, until the change in aEignment eliminates its need. 4, To be effective, the chevron should be visible for at least 500 feet. 5. Chevrons shall be orange with a b l ack nonref l ec- 3G' Live legend, Shestirlq for the chevron steal I be retroreflective Type E iFluoreacent Prismatic} conforlninq to Departmental laterial Specification Dias-8300, unless noted otherwise. The legend steal I be black vinyl rxM1-reflective decal sheet- ing meeting the requirements of DIa5.8300. 6. For Lore Term 5tatianary use an tapers or transitions on freeways and divided higinroys Fixed Base w/ A pproved Adhesive self righting chevrons say be used to supplement [Driveable Base, or Flexible Support can be usedl plastic drums but not to replace plastic drums, APPOSING TRAFFIC LANE DIVIDERS (DYED) 12" CW6-4 ~'~ Pane I s maxlted back to back 18" Portable, ~, Fixed ar Driveable Base may be used, or may be mounted on drums. GENERAL NOTES 1. Work Zone dwnneiizinq devices ilEustrated an this sheet may be installed inclose proximity to traffic and are suitable for use on high or Ivw speed roadways, The Engineer/Inspector steal I ensue that spacing and placement is uniform and in accordance with the "Texas iamual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" ITiaUTCDI. 2. Charnelizing devices showll on this sheet may have a driveable, fixed or portable base, The requirememt for self-righting channel izinq devices mast be specified In the General Notes or other plan sheets, 3. Channelizing devices an self-righting supports should be used in work zone areas where channel izinq devices are frequently impacted by errant vehicles ar vehicle related wind gusts making alignmerrt of the channel izinq devices difficult to maintain. Locations of these devices shall be detailed else- where in the plans. These devices shalt conform to the TIrIJTCD and the "Ceapliarl+ 1York Zone Traffic Control Devices List" ICWZTCDI. 4. The Contractor steal l mairltaln devices in a clean corldltion and replace damaged, nalrefiective, faded, or broken devices and bases as required by the Engineer/Inspector. The Contractor shall be required to maintain proper device spacing and al ignmer~, 5. Portable bases steal I be fabricated from virgin and/or recycled rubber. The portable bases shat I weigh approximately 35 Iba, 6. Pavement surfaces shall be prepared in a manner that ensures proper bonding between the adhesives, the fixed mount bases and the pavement surface. Adhesives steal I be prepared and applied accardinq to the manufacturer's recarlnendatians. 7. The instal lotion and removal of ohmnellzing devices shall not cause detrimental effects to the final pavement surfaces, including pavement surface discoloration or surface integrity. Driveable bases shall not be permitted on final pavement surfaces. The Engineerllnapsctar shall approve all application and removal procedures of fixed bases. a, Exalples an this sheet are cclmanly used d,arrlelizinq devices in work zones, For other devices, refer to the CWLTCD, 1. Opposing Traffic Lane Dividers {OTLDf are delineation devices designed to convert a normal one-way roadway section to two-way operation. OTLD's are used on temporary centerlines, The upward and downward arrows an the sign's face indicate the direction of traffic an either side of the divider. The base is secured to the pavement with an ad- hesive ar rubber w'eigllt to minimize movement caused by a vehicle impact or wind post. 2. The OTLD may be used in combination with sislple tubular markers or VPs. 3. Spool rp between the OTLD she I E not exceed 500 feet. Tubules markers or VPs placed between file OTLD's should not exceed 100 foot spacing. 9, The OTLD aha I I be orange w t th a b I oak non- ref I ect i ve I egend. Sheeting for the OTLD she I I be retrareflective Type E (Fluorescent Prismatic} conforming to Departmental laaterlal Specification DMS-8300, unless noted otherwise. The legend steal I be black vinyl non-reflective decal sheeting meeting the reepl i reloents of OIaS-8300, lilnimm avairable Taper lengths ~~ Suggested IWxltnm Spaaing of Chal'rlel izinq aevloee Pasted Speed Farnuln 10' offset 11' afieet 12' Offset On 0 Taper On a Tangent 30 z 150' 165` 180' 30' 60'-75' 35 L= WS 80 205' 225' 245' 35' 70'-90' 40 265' 295' 320' q0' 80'-100' 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90'-110' 50 500' 550' 600' 50' 100'-125' 55 L=WS 550' 605' 660` 55' 110'-140' 60 600' 660' 720' 60' 120'-150' 65 650' 715' 780' 65' 130'-165' 70 700' 770' 840' 70' 140'-175' 75 750' 825' 900` 75' 150'-185' 80 800' 880' 960' 80' 160'-195' Taper lengths have been rounded off. l•LanQth of Taper IFT.1 w•wldth of bffeet IFT.I S•Poeted Speed i1~PH1 a ^ ~ VERTICAL PANELS & OPPOSING TRAFFIC LANE , ~ DIVIDERS SEPARATING TWO-WAY TRAFFIC Refer tc BC and/or TCP~ ° G, Meets for approach ° ° ° ~~ HOLLOYM OR WATER BALLASTED SYSTE6LS USED AS ~ n 'd lTyp i CG 1 0 11 Cat 1 On? requ iremel>#s, Pp ° (~ C= LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES f>R BARRIERS Center I 1 ne ° ~° a `LafcITl10it1AL CH+Uf~I.IZIRG DEYICfS.. _ _ -. a ~ i, Longitudinal charxielizinq devices are orastn-~a-thy, .lightweight, defarnlab.le devices that. era hi9hly,vlsible have r ~... target value and can be cameoted together.;They are not Gealpned ta:oorltain ar'redirevt.n.veitlole an`I sP~t 2. `%ongituditlal chalnei izinq ;devices may be used Instead of a, l ins of canes or drums. ... . 3. Larlgitudinal channel izinq devices shall be placed In accordance to appiicatian and installation requirements specific r o the device, and used only rt~en shown on the CWZTCO l 1st. 4. ;Longitudinal charnel izln devises should not be used to q provide. positive protection far obstacles, pedeatricns.ar .: '. 50D' m war ere. w ~: 5.;1. itudl , ~m onq nal c~wnneElzinq devices shalt be retroreflevtive, or supplemented with retrareflecfiive:delineation., as required for teflpa-ary;barrlers on BCiT}-OT. '.. :.. ~ TeXaa ~Xllflll@l~:Of:TI'Q!>16pOV'~GfrrOlR I- ., TrgffTo Oparatlorls ANislan PATER:BALLASTED SYSTE]iaS:USED AS BARRIERS 1.'Water:bailasted.,systemsused as.6urriers shall rat be used solel to charmelize road users but al y so to protect the work space per the dppropriate NCHRP 350 crashwarthiness re irements based on raadwa s and barrier ~ y peed appliaatim. BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION 2. Wafer ballasted systems used #o channelize vehicular traffic shall be su~plemanted with retroreflective delineation or cllarwleiizlnq devices to improve daytime nighttime visibility. They may also be supplemermed with pavement markings, Opposing ~ or 1 In YP or CHANNELIZING DEVICES Tubu I ar ~ ~ ~~ g 3. Water ballasted systems used as barriers shall be placed in accordanoe to apptication and installation requirements Lane Lane Lane Tubular iaarker specific to the device, and used only when ~1Own an the CWZTCD list. Divider Marker Divider Divider STANDARD 4..Water ballasted systems used as barriers should not be used for a merging taper except 1n low speed {less than 45 MPH1 urban a-eas, When used on a taper in a low speed urban area, the taper steal I be delineated and the taper length I should be designed to optimize road user operations considering the available geelnetria conditions, p~', L9~ ~+~~ 5 B pacing between the YP s or tutwlar markers steal I nat exceed 100 feet. On r s 7 0~ 5. When water ballasted systems used as barriers have blunt ends exposed tv traffic, they should be attenuated cadway with speeds less than 45 MPH, as per monufactuer recoanlendatlona ar flared to point outside the clear zone, spacing between the tubular markers or VP's steal I be as shown on the cllannellzing spacing table shown on this T1dI0T r~ ©T><DOT 11-~-02 oN. Tx00T °+=-TxgDT ~ti T1d10T page. If the table shows spxinq greater than t00 feet based an the roadway speed, than use a maxl111um of 100 feet REY,5~~5 5r,~~ rEOrAk FEO~°~~~o~°~acr spacing between the tubular markers yr VP's. Every fifth chamel izinq device steal I he an OTLD, except whey the g_OT °IS'R"' A"'~ If used to chamelize pedestrians, longitudinal charnel izinq devices ar water ballasted systems must have a continuous DI5T b FED detectable bottom for users of long owes and the top of the unit steal I be not leas thou 32 inches in height. OLTD must be spaced closer to accamadate an intersection. Spacing between the OTLD steal I not exceed 500 feet. tanrr ca~rax _-..... CNTY CONY TYPE III BARRICADES 0 1. Refer to the Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List [CWYiCDI ,- for details of the Type III Barricades and a 11st of ail materials `~ used in the construction of Type I]I Baricadas, ~~ v m 2. iype I[I Barricades shat 16a used at each end cf construction w o v ~ojects closed to al I traffic. O v ~ 3. Barricades extending aa-o8s a roadway should have stripes that slope ,, „ ' downward in the direction toward which traffic must turn in detouring. + c N When both right and left turns are provided, the chevron striping may a } ~ slope downward in both directions from the center of the barricade. o r Wirers no turns ore provided at a closed road striping Should slope ~ "" ° downward in bath directions toward the center of roadway. '~~ 4. Striping of rails, for the right side of the roadway, could slope z ~ ~ downward to the left. For the left side of the roadway, striping - `- shoo i d s I ape downward to the r i qht. "~ 5. Ident i f i oat i on markings may be shown on I y on the back of the a ~ N barricade rails. Tile maximum height of letters and/or company logos v n ~ used far identification shall bs i". ~ ~ N fi. fiarrloades shall not be placed parallel to traffic unless an adequate ~ ~ ~ clear xane is provided. ° a o T, warning I i¢~ts shat I NOT be instal Eed on barricades, ~ { 0 8, Where barricades require the use of weights to keep frua turning over, ~ ~ n the use of sandbags with dry, aohesionless sand is recommended, The c ~ o sandbags wi I I be tied shut to keep the sand from spi I I inq and to ~ ,~ maintain a constant weight. Sand bags shol I not be stacked in a manner ~ o + ~~ covers mY portion of a barricade rails reflective sheeting, ~ - Rock, concrete, iron, steel ar other solid objects wi i l HOT be •a~o ~ permitted, Sandhogs should weigh a minimm of 35 lbs and a maximum of W ° ~ 50 lbs. 5and~ags sigl I be made of a durable material that tears upon ~, ~ t vehicular impact. Rubber )such as fire inner tubes} shall not be used p ~ °m for sandbags. Sandhogs shall only be placed along or upon the base ~ v t supports of the device and shat I not be suspended above ground level a o or hung with rape, wire, chains or other fasteners. ~, ° ° 9. Sheeting for barricades steal l be retroreflective Type C IHigh } ~ •- Specific Intensity) conforming to Beportmantal Material Specfication ~ 3 a DMS-8300 unless otherwise noted. ~ w v ~ ~ Barricades she I I NaT ca } be used as a s i gn sup orb, >a° p ° ~ D~TL C 0 "0`~ TYPICAL STRIPING DETAIL FOR BARRICADE RAIL TYPE III BARRICADE (POST AND SKID? TYPICAL APPLICATION Each roadway of a divided highway dal I be ~ barricaded in the same roamer, R11-2 ROAD CLOSED srA~ cza-s HI4-10L ~`~1~ ~ ~~ }~ ~, ~ ~ ~ ~~ a _ _ .i ~~ ~r. ~ ~ "' ~~~ 5 --~• J ~~ ~ ~M' ~~- ~ l 36 feet ~~ ~ -~ ~~ J f PERSPECTIVE VIEW Detour Roadway The three rat Is an Type III barricades shall be reflectorfzed orange and 10' reflective white stripes on one side lacing one-way traffic and both sides far two-way traffic. Barricade striping should slant downward in the direction of detour. I, Signs should be mounted on independent supports at a T foot e' max. I h T 1II Barrie maunting height in center of roadway. The signs should be a ~ YPe odes minimum of 10 feet behind Type III 8orricades. 2. Advance s i qn i nq she I I be as spec I f i ed e l sewhere i n the plans. PLAN VIEW CULVERT WIDENING OR OTHER ISOLATED WORK WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS ~~~ r ~ _ 1, Where positive redirec#ional ~~. - cc i l it is avlded drone 1~ Y pr , may be omitted. " 2. Plastic acnstructian fencing may be used with drone for safety as required in the plans. ~ 3. Vertical Petals an flexible support Typical ~` be substituted for drone when the Plastic prom eixrulder width is lass than 4 feat, 4. When the stauider width Is greater than 1Z feet, steady-burn [Ights PERSPECTIVE VIEW -~' be sniffed if drugs are used, These drums ore not required 5. lh'uns must extend the length of the culvert widening, on one-way roadway Increase rxmber of plastic drums on the aide of approaching traffic if the crown .~ width makes i t necessary. Imi n i roan of 2 clod maximum of 4 drums) 10' max, 10` max. i0' max. PLAN VIEW A minimum of two drums steal I be used across the work area. Legend Plastic drum P I ast i s drun with steady burn I i ght or yellow warning reflector Steady burn warn} nq I i qht ~~ or el low warn} reflector Y rq o ~ CONES c'~ L " 1Yidth of 3"-4" 3"-4" 2" max. " a ~ w a $ Reflective 3" min. 4^ o a o nominal Sheeting 4 min, orange &" min. " ~~ 4" ~~ 2 tp ti ~ . + x +- 45° " " 7 inches. z" min' z" min, z N w~ 6 fi 4 min. white " ~~ ^ m ~ ~ 2" min. 4 min. 3 min. ~^ .- ~ ° 3 -4 ~~ 4" 42. EDGELINE L ° TYPICAL PANEL DETAIL " 4 min, orange , ~- a, ~ 6 min. " pg~~ z min. zs CHANNELIZER o FOR SKID OR POST TYPE BARRICADES z" min. " . ~ ~ ° ~ .. 4 mEn. white min. min. w°~u, , ~ 4 min. 8 max, ~4 min. ~m~nN 42" a ~ •- -- _- ,,_ ,,,,,~ cwt ~ a + - 28" min. "~ L ` ~ -- min. One-Piece cones Tub~u ! ar f~arEcer QI-Yp G - N ~0 1, This devise is i t ~ ~I n ended only far use in place of a vertical pets) to - 28 Cones 5hal I have a minimum weight of 9 t/2 lbs. chamelize traffic 6y indicating the edge of the travel lane. It is f ° not intended to be used in transitions or tapers. 5tiffner 42" 2-piece cones steal I have a minimLm weight of z. This device shall not be used to separate lanes of traffic [apposing 'L F 30 I bs. i ne I ud i ng base. ar atherwisei ar warn of eb jeers. lot rail Twa-Pleae COneS 3. This devECe is based on a.42 inch, two-piece cone with an alternate Stiffner may be Inside or outside of support, but nD mare than striping pattern: fog 4 inch retrorefleative bands, with on 2 stiffeners shall be allowed an one barrloode, approximate 2 inch gap between bands, The color Of the band should 1. Traffic cones and tubular markers shaf I be a minimum of 2$ inches in height when cerrespand to the color of the edge) ins lye) low far left edge) ins, used either on freeways or at nighttime. white far right edge) inei for which the device is substituted or far TRAFFIC CONTROL. FO z. Cones or tubular markers shall be predominantly armge, fluorescent red-orange, or which it supplements. The reflectprized bands ehalf be retroreflective R MATERIAL STOCKPILES Alternate Alternate fluorescent gel law-orange, They should be kept clean and bright for maxim~n TYpe:C encapsulated bead [High Specific Ir~eilsltyl conforming to visibi i . a a as on . 5-S Og, unless otherw se:noted, . .. I 3.:-Canes used only .far daytime operations do..nat r . ire.. the reflectorized bands. 9. the base must weigh n.minimun:of 30::Ibs, 3 ;, ,, a< ,4. :Canes cod tubular'morkers used far ni htfi.ime operailans shall 6e reflector-ized,. . A 9 pprax. ` . .: ,brass, vertical panels'ar 4z cones A ox. PPr. e . R flectorized material shdl i have a smooth sealed outer surface ttbt die la s. p.y 50 at 5D_ maxlnun e pce~Ml. 50: the sane oximate col ~ , 4 or during the day and night. The refleotorized bands . ~• ,: ,. :, .. y shall be'retrorefleetive Type C }Nigh Specific Intensity) conforming to U ~ Departmentc l Notarial Spec i f i coil on DIIS-830tl, un l ass otherwise noted, Cr `~ .. :' '~ ~4 4 Il l n. 2 dr<me i, :.M n z ,drums 5.:lihen used at n i t i ate I ; gh , apprapr- Personnel Steal ensure that canes and tubular ~, ,. M ~ ` or I Type III , or 1 Type ;III p~" Per _ BX :markers remain in'their' o locati i ~ Idl1~pDII~I~V} ~: .. on and n an uAr-ight.positlon. ,~ barricade barricade . Tralflc 17,oergHons DNlsl'an ~N f 6. Refleotorizatlan of z$"cones shall consist of :a minimum fl'inch`band placed at 5TOCNPILE P~Q~ ~: ~, frlN~lO `least 3 inches but not mare thah 4 inc>'iss from the:top, 'supplarr~ented by a minimum - N V O 4 inch band spaced a minimum`af 2 [aches below the 6 inch band. s ©.. N V w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~, Refl " ~ BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCT I ON. -~ N Q ectorizotion of 42 canes steal I be provided by alternating q to 6 orange and ~ " ~ white stripes with orange on top, a^ lvvin P N © 8. Refleatorization of tabu CHANNEL I Z I NG DEVICES Q o ~ ~ one ~ ^ ^ ^ ^ lar markers shat I be a minimum of two 3 inch bands placed ,~ r ~ ~ °, y roads desirable a maximum of 2 inches from the tap with o maximum of b inches between bands. downstream d~ STANDARD W ~ N ~ Q stockpile iocatlan 9. One-piece Danes or tubular markers are N ~ ~ or barricade be Chanel izlnq devices al lei to traffic generally suit~le far temporary usage lop ~Y is outside ~ to $ hours) with other channelizatlon devices such as vertical panels, drums or ""~ N omitted here clear zone. should be used then stockpile Is two-piece cones for long fierm us .Care should be taken to ensure the remain in N ~ N within 30' from travel lane, ~ y BC (10 ~ -07 ~, ~ N ~, their proper location and in an upright paaitien, 10 of 12 10, Cones ar tubular markers used on each pro jest shall be of the sane size and shape, N~rvIN M ~ ~ ii.The hcndle ma be desi,y~ as o hook or QC TxDOF II-4-02 ~ TxDOT ~~~•TxDOT ~~-TxUOT EA, TxOaT '• rv1 v r-,ti, ~ ~ .~..~ ~- ~ .~.,.y ~ Y Yryy a111G1 "'T', fWr~a411 eQ Il as Won`t ig~d PEYISIONS SIRE FfDu~u FE°EAEy A3p PA°J[Ci 514Ei -•- materials similar tc the Done material, and may extend ~ to a maximua of B Inches 9-D7 °"'°"' """' ~ above the tap of cane. Length of the boodle shat[ not be considered with regard to GIST ~ FEO 16 the Duero) I height of the cone, err ~A~Aa :ELilq Jpp AID., _.. CNTY CONT SECT JOB HMl1f IyORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS G~RAL 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for mairrtaininq work zone and existing pave:nen# markings, in acoa-dance with the standm-d apeCifl- catlons and special provisions, an al I roadways open to traffic within the C5J I imits unless otherwise stated in the plans. 2, Color, patterns and dimensions shall be In conformance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" iTMUTCD}. 3, Addi#ianal supplemental pavement m~kinq details may be found in the plans ar specifications. 4. Pavement markings steal I be instal led in accardanre with the TMUTCD and as shown on the p I ans. 5, When short term markings ~e required m the plans, short term markings steal I conform with the TMUTCD, the plans and detai Is as shown on the Standard Plan Sheet WIiSTPMI. 6. When standard pavement makings ore not in plans and the roadway is opened to traffic, DO NOT PA55 signs shall be erected to mark the begiminq of the sections where passing is prohibited and PA55 WITH CARE signs at the beginning of sections where passing is permitted. T. AI I work zone pavement markings steal I bs instal led In aocardmoe with Item 662, 'Work Zane Pavement Markings." RAISED PAViZE11T MARKERS 1. Raised pavement markers are to be placed according to the patterns an BCI12}. 2, AI I raised pavemenrt markers used for work zone markings shill I meet the requirements of Item 672, "RAI5E0 PAVEMENT MARKERS' and 0eport- msntal Material 5peoificatian DM5-42OD or DMS-4300. PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT i~AAKINGS 1. Removable prefabricated pavement markings shalE meet the requirements of DMS-8241. 2. Hon-removable prefabricated pavement markings 1foii backl shall meet the requirements of DM5-8240. MAINTAINING iNDAK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS I. The Contractor wilt be responsible for maintaining work zone pavement markings within the work I tmits. 2, Work zone pavement markings steal I be inspected in accordance with the frequency and reporting req<aalrements of work zone traffic control device inspeatians as required by Farm 599. 3. The markings should provide a visible reference for a minimum distance of 3OD feet during noranl dayl lght hours and 16D feet when illuminated by automobile low-bean headlights at night, unless sight distance i s restricted by roadway geometr i as. 4. Markings failing to meet this criteria within the first 30 days after placement she I l be rep I aced at the expense cf the Contractor as per Specification Item 662, RE1gYAL OF PAYI7IEM MARKIHGS 1, Pavement markings that era na longer appl lcabie, could create confu- sion or direct a motorist toward or into the closed portion of the roadway, shall be removed or obliterated before the roadway is open- ed to traff ta, 2. The above shall nut apply to detours in plaoa far less than two weeks, there flaggers and/or sufficient charnelizinq devices are used in I ieu of markups tv Doti ine the detour route, 3. Pavement markinge shell be removed to the fullest extent possible, so as not to leave a discernable marking. This shat I be by any method approved by TxDOT Specification Item 6TT for "Eliminating Existing Pavement Maricirps and Markers". 4. The removal of pavement markups may require resurfacing yr seal coating portions of the roadway, 5, Subject to the approval of the Engineer, any msttxxi that proves to be suaoessful on a particular type pavement m~ be used, fi. Blast cleaning may be used but wil I not be required unless specifical- ly shown in the pions. 7, Over-painting cf the markings SHALL NOT BE permitted. 8. Removal of raised pavement markers shall be as directed by the Engineer. 9. Removal of existing pavement markings and makers wl I I be paid fcr directly in aocordonce with Item 677, 'ELIMINATING EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND MARKERS," unless otherwise stated in the plans. 1D.BIack-out marking tape may be used to cover conflicting existing markings for periods less than two weeks wtw~n approved by the Engineer. Telrlpvrary Flexible-Reflective Roadway Marker Tabs TDP VIEW FRONT VIEW 518E VIEW 2" 4"± ~4' -I T Height of sheeting Adhesive pad is usually more #twn I/4" and less than 1'. STAPLES OR NAILS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SECURE TEMPORARY FLEX IBLE-REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKER TABS TO THE PAVEMENT SURFACE 1. Temporary flexible-reflective roadway mm-ker tabs used as quidemarks steal I meet the requirements of DM5-8242. 2. Tabs detailed on this sheet are to be inspected and accepted by the Engineer or designated representative. Srnptinq antl testing is not normally required, Iwwever at the option of the Engineer, either 'A' or "B' below may be imposed to ass~e goal lty before placement on the roadway, A. Select five 151 or more tabs of random from each lot or ship- mer~# and submit to the Construotian Division, Materials and Pavement Section to determine specification compliance, B. Select five 151 tabs and perform the fol lowirp test. Affix five 15} tabs at 29 inch intervais an an asphaltic pavement in a straight line. Using a medium size passenger vehicle or pickup, run over the markers with the front and rear tires at a speed of 35 to 9D miles per hour, four 14} times in each d[rection. Na more than one 11} out of the flue {5} reflective surfaces ahal I be lost ar displaced as a result of this test. 3. Sngl I design varimces may be noted between tab manufacturers. 4, See Standard Sheet WZ 15TPM) far tote placement on newt pavements. See Standard Sheet TCP{7-il far tab placement on sea! coat work, Raised Pavement Markers Used QS GUidemarks DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS PAVEMENT MARKERS IREFLECTORIZEDI DM5-4200 TRAFFIC BUTTONS DMS-4300 EPDXY AH0 ADHESIVES DM5-610D BITUMINOUS ADHE5IYi: FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS DM5-6130 PREFABRICATED PAVEIENT MARKINGS-PEAMAHENT DM5-824O PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS-REMOVABLE DM5-8241 TEAPDRARY FLEXIBLE-REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKER TABS DMS-8242 A list of prequalified reflective raised pavement markers, non-reflective traffic buttons, roadway marker tabs and other pavement markings can be found at the Material Producer List web address Shawn on BC {t f . q PAVEMENT MARKING PAT TERNS STANDARD WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILS ,,~ 80 ± 3" Type Y buttons Type II-A-A ~ ~ o> ~~ UU CENT R N - _ E LIE & NO PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO LANE TWO-WAY HIGHWAY5 DOUBLE P k -~ I- R"L~0 ~~ .~ o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o ra o AYEIELIT 4 to 1z ~ ,, ~ , ,r +w~s ~ o 0 o v o 0 o n o o v o a ~ ~ } NO-PASSING 4" ~ t 10 to 12° Type Y buttons 14 tv 12" TYPe II-A-A r+ErL P r~rart~D ~~~ " 1 o ~ o ~DD DpOO CIDD O D a LINE ° ~ 4 to 12 ~K 5 Tw q~ z ~- ~ ~~ ~~ 0000 n ODOR 0 DODO a ~ aODOpDaOaDDDnOO a ppO00paD0p0 Ye I I ow Ye [ I ow Yellow -~ • ~~ ~ T e II-A-A T Y buttons Yp YPe Type T-C I-A or II-A-A : Type W yr Y buttons lea<LSeD ~- / ~- •- - v ~, ~ a C N _ REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKfNGS - PATTERN A RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS PATTERN A EQGE LINE 50 ~ r-vEUp~r ^ a o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a o a qm OR SINGLE LWpLER5 •- m N L cD„ + 3„ REFLECTOR[2EO ~ m 0 0 o Type II-A-A Type Y buttons NO-PA55ING LI NE a" ~'KL"a " a`o Nn ll ~^ ovn oopooDpoioacvooaoooavvvn 4 White ar Yel law ~~~ •- ~ o ` N ~ m N ~^ ~Lr~ aoaoDO oaoa - o 000o a 0000 o aoo Ye I i ow ~ 4 to 8 T e Y buttons ~~ Yp 6 to 8 Type II-A-A o IDE T e i-C Yp " Type W buttons 6D ± 3 saLSeD ~ q~ ~ ~ o ~ REFLECTDRIZfD PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN B RAF5ED PAVEMENT MARKERS - PATTERN B LINE ,~ ,.o 0 0 0 0 0 o n o 0 o d a P~v~r i-z D o 4 0 ~ 0 0 0 n 0 0 o d 0 LIAHKEAS c o v W F L Pattern A is the Tf(GOT Standard, however Pattern B may be used if approved by the Engineer. ~~ 8 REFLECTOR12E6 ~- O U xim Prefabricated morkirga may be substituted for reflectarized pavement markings, IFatLEFT Tura C1WNEi.II1NG LI as I;NANIELI2IIiG I.IIE L13FIV RE to ~~'~°'~ ~ ~ L ma DCSD71NAl~ LANE dGHG[NG WRINGS .I White 0 U c +.`- +- o EDGE & LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAY T e I-C Yp 90' * i ~ '~ + ~~ ~ ~ 90 3 , ,i3a ~~w a ~ ~ moo aaoDOaDODaooonoaoaoaopDDanoooaoovaaoopao Type W buttons Type I-c or If-C-R White Da BAISED ~~~ Lws B R oooCl p aooo n Dooo T I-C or II-A-A I I' ~- i D' -~- 30' YPe L a ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~rrr a a D ~ as a Dooo a Dooo a ooao p ooao Yellow p Type W or Y buttons a o q ~ LT ,, t ~q type I-A ~ ~ Type Y buttons ~ ooooDaooonoDOnoooavooooooaoooavovnooopovva LINE REFLEC7DAL2{D IFGR CE iER C E ' + ' ~- 40 _ 1 ~ 0 ~ ~ - m a w L L oo~ ` "~ L } os5ooaaoDOaoooaoooaooanaoopo^apaovpoooavooa ~ r N L N pAy~ aR LAeE LII~.1 WWILLNGS r ~*-10 ~e- 3D ~ WhitearYeilow T I-C or I I-A-A Ype ~ ~. ~~~ 9 ~ q * x ~ N ~ Type Y buttons Ye I I aw T I-A ~ White ~ ~ ~ a oooD p aooo p Dooo n ~DOOO a Dooo Type W buttons t a Iwt[en required) -~ ~,~,~ `~ ype I-C ar I I-C-R anoDOpoaoaooaaovanoDOOOVOpvvoaoooaovvnaooa REMOVABLE MARKINGS 5' + 5" a ~~~ REFLECTDRIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER5 ~ WITH RAISED ~'~ ~~'[ ~ ~ o + Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings. Type I-C ~-10' ~----_ , 30 '~ q ~ ~ PAVEMENT MARKERS -+ U N N .~ 3 L If raised pavement makers are used Raised Pavement Markers N ~, ~ } r ~- ~ Q ~ Y 0 LANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS to supplement REMOVABLE mrn-kings, the markers shat I be apps ied to the top Df the tape at the approximate mid length of tops used far broken Type W buttons Type I-C f lines or at 2D foot spacing for i i ~~ r ' ~ ..r. ~ ~ ~"'"" a a o o o o D D D D a ooao 0 0 0 0 0 a o o a o LI sol d l nes, This allows an easier + 1 20 White ~ Type II-A-A Type Y buttons removal of raised vement markers ~ and tape. Cerrterl ins atl -not to be used on I Ines Y edge DaooDO oaaooDOOaoooooao oaovoaDOOpoovaoDVo oaooD ooopoDOaDDapooopooDaooD4oooaovoooova ~L~L .L Ye I I aw d .rr "~""~ n ooao a oaoa a aooo p Dooo p aooo Whit 0 ~. e Type Wbuttons - T IC Raised ement markers used as standard pa!! Ype pavement markings shell be from the approved ~. REFL.ECTDRIZID,PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED .PAVEMENT MARKER5 products list and;meet the requirements Df: -. Prefabriaated markings may be.substituted.for reflectorized paveDlent.markings. _. 672 'RAIS ERS , .. [~tem EO PAVEMENT MARK { i. 1 , ~ ... i. WO-WAY, LEFT TURN `L ANE TANOARD'PL~NS .: I, aNm. -~~, xas ram are I M7414 VO[ON ~ : raffic `DperaHaD~s D1llslon " N P V a ro v o ~NVlO N V ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o oaoa p Dooo a ooao p aooo a oaoa white `~ T e W buttons ~ YP p . ~ BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION N O N o~ -N N m N ~• `` ~`° " Q N ~NmQ ~Nm , Type I-C onooano caDOO13DODpoDOaooo DoDpooonooapoooa ~ ~ ~... •~• n ooa a ooao 0 000o a aooo a Dooo a Yellow Type II-A-A T Y but#ons Ype - ...- - - a DDaD p aDDD p aaaD a DDDD p aDDD a oaoooao vn AVEMENT MARK N I G PATTERNS TANDARD ~ ~ F M NM7 ~ Q°~~ aooaaDOpoooaDOa ooopoooaaaoao ooa 2 of 12 BC ~12~ -07 °' M ~ v~`° "'~ ~ ~ ~ a oov a DoaD a oaoa p oaoa p ooao White'' ~ k a ©TL~OT Febn~• 1998 uk. Tx(IOT ~#~ TLId6T ~~ T~aT ~x TxOOT ^~~~ 4 T W buttons ` Type I-C y ~~~5~~s s,,,~ F~~,< ,EOIRa~ ,~o ~a~«~ s~f, REFLECTORFZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER5 1-97 ocsuicv ~cccx p_yg Ofsr 6 FED 2D Prefabricated markings may be substituted far refleatorized pavement makings. Ii-D2 ~o~N~Y ~~ ~~r,~ ~ X,~HS~Y 9-07 CNTY CDNT SECT JOB NWY 9EGIH wDRK EG20-9 nrcxt 5G20-1 ZaNE uu~ aialr SICIIiL A q TRAFFIC CW205G-i D cal l a ue RIIEi f 5 Y[~LES ~ _ ~ ~ SIGHdI SIGIIIAL ,,,,,^ _ Ate ,~ or , F[HE5 ER20 5 - Flaqger & FCN12O Ta sign may be CW20-5R IICAK r- iiDUBLE ~ required acoa-ding to field donditicns. w SG2O-5T ;m v CW20-5R ~ ~ ~p ~, Al1EA1 ~„~ ,•, a > CW24SG-1D a: alx-a~cma ~„ ER20-5 ,~ o v CW20SG-1 D F ~ t Plaque 5G20-6 FL ° ° `~ 1O0' min L X X X oc Open T ~ ' Detector ~ ~ t ~ ~0C°+icn Ylntman o•elrahl• supqut.d dmclmui Ilrer~n ~ trench 2 o ~- ~ ~ ~ T ~~ saaolrq of orvto• sly spaolrp Fla ~-' i 00' X }( X L D PObt•d t0' II' iY' On a do 0 X ~ ~ ~ , o w 0 ^ ^ ^ SpMd~ Ftri4l10 pr{~}Cfi••tOffat TWx Tolq•Rt aleto,oe 4D 3 ~ • ~ • Flashi Arrow Portal G2O-za >,~ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ "g ~ 30 150'165' 180' 3D' 60'-75' 120' at z ~ ~ ^-^-- ^ --^~- ^ .a..-.^ ^ - ....~ ~ WS 2 , , , , , , night _ ~ 35 L• 6O 205 225 245 35 70 -90 160 is tianall ^ ^ G` 4D 265' 295' 320' 4D' BD' -100' 4 ' P ~ '~' ^ ~~-- D N ~ 45 45D' 495' 540' 45' 9D'-1i0' 320' a C N ° m 50 50D' 55D' 6D0' 50' 100`-125' 4D0' ~- v a ~ 55 550 605 66D' 55' 110'-140' 5DD' - - - - - - - - ---- .-_ ~.. - L-ws MAJOR STREET 0 o a 60 600 660 720 60 120 -15D ~ 600 L C E r r r r r ~ r a ~ a ~ 65 650 715 780 65 130 -i 65 ~ 7D0 Channelizing a °' m 70 700' 770' 840' 70' 940' -175' *B00' I CEL •- ° o ~ EID L ,~ dev l ces she I I v ~ ~, Daytime -Four Lane Roadway ~ carrm+ronol Rood• a,ly SG2D-1 w/p I ague be ref i actor i zed. ~ ~ iopt i ono I 1 °~' ~ t 3AFrap«- lanotra NCw h..n rou,d.d art. Of SG2D-5T SIGNI4L G2D-2a - ~ n ~•l+na+h or raper IFI.I f•aldth of carat crr.l s•Ibet•d Sped aa~l ~ o m WDRK BEGIN I~RR w x t ZONE EG2D-9 ROAD WORK A~ o . a NEXT S WILES 8 E--- TRAFFIC ,,,,~ gIq~ v ~ Detector toD' min L X FINES ER20-5 CW205G-1 D ItIRK Legend ,- > ~ Location DOUBLE ware AHE~Ii ~o m U°, c ^iw~ ER20-5 T°" Heavy Work Vehicle Paved 5hctllder Paved Shoulder ~ •`"°°" SG20- CW20SG-1D FL t o ~- ~ ~ L ^ Fl Plaque ~ 3 0 ^ ^ ~ ^ ^ Flashing Arrow Panel ^ (dtarlnelizing Devices ^ ^ ~ ~ L ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ (in CAt1TI0N model - - --.- ! ^ i ^ L^ ~ F I ceh i Arrow Pane I voa - - - - TYPICAL ADVANCE SIGNING ® ~ ca t L N J' ^ ~ ~ ^ FOR LONG T ~, , ~ KEEP ^ ~ ^ ERM and INTERMEDIATE-TERM STATIONARY WORI( OPERATIDNS F Flashing tYarning Light o ° ° ^ ^ ^~ ^ ^ Observe warni 51 s State Law iR20-31 be re iced E ~ ng gn may qu if called for elsewhere in tlta plans. ° o ~ Paved Shoulder RIGHT ~ ~ D ~ Paved Shoulder Location w[I I be ae directed by the Engineer-. ~ ~ R4-7b FI r & CI420-7a si be ~ ~ ~ re~~red acc;ardi tofu CW20SG-1D ° ~ Slims qu ng eld conditions. StCNAL ~ The arrow panel may be omitted when stated elsewhere in D ~ Da time - T ~ the plans. a o o into y wo Lane Roadway ~ ~+ CW20SG-iD ECW1-6a T idol chmnelizin device is the 28" cane. Plastid ~,~ TYPICAL DE Ecwl-sa yP g TECTOR I NSTALLAT TON drums or vertical panels may be I~aed rf approved by the '° $ Engineer. Fetal drums shall NOT be used as a channelizin OR OTHER WORK OPERATIONS THAT ARE SHORT TERM OR SHORT DURATION q °' ` devise or si su t, ' n o qn PPar- ff ~ n + For several closely adjoining projects, advance signing ~ o E ~ Nighttime Charrtelizing Devices shall be reflectorized. may not be re fired in advance of each (nterseetian 4u , a N N N ^ 4' but only in advance of the intersections at the project ~ ] ~ t ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ rriox limits, See details elsewhere in the plans far advance r ~ ~- r signing requirements. Y D Sidewalk Crosswalk Sidewalk ^ • ^ Crosswalk Advance signs shall be in place when signal construction ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ operations are in progress. The contractor shall remove SICIAL ~ = Bldg' ^ 131d . advance signs when na construction operations are underway. ~ ~ SIIEIA! 5rR g Obstructions ar hazards at the work area shall be clearly AIfJW / ' ~ ~ min ~ 4' S R marked and delineated at all times, MEAD mill a ~ z ~ ~ y~7 ~ max All hotel, trenches or other hazardous areas shall be C/" " ° ~ ~ ode uatel otected b Ii h Y CW205G-1 D R[GNT q y l~ y g is ar other prateotive devices. © rJ o U ~E I CWPDSG-1 D Trenc~tes shall be davered or surrounded with drmge plastic R4-7b construction fence as directed by the Engineer. , : I Flagger and FCW20-7a sign may be required according to field conditions. Vehicles parked in roadway shall be equip- ECW1 6a ped.w th trlo strobes. H gh'level flags at,corners aT vehicle maY.also be.:used.:work operat cns:thot requ re.work.veh.cle -. . ,..., , ^ ^.: ;ira;:traveled way 20 mirtrrhes or less.ma .use .canes hi h level Y ~ q ECW1-6a .. t obes as'advance `' one ' ld onl flags and r warrting'tlevices. C s show y -. - ~I~- -- `- - ..... - _, 4 max ', t~ . .. ' :. ,be'placed around vehiole. Fla99el's may be used on high speed ~. Y ^ ^ Tura n ersec ans. r ^ ~'< ^ ~ ^ ; ^ ^ ~. r .~ ^ ~. ---~^ r - _ ..., S I dews I k -~ 5 i dews l k ARD FLAN ~, ^~,c ~ max _. min .. .. g . ^ mr n TeXGS R6 lOr? II~EP rtme,~ c~ Tra w ,~ ~~ Q M ~7 B I dg, B I dg, Tra~flc Qperollons D1vlslan SII;IfAI . Cam" o ~ p ,~ N ^~ ~ ~ RIGHT M 7 ~ ~ 2 ~~p~ Sly TRAFFIC SIGNAL Q p Q ~ IpBI ~ R4-7b M ~ ~ ~~ ~ lVEAD Channelizing devices should not be placed closer thm 5 foot radius Iminlmmt to signal poles. - ti Q I NSTALLAT ION ~~ " N ° ° ~/" CW2O$G-1 D Parking may be e! imingted by plxing channel (zing devices in a s. ~~ ~ ~ 8 ~ w - ~ "' °' If destri a ~ ~ N ~ RIGHi ,~ ~ pe an walkways are blocked, refer to TIAIITCO Part VI. TYPICAL DETAILS N° N a~ ~ CW2DSG-i D t0/9s Revision ~mQa~ R4-7b TYPICAL RESTRICTED PEDESTRIAN MOVEMENTS m " Q ~ Added 'BEGIN' to WZ ~ BTS-1 l -99 ;'~ ~ m N FOR ALL WORK OPERATIONS REGARDLESS DF WORK DURATION I SHEET 1 0 caw " ~' P "RDA N F 2 rv~~ TYPICAL ~IANGING SIGNAL INSTALLATIONS owaRK ExT '~ " M " OR OTHER WORK OPERATIONS THAT ARE SHORT TERM OR SNORT DUR >OC NILES" sign ©TxDOT Apri ~ Is9~ ^~-GRB ~•GRB •--FDN ~-I;AL Q ry ~ _~ ATION , ~,^~ affil "~ ~ ~ Added ~~~ I-97 O[5 6 FED 432 " ~ ~ o tE Advance warning charnel izirlg devices are optional. 2 2-98 ~ WORKERS~ARE 4-98 m^- cowtloc erg n ^a^r - - ~^ Q PRESENT plaque 10-99 ONTY CON SEC .E08 HIYif a T ~. cm a> c . woa~ 0 U VI T N ~ +[m crr a •- L L L 0 E ow^ L fl ~' z -- m -C - ~+ ~-•-- U N 7 ac~n am m a ~. vm •-a~w ~~m U Q~ 000 LcE ~ a m v ~EL •- 7 ^ L N m N N mop ~ - ~- r ~ ~D w C^m wx~ N +- o u xs•m ma~L r- > ~ mo 0 U m N C L+~- +a T30 9 '~- v awe moo ca L L N >nn O~T~ ~o ~_ a L L aaa~ awl aMo O~ 0 tx~ Nr NaL •- ^ o L ~ ~mc ~~ ~~Q~ uaOE~i ~m~nm Q N ~- ~ 7 ~ L U C7 } v~mc .-iL•-~ ^i-Y U TYPICAL SIGNS USED IN TRAFFIC ST^"'"' ^^""'T""^T'^"' ."~.'' R-1Yz" 24" 1~/s!"R 48" ,~~ . -- 3" ~/~" o " ~" bQ~l[~ 3"D 5 D ~~++ ~/~ " 1" ~©~~~~e~ 3.D 1 " ~ z'/~" ~ "R /~ T" " " /z " 30 ~Q~~ 3 D ~e ~/~" 3D' ~/2" ~u~u LS 3"p SPECIFICATION REFERENCE TABLE AIATER[AL5 AND TESTS DIVISION SPECIFICdTIDNS PLYIKIDD SIGN BLANKS DAIS 7100 ALIAlINU61 SIGN BLANKS DH5 7110 FLAT SURFACE AEFLECTIYE SHEETING, TYPE A {ENGINEER GRADEI DH5 8300 FLAT 5lA1FdCE REFLECTIVE SHEETING, TYPE B {SUPER ENGINEER GRADEI DH5 8300 Fi_dT SilEtFdCE REFLECTiYE SHEETING, TYPE C {NIGH SPECIFIC INTENSITY) DYS 8300 1~~~ " 7" 1 DENEAAL ~/a %p°ya®~~r~}~/~5~ r~ 3"D Standard signs slwl I be used as raqutrad by the BC 5tmdard sheata, the 1b W&ill~atl ®Dlt plans ar as dlreotad the ineer to late warn and ids traPfio. ~/4 ~ by ~q r~ ~ ~ gu " D All sign usage u7d areatian eltal l ba in strict aaaardassae with Iha Texas 5"D Manual on Uniform Traffic Corstro[ Devlcea fa- Streets arsd Highways' ITI11TC0}. SG20-6 Letters -Black The Contractor shall maintain each sigi as directed by the Enginasr. 3" 48"X30" Border -Bleak The Contractor may use either the sign designs shows an the BC Standard Background -Orange or Sheets, a' those sign designs shaxi in the "Standard Hl~s+eay Sign Designs for R4-7b Letters -Bleak White Refl. Texas " I5H501. AEI work zoos signs provided for in ttse TWTCD but not 24' X 3p' Symbol -Block dotal led in the ptans may be used rhsn directed by the Engineer. Border -Black REFLECi]YE SHEETING Background -White Refl. Alternate legends Reilactarized signs shall be mnetruoted of retra'etlective sheeting 5" I~ "R 30" ~4"3~" 6„C meeting the color and raflaotivity requirements of Ikita-ial Specification, D DY5 8300 a- DY5 8310. Day only la defined as a device that 1s uesd only 3" dsrinq dgylight hours. R4-8b 12" 6"C 6"C Type A, B ar C sheeting may be used for all, day only, appl loatlons. Type A sheeting should be used for all, rhlte background, regulatory signs. 3" Type C sheeting steal E be used for all other appl loattons. B.C The above applications of sheeting grades to different type signs wil I DierFmoe Plaque apply unless attx~rwlse speckled in the plans. 0 ~ 3D" X 12" TYPE A • Englrseas- Grads t• 8.C TYPE B • Super- Engineer Grads © B"D TYPE C • HI~s 5peokio Intensity Q`~ 2" R=1%" ~DRII DIAtATION TER#IIIIDLOGY-Ias defined by the "Texas Naiwal an Unifom _ 6 _ ~ e"D 48 -"~'~ Traffic Central Devices' Part VI1 3 ~`a" Lag-term Stationary = occupies a location 3 ar mare des; ~~ 2" ~a" " [rrtesmedlate-farm Stationary • ocaglea a lacatton stars overnight to " B"D i" s c 2, 3 dayai 24" 3 ~{" Shat••tenn Stationay • daylight work that cutup#es a looatlan from i 1 to 12 haxsl w9. ~ A ~ 6"C Short Duration • ies a location to 1 hour. D aaaup uP C1f20.5R 4 ~/~" 24 SIHPPORTS AHD YOIIiTIHG I~IGNT 48' X 4B" The batten of Lang-term /Intermediate-term signs steal l be at least 7 feet above the paved surface. The batten of a7y supplementary Plaques Legend -Black 02D-2a Letters -Bleak 1" shall be at least fi feet move the paved strfaae, Border - B#aak CW2D-5L ~ " Border -Black The batten of Short-term I Short Ouratim signs 811x11 be a minimsn of Background -Orange Ref#. 48 X 24 Boekgreund - Orange Refl. 1 feat shave the pavement surface but no morn shun 24" above the ground. Lag-tens I Intermediate-term Signs nsay be used in I lea of Short-term I Short Duration slgnlr>o. Short-term /Short Dsratlons signs steal I ba used S G only during dayl lght and removed at itss end of firs wX[cdey. T " ~ Itepulatary signs sfilal l be masrltad at least 7 feet above the paved FI?(EQ 36 surface regardless of work duration. suPpaRrs 3°" ~ Vinyl SIGN 51PPOR'f TfE[GIRS roI lUp Nhere sign supports require the use of weights to keep free turning aver, Sign the use of same type of saxEag to reaarrrnended. The use of Pieaea of :rock, 2' min. y ~~ caxlreta, Iron, steel or other sand objects wll I not be permitted. Swags ~~~® ~ steal I only ba plaxld along or upon the boss supports of the device and steal I not be eu mo v I ~~Q ~~ speeded ve ground fee or irng with rape, wtre, chains ar other Nominal ~®~~ - - fasteners. -` 4'x4" T' ~i~~~ 3fi' X 36" --~ --~ _ -----~ RE110Y[NG OR DONERINB P~ ~w ® Background White Refl. IMhen elan messages ~' bs confsseirsg or m lags>r apply, the signs and 12" typ. 12" typ. supports shall be removed from roadway u~d shoulder, ar the signs alsa[1 be Spring 24" max. 24' max. ocnpletely covered. Taming signs from motariste view wi I I not be allured. R-lyp' 36" Wi1en signs are covered the material used shall ba apoque, essah ae heavy mi l ~ Fiberglass /~ woo .~osT black.Plo~ic. Burlap etsall not.be.used.ta cover etgrss. 51gns sshatl he :stays.; SYSTEM.. ~x" iND00 POST.SIGN SUPPORT: .for remoysd upgrs opsspletion.of:ttse work. ... 3.D 36 x 36.::and emal.ler:warninq '' signs, and other;signs having P~Ri';4BLE 5 0 , UPP RTS , " szGN s~~~oRTS an area not`exoaedinq 12 sa,ft.'.. 811~~1~I fno~DD??II22.IIo~~ Z~~ Short.Term Stationary/short. Duration • : `. 11U®WWLSW 3.D 10/99 Revision Added detaEls of Short ~~ ddeQ new signs 1 1A 1~2" g 2 TerTn's1~T supports Dia, i 1 e o 22 n o0 (~ M5~ 3uD Added detai I for tYA - Q~L IrU1~~~J~1111 u " " Added dwrt to " ,,. 48 z'/2" ... use of i -_ 4 xG post 48" .. . 8` min. 8' min. ' m ,...,Narninq .: ER2O-5 °' ~ .: ,.. Letters - Bleak. L1 t' IIf ~ ~ m, Plaque or. r - ack TF.%AS ~PARiIIENT flF TRdHSPORTATI4H ,~ required) m $ ~ 36• X t8• Background .- 1Nhite Refl. `I ~ e ~ v 18" `TraF1lc:Operatlav>s DNlalan m fi, ~ . 6, m v min. ~~ m '~ min. ~ ~ o Namirspl 4" TRAFFIC SIGNAL 4x4 0 L L ~ Nominal Direaticn Only pre-qualified graduate Shall be heed A list of - ~ ~ t ~ ~ m 4"x6" of Traffic oampl iant prodllate and their caress may be obtained by I NSTA AT 0 ~- LL I N ~ 6' Plaque 7 m 7' p08t writing, oalllllp or faxlrq: ~ , a BARRICADES AND SIGNS a Nominal Idaxi IAi i D i l l d Standards Engineer ' u n man r e Past Na, of 5q. feet of Soil NoIe1s1 Traffic Operatiata Dlvtelsxl - TE WOOD P05T SIGN SUPPORT: • far 48 x 48 warning signs. Size Posts Sign Faoe Embed»erlt Required Ts>xas ~ of Traneportatian 125 East 11th Street Signs erected an fixed ssmpa~ts steal # be at a minEmsm height of 7 feet. 4 x 4 1 i2 36" no Austin, Texas 78701-2483 F.ssbednent depth for wood sign supports and past type barricades should be 3 fee# minimum, 4 x 4 2 21 36' no Phone [5121 418-312D unless specified elsewhere in the plms. 4 x 6 1 21 36" YE5 Fax (5121 416 3161 Drlveabis sign supports may be used and steal I be instal led in accordance with the q 4 x 6 2 36 36" YES 0 Email TRF-STANDARDstesollgw.dat.etate.tx.us . max~facturer s recam~endatians. m m SHEET 2 4F 2 WZ (BTS-2) -99 ~TxDOT April 1992 ^-GR8 m•GRB a-fDH ~•CAL ,~ ~,} :saes m ~r ssmr 1-97 DI5 6 FED 435 2-98 4-98 guar auras srsxsas Asa awe 10"89 CHTY CON 5£C JDB HWY 2" Filter fabric 3' min. width Baokfill & hand tamp. Embed sts 18" min. po Flow 90' or anchor if in rock, ~-~ fi" r ~l ~ v~ ~~ I ~~ ily~~ 1, ~~ ~~~ n~ vn~~vn~ n~ vn~~vn ~~ SECTION A-A SEDIMENT CUNTROL FENCE USAGE GUIDELINES A sediment control fence may be constructed near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area along a contour to intercept sediment from overland runoff. A 2 year storm frequency may be used to calculate the flaw rate to be filtered. Sediment control fence should be sized to fitter a max. flow through rate of 100 GPM/FT~. Sediment can#rol fence is not reca:mended to control erosion from a drainage area larger than 2 acres. 3:1 Max. -a 3:1 Max. a- Overlap taps of Hay Bales An la stakes toward adfocent bale Ditch f'iawl ins PLAN VIEW Angle stakes toward adjacent bale 4" min. to I/Z he i qht of bale r ~ Y~ iY ~ ~ ~~~1* ~ IY ~`y~~~~l '~IIY~V1Y ~~Y~ Y Wire; nyioh or polypropylene l I i I I 1 1 ll 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l l l binding I~I!;I ~ III ~Fio_w ~ ~~ ~n ~ vnt1Y/~ 4" min, to I ~Y/s ~ 1ti . , I/p height I ~ t of bale ,~ ~ SECTION B-B Angie first stake toward previously laid bale Flli voids between bales with hay ~" Dia. rebar B or 2" x 2" wood s#gkes Q . PROFILE ~V I EW ~~~,~i~~v~n,~r~nu~~~~v~n,~i~,~~~,~myinu~~~u~~n~~~~~n,~~~u~~n,~~nu~~~~~~,u~~n~~n,~~~~~~u~~ tm ~ PLAN SHEET LEGENG °vm~mo~ LD} a p B +~t { ~ o" ~ Sed I iilBnt Centro I Fence scF BALED HAY FOR EROSION CONTROL - ~ L ~ 6 GENERAL NOTES ~m -. ~ m ~~ ~ ° PLANS SHEET LEGENG BH ~~ o an c ~- c 1. The quldelines shown hereon are suggestions only and w nt+- mr+~ may be modified by the Engineer. Baled Hay BH GENERAL NOTES cc+ m xoam m L m 1. Hay bales shall be a minimum of 30" in length and weigh r~ ~ g°g a minimum of 50 l.bs. }n°ib o M o~ 2. Hay bales shall be bound by either wire ar nylon ar °ma m ~ c ~~ ~m++ BALED HAY USAGE GUIDELINES polypropylene string. The bales shall be composed entirely of vegetative matter, mn - 'o o m a ~¢ 4` min, steel or wood sts s ace ' po p d at fi to 8. A Baled Hay instalEatian may be constructed 3. Ha bales shall be embedded in the soil a minimum o " n y f 4 a d a~ T L Connect the ends of Softwood posts shalt be 3" min. die, or nominal 2"x4". near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed where possible %Z the height of the bole. v + o successive reinforcement Hardwood posts shall hove a min. cross section of 1.5" x 1.5". area along a contour to intercept sediment from ~- m ~---~ sheets or roils a min of overland runoff. A two year storm frequency 4. Hay bales shad be placed in a row wt#h ends tightly abutting r a ~ g ra °n , 6 times with hog rings. Fasten fabric to top strand of welded wire mesh IW.W.M.1 may be used to calculate the flow rate to be filtered. The installation should be the adjacent bales. The bales shall be placed with bindings parallel to the ground. OCC + v ~ ~ m by hog rings or cord at a max. spaolnq of 15". sized to filter a maximum flow thru rate of } e t Como: 5 GPM/FT2 of cros s sectional area. Baled hay 5. Ha bales shall be secure a y ly. nchored,in place with ~ Dia. ~ T~¢ .: ICI Attach. the. W. W. NI. & .fabr.Ec an end posts may be .used. at the fallowing.locations: rebar:or 2".:x 2" woad stakes, .driven..'thraugh:the bales. +0 L c o ~~ I sing.4:eyerlly:.spaced.staples:far ongled he:preysously: Ial tc'farae e the bales to the o ~ m m ~ ,~ .. a o ~ , , , crl ; ' " wooden. posts lar:4;T-.Clips or :sewn .. `1. Where the _ runoff;approaghiilg the:boled,hay `'d ge r. ~ : rcaoa ° ;n l v . ,, ~ _ 2 vert.ioal kets far steel stet.. p~.: p? flows:over is urbed so t iI f the or ie5s n 100 If the slope of the distu bed soil 6.. The.. uidelines shown hereon are su estions onE ,and m4 be I ~ ~mz°v~ . .. r exce ds 10/ - th l th f sl e modified b the En inset. y q ter` F,L ~ ^`o ~ + ~ , . Galy. W.W.M. f12,5 Ga. min.1 max.. opening size shall be 90' e ., . e eng o ope upstr am , the baled hay should be less than 50 . r a ,n x+ .. o ar o 2":x 4", 2. Where the installation will be re wired.. A TaXaS rtme~rt Of TCf7C~S l fdl'l ol- ~ , . . - : ,: Woven Biter .fabric .: / r ess an mon. s 3 Wh th co i u , a51Qs DNIslun fR~adwoyl . ,. :{ m ~ /~ ~ ~ `~ ' . ere e ntr b ting drainage area is less than'/2. acre. TEMPORARY EROSION ~~ ' ~ ~ '~ M1 [•'l Q M lp a~ ~ C ` NI 1 ~ P ~,Q ~ N / 3 / ~ I/ / ~EI For Baled Hay lnstaliatians in smolt ditches, the additionai foliowin can td ti l : SEDIMENT AND WATER o N = N N P o / / % " Place 4 to 6 of fabric against the trench " q s era ans app y 1. The ditch sideslo s should be raded ~ q POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES w Y ~ `° M N 4 `°" m ~(1 m / ~ % side and approx. 2 across trench bottom in upstream direction Mi i t h i as flat as passible to maximize the a rv N ° N v N N . n mum renc s ze " drainage ficwrate thru the hay. FENCED ~ $ALED HAY b~ N ~ N Q ll A she 11 be 6 s ware. Ba q ckf I I I and hand tamp. 2. The ditch should be graded large enough N „ ~, to contain the overtopping drainage when w ~ N ~ ~, TEMPORARY SEaIMENT CONTROL FENCE sediment has f i I led to the to of the p '" ~ M ~ N N ba I ed ha . Y F::,c ECI93.OGN au a;. an au HEJ HEJ BG~ „-, ~ ~ N Bales shoo 1 d be rep I aced wawa 1 I y every 2 months C Tx00T J1~ 1993 oisrRtcr ~[e reaxcr sxa7 ; ^ m pp P ° 5CF or more often during wet weather when I oss of aEVCS:aa SAL 62 ~- " "~ ,- r~ v structure I i ntBgr i ty 1 s aCCe I stated. caMm cox-aa sscr roe etcxr,~r _P 0 D { _P d L 0 9 0 _~ S. f .. ... .. O ,~ 0. v } ~~ s~ tF W~ ., c ~a 000 000 E D C B F ~ A ~ FACE OF CURB ~. DF POLE SIGNAL HEAD POLE AND PLACEMENT {FT} POLE NUMBER A 8 C D E F G H I NO. OF HEADS 8' LUM ARM FND. TYPE FND. DEPTH {FT1 T-1 10 16 1i.5 1i,5 - 4O - 19 - 3 - 36-A 14 T-2 16 22.5 12 12 12 60 - 30 38 4 1 48-A T-3 - - - - - - 19 - - - 36-A T-4 10 i5 12.5 i2 12 50 - 19 - 4 - 46-A V2-7 V2-8 V 2-~ 350' TO STOP BAR ITEM 0682 SIGNAL HEADS 12-INCH SIGNAL HEAD U NITS SIGNAL HEAD N0. SIGNAL HEAD TYPE STATUS 8AC1(PLATE5 LOUVER V EH. 5IGNAL PED. SIGNAL 3 SEC {EA} 4 SEC {EA} 5 SEC IEA) SEC{EA} SECiEA] 3, 4, fi, 7, 8,13,14,15 H3 I 8 24 1, 2 H3LT I 2 6 5,12 HSLT I 2 10 4,11 152A I 4 9,10 143C I 4 TOTAL (NEW} 10 2 40 8 STATUS: E=EXISTING; R=EX.TO BE REM OVED; I=I NSTALL NE W INSTALL 12" 5LD WHITE 22 14 7 22 -~ q ~ 1 2 1 i 6 INSTALL 4" SLD WHITE ! 14 i - ~ ~ . 13 ~ C 1 ~ 1 f 1 r 8 V6-3 V6-2 V6-1 V1-3 LEGEf~D TYPICAL PROPOSED MAST ARM COMBINATION 5IGNAL \ WITH PEDESTRIAN 5IGNAL, PUSH BUTTON, LUMINAIRE, AND SiGNAGE TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER ® CAB N T IE ~ PfpESTAL SERVICE v GROUND BOX TYPE A W/ APRON ^ GROUND BOX TYPE C W/ APRON ----------- PROPOSED CONDUIT {TRENCH) ------- PROPOSED CONDUIT {84REDl I CONDUIT RUN NUMBER 1 5IGNAL HEAD NUMBER A SIGN LABEL POWER SOURCE / ELEGTRIGAL METER ,~,.. SIGN PANEL AND P05T V6-9 V6-8 V6-? 350' TO -- -- --- -- STOP BAR V2-4 V2-1 i I 6 INSTALL 24" INSTALL 12" 5LD WHITE i V2-5 V2-2 ' SLD WHITE 7 DENTON TAP - I i ! ~ i V2-6 V2-3 i I 8 r ~ ............... •vi-= • -- - w.. .w.._w.....w_.w....Y~--w--w -w .w--w--w-- ~~•, ~ 10 9 ~ I ~ ~ ~ 4 B ,~ --, ~ -5•~5-5-5•-5~•S~-5-5-5°5••5-5--5••5.5-5-5~~5-5-5-5~- ~ GASH--.. GAS vp ... ~~yg ~ - ' - - _ fj SIGNAL POLE PLACEMENT ITEM 0682 INC 5IGNAL INDICATIONS ITEM N0. CODE DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. 0682 2D15 VEH SIG SEC {12 IN} INC {GRN ARW) EA 4 0682 2016 VEH SIG SEC {12 IN} INC (GRN} EA 10 D682 2017 VEH SIG SEC {12 IN} INC fYEL ARW} EA 2 0682 2018 VEH SIG SEC {12 IN) INC fYEL} EA 12 0682 2020 VEH SIG SEC {12 IN} INC (RED} EA 12 R Y G SH 3, 4, 6, 7 8,13,14,15 H3LT R Y SH 1, 2 HSLT RY G 5H 5,12 Y-1 INSTALL 24" 5LD WHITE ~4 z1a~ TO i t J L r a u c C 1; 8 0 n a M i Z W J ws LL CABLE TERMII~A7Z4N CHART CABLE 1 CABLE 2 CABLE 3 CABLE 4 CNDR. CONDUCTOR 20 CNDR. 20 CNDR. 20 CNDR. 20 CNDR, CNDR. NO. COLOR T-1 T-2 T-3 T-q N0. TO CNTRL. TO CNTRL. TO CNTRL. TO CNTRL. 1 BLACK SPARE 5H 5 a~- SPARE SH 12 ~~ 1 2 WHITE SH COM 5H COM SPARE SH COM 2 3 RED 5H 1, 2, 3 SH 5, 6, 7, $ SPARE 5H 12,13,14,15 3 R R R 4 GREEN 5W 3 SH 5,6,7,8 SPARE SH 12,13,14,15 4 G G G 5 ORANGE SH 1, 2, 3 5H 5, 6, 7, 8 SPARE 5H 12,13,14,15 5 Y Y Y 6 BLUE SH 1,2 ~-' SH 5 ~ SPARE 5H 12 ~6-- 6 7 WHITE/BLACK PB COM PB COM PB COM PB COM 7 8 RED/BLACK SH 4 Dw SH 9 Dw 5H 11 Dw SP ARE 8 9 GREEN/BLACK 5H 4 w SH 9 w SH 11 w SPARE 9 10 ORANGE/BLACK SPARE 5H 10 Dw SPARE SPARE 10 11 BLUE/BLACK SPARE SH 1O W SPARE SPARE 11 12 BLACK/WHITE 5H 4 PED CALL SH 9 PED CALL 5H 11 PED CALL SP ARE 12 13 RED/WHITE SPARE 5H 10 DW SPARE SPARE 13 14 GREEN/WHITE SPARE SH 10 w SPARE SPARE 14 15 BLUE/WHITE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 15 ffi BLACK/RED SPARE SH 10 PED CALL SPARE SPAR E 16 1 7 WHIT"/RED. SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 17 19 ORANGE/RED SPARE SPARE' SPAR E SPARE 1B 19 BLUE/RED :SPARE `SPARE `SPARE -SPARE 19 20 RED/GREEN SPARE P S ARE SPARE....... SPARE - 20 CONDUITAND CABLE CHART WIR E 5~E AND TYPE RUN NO CONDUIT STATUS ITEM 618 CpNDUIT SIZE AND TYPE CABLE STATUS ITEM 620 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS ITEM 684 SIGNAL CABLIr 'TYPE A B PR. 18 AWG 3M pPTICOM CABLE LENGTH OF RUN RUN ND 2"RM RENCHED 2" PVC NGHED) 3"PVC {TRENCH 4" PVC TRENCHED} 4" PVC {BORED NO.6 XHHW WIRE N0. fi BARE N0.8 ](HHW WIRE 5 CNDR N0.14 7 CNDR Np.14 10 CNDR NO.14 10 CNDR N0. 14 VIVD5 CABLE 1 I 10 I 1 1 1 1 10 1 2 I 125 1 1 130 2 3 I 10 I 1 2 1 1 1 10 3 4 i 110 I 1 2 1 1 1 110 4 5 I 10 I 1 1 1 1 10 5 6 E 70 [ 3 1 1 1 80 6 7 I 10 I 1 1. 1 1 10 7 8 I 135 I 1 2 z 2 135 8 g I 10 I 1 4 3 3 10 I 10 I 1 10 g 10 I 10 I 3 1 2 10 10 11 I 20 I 1 20 11 1z I 1a I 1 z 10 1z T-1" I I 1 1 VA T 2" 1 I 1 1 2 VA T~" I I 1 VA T•1' I I 1 1 VA Tp ...,,~.,~~,~ TALILF ~r.,...._ 10 ~ ~.~.,...,,.. 30 ...,._... 110 ._...__. 20 370 30 555 280 205 220 40 540 530 530 " Refers to wiring within the pole and mast arm D ENTON TAP DENTON TAP HIGHLAND DR ~1 ~ ~ ~ I ~ --- • i ~ NOT USED ~ j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ..NOT NOT NOT USED USED USED DENTON TAP ' COMRAfiIBIL'I`TY LINE *ITEM 0628 ELECTRICAL SERVICE DATA SERVICE ELECTRICAL SERVICE SERVICE SERVICE SAFETY MAIN TWO-POLE PANEL BD./ BRANCH CONDUIT CONDUCTORS SWITCH CKT. BRK CONTACTOR LOADCENTER CIRCUIT CIRCUIT CKT./BRD. KVA TYPE DESCRIPTION AMP RATING N0. DESC. LOAD SIZE N0. I SIZE AMPS POLE/AMP AMPS (MIN} POLE/AMPS TYPED 1120/240)Oi0{NS)SSIEIPS{U) 1 I/2" 3/#4 N/A 2P/70 30 MIN 1 T. S: 1P/50 2 Lighting 2P/20 7.1 *RE1:ER TO STANDARD SHEET ED {9)-03. G E 0 y S :: r a S a - o F 0 c m 0 0 . ..... o M ~, O e v a i 9 0 f C 4 r c~ z W J w LL --R-~. ~/z° so~oER -- R=11/2" ,. ,:; Z ~ , w----------------- - .. .. ; z'/2 , ~a ~~ -- ~ ~ .,----- -§,;- --~~OC~ ---'- 2°z, NOTE ALL LETTERING SHALL BE CV3W TYPICAL SIGN DETAIL ~~c~No LETTERS- WHITE $QR~ER- 44H[TE BACKGRbl1N()- GREEN REFLECTfVE DENTON TAP RD O HIGHLAND DR O LfET TURN ON GREEN R10-12 SIGNS SUh~uIARY SIGN SIGN TYPE SIGN LEGEND STATUS LOCATION SIGN DIMENSION {in X in} REFLECTIVE SHEETING A STREET NAME DENTON TAP RD I T-1 15"x---" C B STREET NAME HIGHLAND DR I T-2/T-4 15"X---" C C R10-12 LEFT TURN YIELD DN GREEN I T-4 24"X30" C STATUS: I=INSTALL NOTES: 1. THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS CONCERNING THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD UTILITIES I5 NOT GUARANTEED TO BE ACCURATE OR ALL INCLUSIVE. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING HI5/HER OWN DETERMINATIONS A5 TO THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND OR OVERHEAD UTILITIES A5 MAY BE NECESSARY TO AVOID DAMAGE THERETO. 2. INSTALL NEW TY D {120/24O} 070 {NS] SS {E) P5 {Uf ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS SHOWN ON TWE PLAN AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH TXDOT STANDARD DETAILS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE POWER COMPANY FOR THE NEW PERMANENT ELECTRICAL SERVICE. 3. SIGNAL CABINET TO BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO TXDOT SPECIFICATIONS. f 4. FURNISH AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL CABINET AND CONTROLLER ON NEW FOUNDATION A5 PER TXDOT SPECIFICATIONS, THE CABINET LOCATION SHOWN ON THE PLANS IS DIAGRAMATIC. VIVDS DETECTION ZONE DETAILS CAMERA MOUNTING LOCATION MOUNTING HEIGHT ZONE LOCATION ZONE SETBACK DISTANCE DIMENSIONS DETECT UNIT DELAY INHIBIT V4-1 NIA fi'X90' t T-1 MAST ARM 24' STOP BAR V4-2 N/A 6 X90 ~4-1 04-R V4-3 N/A fi'X90' 44-2 V2-1 N/A fi'X90' ~2'1 STOP BAR V2-2 N/A r ~ fi X90 42-R V2-3 NIA fi`X9D' ~2 2 ' V2-4 , 210 6 X20 - 2 T-2 MAST ARM 24 V2-5 210' fi'X2D` 2-3 S T V2-6 210 6 X20 ~ ~2_G E BACK V2-7 350 , 6 X20 2-4 V2-8 350 6 X20 ~ V2-9 350' 6'X20' 42-5 V1-1 N/A 6'X90' ~1-1 ~1-R STOP BAR V6-1 N/A 6'X90' - ~5 1 Vb-2 N/A r 6 X90 ~G-R Vfi-3 N/A 6'X90' 3 T-4 MAST ARM 24 _ Vfi 4 210 ~ 6 X24 ~G-2 Vfi-5 210` 6`X20` SETBAC Y6-6 . 210 6 X20 ~6-3 ~G-G K V6-7 , 35O 6 X24 6-4 V6-8 350 , 6 X24 $ V6-9 354' 6'X20' $6-5 5. ALL VIDEO DETECTION EQUIPMENT AN6 ASSOCIATED CABLES TO 13E FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. VIDEO DETECTION CAMERAS TO BE MOUNTED ON SIGNAL MAST ARMS A5 DIRECTED BY CITY OF ~ LEWISVILLE. THE CITY WILL SET THE DETECTOR ZONES FOR THE CAMERAS. THE CAMERA LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE DIAGRAMATIC.AUT05COPE VIVDS SYSTEM SHALL BE USED. 6. ALL TOMAR STRO8ECOM II 3M 4PTICOM EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED CABLES TD BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY '~ THE CONTRACTOR DN SIGNAL MAST ARMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL OP TICOM EQUIPMENT AND CABLES A5 SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE OPTICOM LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. T. ALL STREET NAME SIGNS AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SIGNING TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE SIGN LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SIGNS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE 2006 "TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES", ALPHABETS AND LATERAL SPACING BETWEEN LETTERS AND NUMERALS WILL CONFORM TO THE STATE DF TEXAS"STANDARD HIGHWAY SIGN DESIGNS", LATEST EDITION AND ANY APPROVED CHANGES THERETO. LATERAL SPACING OE TEXT SHALL BE AS TO PROVIpE A BALANCEQ APPEARANCE. SIGN LEGENDS TO BE APPLIED BY THE NING PROCESS....,; 8. INSTALL STANDARD GROUND BOXES, WLTH CONCRETE APRONS AS SHOWN DN.PLANS. '9. LUMINAIRES TO BE 250W HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM FIXTURES. INSTALL ACCORDING TO :TXDOT'5PECIFICATIONS. '10. FOR PAVEMENT MARKING 'I NFORMATION,'SEE PAVEMENT MARKING SHEETS.' 11. SIGNAL HEAD 5 [NORTHBOUNO LEFT'TURN'LANE} SHALL:BE`BAGGED'UNTIL ..EXPANSION OF HIGHLAND DRIVE WEST OF ~ DENTON TAP ROAD COMPLETED. ` M N N 12. ALL PEDESTRIAN HEADS SHALL INCLUDE A COUNTDOWN DISPLAY. m 0 vlvDs IT£M `UNIT QUANTITY VIVDS PROCESSOR ' `SYSTEM (INSTALL & EA ` ' 1 Ti=STI VIVDS CAMERA EA 3 ASSEMBLY ` 6 PR 18 AWG VIV1)5 LF 52O CDMM.CABLE VIVDS SET UP EA 1 SYSTEM G 0 >, ~ ce a> ~ro~ aa! +rf o~i ~~ o v°- # ati a+ z_~ =~ ~ i ~_. errs m s ova +ua o ~ u~ 0. ~~ ti ~e~ II0L mac LLo1 ~ ~+ RT mow ~~~ °4u: v°~a Doc ~~~ F a~ L~4 +~mc or~v+° wow ~mtDtO aa~ ~a ~ °nm~+ ~Lr~ C1 F- Y a "~ U a n;~ a .¢ v. I. GENERAL RERUIREAiENTS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL NORK The location of al I aonduators, conduits, ]unatian boxes, ground boxes, and electrical services is dta~ammatio only and may be shifted by the Engineer to accambdate local caiditlans. Alaterials shall be new and unused. Ilatertala and installation shall comply with the applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code [HEC1, National Electrica! Akrm~faciuers Aasooiation {NEAIAI standards, and shall be Underwriter8 LabaratariBe IUL1 LlBtad unleaS other- wise slwmn on the plans or epecificaticns ar approved by the Engineer in wri#inq. Faulty fabrication or poor workmonshlp in any material, equipment, a' installation steal l be lustiflcatian for re)ectian, iNien refererxm3 is made to UL, it can be considered to sx~an a Rationally Reoopnized Independent Testing Lab INRTLI. Cdfparabie Standards of Canadian Standard A68aciatlan, Electrical Testing Laboratories or Factory Akrtual can be equal to the referenced UL standard. 1Aiere reference is made to NE1~A listed devioea, IEC listed devices shall not be considered to be m acceptable equal to a NEItIA listed devise. Acceptable devices may have txrth a NEEAIAA and IEC listing. with the exoeptim of high strength baits, misoel laneous nuts, halts and hardware may be stainless steel when pima specify golvmlzed, provided filet bolts are 1/2 Inch or less in diameter. The Contractor shall provide the following aleatrlcal test instruments as required by the Engineer to confirm oomptiarwe with the contract and the NEC. TFfose test Instruments are voltmeter, amp probe, meggar f100D volt DC1 and torque wrenches. All meters shall have been properly calibrated within ens year. Caiibratdm certification shall be provided to the Engineer upon request. Call6ratlm certification tag shall also be applied to the meter, The Contractor shall operate maters during inapeotim as requested by the Engineer. Grounding shaE l be as shown m the plans and In acoor'dance with the REC. Aietal l is conduit, 1 ight poles, luminaires m bridge structures, and ai I metal enclosures steal I be bonded tv the system-grounding conductor. The ground rod in each grid box ar ]unction box of the bridge ends, grid in each ground box instal led far underpass I I¢:tinq will also be bonded to the system graundinq aanduator. The grounding conductor shall be bare ar, if insulated, steal i be green, Ground rods, correctors, and bonding jaspers will not be paid for separately, but will be subsidiary to the various bid items, 5UBAIITTALS: The contractor shall submit for approval six {61 copies of catalog out sheets far each of tt:e following d~m~ee iii catega-ies. Category 1. Electrical services including photocell. Category 2. 8reokaway diacorw~ecta, heat shrink ttDirlq, heat ahrlnk filler tie, GelCape and ground boxes which will include loading capacity certification. Category 3. Higimast assembly kite, rt:en applicable" See item 614 'Hlghsaet [Iluninatlm Aasesibliee". Submittals steal l be legible and ahal I be marked to indicate Much praciuct m a cut sheet is to he supplied" where manufacturers provide warramies and quarmtees as a customary trade practice, the Contractor shall furnish to the State such warramies and guarantees. Any deviatlm from pima or epeciflaatims, lnoludlnq deviations due to pIm error should be prominently displayed on #hti submittal. Any changes not prominently noted in submittal and Incorporated into the work without proper outt:crizotian will constitute grounds far rejection of that portion of the work. ][" CONDUIT 8. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 1. Conduit in structures shots have expansion fittirps at atruoture expansion Joir~t8. AI l straight rune of RAIL conduit exposed on structures such as bridges ahol l have expansion joints installed at maximum intervals of 150 feet. Expansion joints shall be in- stal led so they allow far movement of the conduit. Instal lotion of the Joint in such a ma-xN?r that wi l i not allow far movement shall be repaired at no expense to the state. The method of detennininq the final setting length of the expmsion joint shall be provided to the Engineer upon request. 2. Conduit support6 shall be Spaced at maximum ir:tervalS of `~ feet. Conduit spacers sha[I be used with metal conduit placed an surtaoea of caxrete atruatu-es l5ee conduit meriting optianel. 3. Conduit supports shall not be attained directly to prestressed cxx~crete booms except as shown apecifical ly in the pions and approved by the Engineer. 4. Unless otherwise shorn on the pima, conduit placed beneath exlatinq roadways, driveways, ar sidewalks, or after the base or aurfxing operation has begun, shall be aocampllshed by jacking or boring. The Contractor shall back fill and compact the bore pits to the bottom of the conduit prior to Instal ling aonneotEnq cor~dult or duct cable to prevem bending of the canneotim. 5. Ccndutt trenched in the subgrade of new roadways shall be backitl led with excavated material, 1r11AS6 otherwise noted m the plms. Conduit trenched In the sub-base of new roadways shall be baokfilled with cement-stabilized base. 6. Open ends of of I conduit and raoewgp~s steal I be fisted with temporary Daps ar plugs to prevemt entry of dirt, debris and rodents during aonstruotian. The temporary cop nary be constructed of duct tape, but in al! cases steal I be ti~tly fixed to the conduit and shall be durable. The camraotor shall clean out the conduit and prove it clear 1n accordance with Standard 5pecificatlons Item 6t 6.3 prior to instal I inq any conductors. T. Conduit errtry into the top of enclosures such as safety switches, meter cans, service enclosures, auxi llary enclosures and )[notion boxes shall be made weatherproof using conduit sealing hubs, or dreaded bosses. B. A bondirq jumper steal I be Instal led Fran each grn[ndinq bushing to the nearest grounding rod, grounding lug, and/or equiprtr3r:t grinding oar:ductor. All Jumpers aha11 be the sane size as equipment grounding conductor. Conduit used as casing under roadways far duct sable need not be grounded if duct extends full length through the casing. At electrical services, grounding electrode conductor shall be a solid Capper ~:6 A1YG, 9. Aletal junct.ton boxes shall be bonded to the grounding conductor in accordance with the NEC. 10, Conduits entering ground boxes steal I be placed so that the conduit ends shat I bs not less dxxt 3 Inches nor more than 6 inches from bottom of box ISee ground box dotal I an sheet ED131. 11. Conduit ends shall be sealed with heat shrink txxrts with waterproof sealdlt, urethane loan, or by attar nfettwds approved by the Enpir:eer. Sealing shall be done offer completim of any required pull tests. Duct tape shall net ba used as a permanent conduit sealant. 5i l scene caulking Thal l not be used as a sea l ant. 12. AIi strut mounting material and ixrdyare shall be hot-dip galvanized ar shall be stainless steel. The out soda of strut and non-galvanized rigid metal ca'duit ttreads steal I be coated with a zinc rich paint 190% or more zinc contend. Zinc rich paim may only be used to toudn up galvmized material as allowed under item 445.fi galvmizinq. The pointing of non-galvanized material rich a zinc rich paint shalt not be considered as m gppraved alterrx:tive fa^ galvmlzed materials. 13. All PYC conduit terminations shall be fitted with bushings or bell ends. A11 metal conduit terminations shall be fitted with a grounding type bushing. A. AfATERiALS Conduit Spacer 1 in. min. I. Conduit and fittings shall be UL Listed for the Emended use shown m plan sheets. Conduit Imauntinq shoal Conduit 2. Conduit shall be the type shown by descriptive cods or shown elsewhere on the plms. Substitution of the various types of conduits Concrete will not be permitted, AIi flexible conduit In rigid metallic conduit fRAIC1 systems shall be Liquldtight Flexible Petal {LFAiC1 Strut Type ~.~~ Structure oonduft. All flexible conduit in PVC systems shall be Liquidtight Flexible Non-metallic conduit ILFNCI. ~~ Concrete Stainless steel 5truoture a. 3. AI l exposed omduits steel l be RAIC, unless otherwise specifically shown on the plena. AI l metal conduit shall ba properly grounded. ~ hot dipped 4. CoupEings, carnectars, conduit bodies, grounding bushings, and offset nipples for RqC sha11 be eleetro-zinc plated steel or hot Conduit Strap, Steel expansion galvanized Steel ex ansion dipped galvanized malleable iron, threaded ar threadlea6 a malleable Conduit Strap P 5. E elan aims ompresslan type, rain-tight and shall be UL listed for the intended use. Hot-di d Iv anchor {3/B in. die. typ, anchor 13/8 tn. xpm j for metal conduit shall be provided with m internal or external bonds rand steal l ba UL listed. PPe qa 1 in. min. ii in. max. ng J~qe ~ /2 die. typ. 1 in. 6. Unless otherwise shown m the plena, Junction box mini:nm sizes shall ba 1n accordance with de h1 Conduit Alauntin the following table which applies to pt q ~~ min", 1 1/2 in. the greatest rxiiber of conduotara entering the box througf: one conduit with no mgrs than four conduits per box. when a mixture of Channel {B-I ins, max. depth) aonduator sixes are present, the conductors ahal! be counted as if al! are of the Earger size. 5ltuotions not ~pllcable to the CONDUIT MOUNT N O Kindorf, Unistrut table shall be sized in accordance with NEC 37D-28. I G PTIONS or equal} (Hot dip galvanized) (Attachment to concrete surfaces) AwG 3 CONDUCTORS 5 CONDUCTORS 7 CONDUCTORS (see era. I1. B. 21 •I 1O"xID'x9" 12"x12"x4" 16"x16"x4" p %in, min. s2 8" x B' x 9" 1D` x 10" x 4' 12" x 12" x 4" w4 8" x 8" x 4" 10" x 10" x A" 10" x 10" x 4' 86 8" x e" x 4" 8" x 8" x 4" 10" x 10" x 4" Secure at a min. of 2 places i3/8 " ~8 8" x 8" x 4" 8" x 8" x 4" 8" x 8" x 4" x 1 1/2 "anchors typ. } to structure or as directed by the Engineer. NOTES 7. RAIC system Junction boxes equal to or smaller, in my dimension, than 12 x 12 x 6 iHxwxD1, surface mounted and containing W1ng ikaf l oonductars ~8 or larger, shall ba hot dipped golvmized cast iron with roininum w~l f Thickness of 3/16 inch, sha11 have external nxxntirtq lugs and steal I be UL listed Crouse-Hinds T e wAB OI/Gedne T Y5 1 Ground rod clamp to be UL listed 1 , yp , y ype or approved equal. Unless otherwise shown elsewhere m the plans, RI1C system junction boxes larger then the aforementioned boxes but equal to or smaller, in my din:eneian, thou 18 x 18 x 6 {HxwxD} shall be 14-ga. stainless steel; RYC system Junction boxes larger than i8 x 18 x 6 IHxwx01 shall be 12- a stainless Circuit for direct burial. Conduit 3' nix. 2.1 For conduit planed in structure, RAIC RAIC g . steel. All metal Junction boxes shall be equipped with a threaded hole ar lug for grounding. Stainless steel boxes 12 x 12 x 6 and use flush-mounted box. 3.1 Sand junction box and metal larger need not be UL Listed but steal l meet the other reouiremiema of the NEC pod slwl! have ribs, stiffeners, or thicker metal amd olio)) have external mnxntinq feet. Junction boxes with m ir~terw! volune of more ttxn 100 cu. in, may be supported by cameotim conduits to equipment grounding RAIL to PVC c of Two or more r1 id metal conduits where s iiical l shown on the Ions or where g ~ P~ Y P approved by the,Engineer. 8. Junction boxes containing only e10 or •12 AwG conductors shall be Crouse HindB Type GRF1f, Appleton Type JBO11, two-gang FD, or ' onductor and grounding electrode ar HOPE coup) inq Grade below grade line ~! ~---~2" PVC cazductor using. l isted connector. 4.1 Seal al I aonduita enterin the when"PVC or 2 to 4" q similar appr aved cast iron box. Boxes shall be sized according to NEC Table 370-16{a1, 9. IAIC and:EArT conduit.Shall oat be:used:unlessspecifically required. by the plm layout sheets. Junction boxes in EAIT conduit s stems Y . 4 to .HOPE is 6". .. Junction box-from underground. r shown vn.layout. Ground Rod Clamp 5.1 Install bell:end;or buahinq on shall be nxxie:fram ga#vanized sheeting and shall be.UL listed and.'appraved far..oufdaor use, unlesa.othanrise noted on.the plans. Sheet.metal:.'ju~ation boxes shcll:be sized in axardonce with the NEC. Junatlon boxes for IiIC cond<sit Systems Bilali meet the : : ..,.. . " 112:" PVC conduit'both:en de. ~. X 8' :Ground..Rod #8 Ground 1Y[re Ailnimrn , o . requirements;oP tioxes::used w.ith'!tlr<C systems. . g} Gr und rad.to be driven within `Enahes of 1/2 inch AVC conduit ;8 10. Juncti.on;bcxes: in PYC conduit systess shall>be PVC, ..:Intended for outdoor use,; unless otherwise rated an d,e: lens. p . . TYPICAL CONDUIT ENTRY TO BRIDGE STR e UCTURE DETAIL nd. a: n PYG condo t ey8temm one inch end=larger aholl be rigid metal; with the exception of traffic signal. systems which nx>y:have _. PVC elbows instead of rigid. [f any part of the rigid metal elbow is burled leas item 18.inahes underground the elbor and ri id q . ale Ian anal met xtens I be,groundad. Grounding shall be aaoampl;isfled by means of:a grounding bushing. installed on the>extenaian,:Un `.:: lass specifically shown on the plans, rigid metal elbows contoini or enters nq, nq ground boxes containipq,gnly carirrmnicatians.can-. doctors, loop detectors, or other lay vol#age power ,limited circuits [1esd not bB:~aunded:unles6 a'gro~nd:wire'is preaerrt in':fhe 318 " Dic. ,, ST~}~ ~.~ x 3 long - CONDUIT HANGER DETAIL . . ... . conduit or ground box. <The ri id metal elhowa; located i ,. .. ` fl n concrete foundations may. be, extended.rith PYC cormTuit and.need.nat be ... '.:conc. `gnahor: ..,: , , _ T .' . ~ ' Existin ~ ~~~~ ~ ~~~rY~ q grauntled provided that; the end of<the elbow nearest-the.end'af<t he ocnduit nn exiting the.foundatim.ls at. lebst.2 ind~ea below the c n t RAfC s at ' (Attachment ta.horizontal .surfaoesl Kwikbolt, .: .. grid a .. 7'raffk Operaflals`D1vlslan ~f Parab la o cre e, elbow wil l o be eliminated. RlwIC elbows wi.l.l not be, paid far directly, but-will be au6sidic to various bid.:ftems. , .. rY . o Slob Hangers need not be UL listed :for. ' ~' ~ or equal. A A electrical use 12. High-Density Polyethylene IHOPEI conduit shall meet the r iresiems of Item 6 equ 2F, Duct Cable, except that the HDPE conduit, when bId under Item 518, Conduit, Thal l not contain factary instal led ocnductors. Fitti s for HOPE conduit shal nq I be uL hated ae m ie: lumber 1 ban era P P Pe 4 are aooeptable ELECTRICAL DETAILS eieotrica! oonduit oornectar or shall be thermally lased using m electrical ly heated wound wire resistance welding method. HOPE Threaded 2' min. amduit may be aubetituted far bared aehedule 40 or schedule 80 PYC conduit. when such subatitutlan is made, hared HOPE ahal I be schedule 40 of the size PYC being r lased. The HOPE conduit steal I tr ep cnsltlm +o PYC for RAIL elb w h i d) f th b coup! inq . 3/B Dia. 1 inked CONDU I T o w en requ re o e ore pit, 51ze and schedule shall be as shown on the glens. Substituted conduit may not be extended to ground boxes or faundatims; RAIL eyerods welded, Bibow6 shall be lnatalled at gralnd boxes and faundatim6. RAIL elbows will not be eliminated. Elcen Fi ~~ q. 690, Grime) Fig 278X 13. All conduit support hardware including strops, nuts, bolts, Screws, retaining anchors and washers shall be hot dipped galvanized or stainless steal Strut type conduit straps anal I be st i l t l h t di d . , or equal _ Lxk ED ~ 1 l 03 , a n ess s ee ar a alvmixed. Strut t sire Pee g ype ps need not be mode of malleable type material. Staaped-cadniunglated straps wilt not be allowed. Straps having only one nxxritlnq hole shall not be nut Adjustable alloyed far use m conduits 2 inches and larger with the exception of electrical service poles There stainless steel standoff hanger Blow 5/D3 Revision ©Tx40T Jmtiar'y 1992 oN~•KB `"'-Jw °"`-otI tA.-GC ~`~'' cps w EI be allowed. Trn piece conduit s#rope designed to be used with a miointinq etas shall be FErISIWS 5111[ ftuxu Ff~ERtl AIE f~OJEtt SIEft R. Ai, Knax Fiq, 9 dIS1AICi ra~lo" instal lad only with The correctly sized shoe. Conduit £Icen Fiq. 13, Revised 4-99 DAL 6 CAI 2(106 {7001 42 0 12-0D are a l ~ nOte6. 3-03 coin+rr a«tlmE afire ye hlunar I. ELECTRICAL C0H000TORS A. fJATEAIALS I. Insulated conductors shall be NEC type XHHW, Insulated conductors shall be color coded in accordance with the NEC, articles 2D0, 25D, and 3101 i. e. Insulation of grounded conductors {neutrals] shat I be white. Grounding conductors Igraund wireal shall be bare or in- sulation shall be green,lnsulation of urw-ounded conductors Ihotsl shall be any color except green, white, or gray. Identification of conductors # American Wire Gunge [AWG1 and smaller shall be by continuous Jacket Dolor, Color coding of electrical conductors e4 AWG and Larger ehaEl be either by contirxioua color Jacket or by colored tape, Colored tape marker shall consist of a half-lop of tape covering a 6-Inch length of canduator. 2. Whore two or more aircults ~e present in one conduit or enclosure, the conductors of each circuit steal I be identified by a pernranent non-metal I is tag at each axessible location. The tag steal I be fastened to the Conductors by two plastic strops, Each tag she( I indicate circuit nurber, letter, ar other identiflcartlon shown in the plans. 3. Grounding electrode conductor afi AWG for bonding to ground rod at electrical service, shall ba solid. Cornaotion of conductor to ground rod shall be mods using UL Lleted oonnectore designed for such purposes. 4, Heat Shrink Tape fi l ler shall be used to seal the ends of heat shrink tubing araurrd two or more conductors chat are insulated with heat shrink tubing. Tape material steal I have a minimum dielectric strength of 225 volts per ml I and steal I be cross-1lnked butyl rubber. Tope shall be supplied in rol Is and shall have o backing irelease papers to prevent the tape fr'am sticklnq to itself, 5. Heat shr[nk tubing shall be heavy wall, UL listed far 600 volts ar greater and shall have factory applied Internal sealpit, 6. GelCaps shall be UL Ileted far 600-volt appliaatlons. GeIC~ shall have see-through elastamer molded cover. Cover shall be filled with high dielectric Insulating gel silicone aeatarrt to provide watersea(. Cover shat l be held in place by snap-lock, molded clamp made of UY stable polypropylene, T. Spl king rwoterials, Insulating materials, ix-edcowoy disoorwreots, GeiCops and fuse holders will not be paid for directly but shall be aubsldiary to various bid items. e. cDHSTeucTtoH ~ErHaDs 1. After aonduotara have been instal led in vorxluit, a pal l teat shall be made on conduotora, When any length of conductor cannot be freely pal led, the Corrtrootq- shall make arty needed altaratians or repairs at no expense to the State, 2. The Cantraatar shall perform insulation resistance testa in accordance wlifi Item fiZO, "Electrical Canduatars,' The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer to witness the tests. 3. A suffkierrt length of conductor' for making up corineotians shat I be left in ground boxes I2 feet minimum, 3 feet moximm, to point of spline, 3 feet minimun, 4 feet maximum, ripen conductor is pulled through with no epliceY, enoloaures, weatherheods and pale bases it foot minimm, 1.5 feet maximumi. 4. Splices ahal! be made only in Junctlan boxes, ground boxes, pole bases, or electrical enctosrues and shall be made with listed canpreaslan ar screw type pressure corw>ectors, terminal blocks, bolted lugs, or split bolt Correctors. Splices steal l be insulated with heavy wall heat shrink tubing or GalCaps and steal I be made so as to provide a watertight splice. Heat shrink sleeve shall over- lap conductor insulation a minim~rr of 2 inches on both sides of the splice. Where heat shrink tubing may not shrink sufficiently to provide a watertight seal around the individual oaiduetars, prior to heating the tubing, the Corrtraetor shall increase the diameter of the conductors insulation using heat shrink filler tape fa provide o watertight seal between the individual conductors and the heat shrink tubing. Tope steal l be visible after caripletion of all splices. Where filler tape is used but not visible, the Engineer ahal l approve each individual apl ice by conducting o physical inspection of each splice. When it appears the tubing has been burned, ar overheated the tubing ahai I be considered to be defective and shat I be replaced. 5. GelCaps when used in place of heat shrink method of spiking, steal I be sized and instal led according to marx~facturer's specifications, f Raychem GelCap and GelCop SL ar equal.] 6. Wire nuts may be used for rt8 AWG d' smai ter conductors in obove-ground Junction boxes, but not In pole bases or Cr'ound boxes. Wire nuts shall be positioned upright to prevent the aoarmulatlon of water. Wire rests used at these locations shall Ixn<e factory Cpl led waterproof sealant. T. Conductors in illumination poles steal I be supported by a d-hack in the top of the pole, 8. AI I conductors bid under Item 620 'Electrical Con~ctars` shall have breakaway electrical discornects instal led anytime conductors pass through a break-away support device. 9. For terminating the conductors kaulatlan-Jacketing notarial shall be removed in such o marrer- t t iok Split bolt or other Ham, Heat drink Tape filler type connector Shrink ~ _~ Trbe Sea I between ~ Canduvtars with ~ heat shrink tape. SPLICE OPTION 3 Tie to extend st end of i - ~ Pa tub ng ~ / _ SPLIT BOLT / ~ - = Increase insulation diameter with 2" pin 2' min heat shrink tape overlap overlap if necessary. ' Tape to extend past end of tubing Wrap split bolt aomector with heat shrink filler by 1/8' to 1!4 ". tape to protect heat shrink from sharp edges See though alalded CAYer SPLICE OPTION 4 GEL~AP GeECap shall be sized and instal led according to manufacturers specs f i cat iena Optional Lug for making correct ions fllEed with high dielectric insulating gel silicone sealar>f strands of the conductor. When Individual corrdrrotor strands are removed the as o no n any of the individual 15, All conduits that contain circuit wiring of 5tt volts or more steal I captain an equipment graunding conductor lEGC1. Conduit for traffic aanductor shall be considered to be damaged, signals shall have an EGC, with a minimun size of x8 AWG stranded. Unless otherwise shown an the Ions the EGC for all other conduits 10, When a aanduotor or cable has been damaged, or fails to pass an ineulatlan resistance test, the caiductar shall be replaced. p ~ 1i. pact tape, black electrical tape, or wire nuts steal (not be used in the repair of a damaged caiductar, steal I be the sane AWG size as the largest current carrying conductor eartained In that conduit. The EGC shall be paid for item 620- 12. For tBrminatians, no more than ens wire may be instal led under a single pressure connector, unless the device (s I isted far more than Electrical Conductors. one wire. 13. Conductors carneated to bre~c-away in I lne fuse holders must be instal led in accordance with the speolfic mcnufaaturer's Installation C. TEi1P0RARY WIAIHG instructions, Where threaded corrections are made, they shall be properly torqued, Where crimp type carmections are mods, crimps power qu pment, shall be inatalled.in acca-danoe rich shall be made using properly sized crirrginq pliers, Proper conductor terninations era critical to the safe operation of break-away 1. Tempo-dry cand<rotora and electrical equipment to provide for utilization e i devices, the NEC article 305, AI l temporary wiring materials and methods shall comply with the standard sheets, All power outlets far 14. Waterproofing boats shall be properly trimmed tv fit snugly around the candrrctar sa as to provide a water proof connection, Ho more portable electrical equipment, power tools, ice mxhines, ice storage bins and refrigerators located outdoors at grade, supplied thm one wire may enter a single opening in anY one boot. Water proofing boots must provide the correct number of openings. Where from a utility power source, shall be provided with a ground fault circuit interrupter. only one wire is to be cxxrected to a boat, the boot mqy pat be a two wire type. 2. Residual arrerrt protective devices IGFC[1 may be a'U+ one of the following; molded card and plug set, receptacle, ar circuit breaker type. 3. Where wire nuts are approved for temporary wiring, they small be of the self-sealing type, 4. Al l conductor splices must be contained within a 1lsted enclosure, ground boa or the splices will be more than ten feet above grade Heat Heat Shrink 'C^ cl Shrink Tope filler °~ Tube type connector ~. ~ . ,/, _' 2' min 2•'min . Overlap a48rlcp seal between Increase insulation Conductors with diameter with hea# shrink tape, heat shrink tape Tape to extend if necessary, past end of ti6inq Tape to extend by 1I8 " to i/4 ". past end of tubinq by I /8 " to 1 /4 ". SPLICE OPTION 1 C-CLAMP vertically and more than five feet horizartally from any metal structure. Where tempura-y conductors are installed in any area that S#ainiess steel or brass noohlne is I ikety to be srbJeoted to vehicle traffic, or mob] to canstrvction equipment, the vertical clearance to ground shot I he at least 18 feet screw, nut, 2 flat washers, lack wtsart measured at the lowest Int. iltrere r conduct Ao > are are to be supported by a span wire, the span wire shall be properly gra.ndad, washer or self locking rx,rt. 5. , Existing conduit cantaininq aerulce conductors uncovered during the construction process shall be repaired in a timely marker in d ith th NEC E i ti ' t l(i IloChine screw to be a min, accor ance w e . x s ng na rme a c conduit exposed during oanstnrctian shall not be .left exposed above grade, or with. l th i h ( . a . . - /ifi ar ttre ease ' ess an e g teen. rxhes of saver, withwrt.proteative methods, approved by the Engineer. size. as the mounting. hole provided by tie manufacturer. - e wr . 'Increase (nserEatian wravement of lugs after ' . as y s a ~ ; dlaneter with , hebt shrink tape Considered to be a ~; 1f necesea ry~ defective carxtiectian. Tope to extend t d -' pas an of tublrg by 1/B ' ~c'1/4 ,, ~~~ ~~ ,.. Tuf r flc Opsradlans D1Vlalon .,,~ Bolt together- Seal between Conductors with lugs and prior to gpplymg heat ELECTRICAL DETA I LS- heat shrink tape, Tape to extend I/8 " ~, shrink terbing, apply twc layers CONDUCTORS past end of tubing 2' min overlap flush ~' Heat of heat shrink by 1/8 " to 1/9 '. of heat shrink Shrink tape to cover over wire Insulation Tube sharp edges, Cn r~~ _n~ SPLICE OPTION 2 BOLTED WIRE LUGS Snap-lock, molded .~-. polypropylene clamp No. 3 A r n C I ass A 10" I[. GROUND ADDS Reinforcing ~ta~l No. 3 p o Concrete Ityp f w::~ I- U ~ Q U O 4 LL ~9 N rq Reinforcing steel i 1 n. ~~~i~~~ ~ , .1 ~'~ YP Ground ~' { i i ' ~ ~;%' box ~,; ; 12" min, A y ~, GroeJnd i ng bushin . 9" Grovel q - fill {21 Ground box Conduit ar duct sable Rigid metal conduit ell SECTION A - A 5. Unless specifically called for by the plans, conduits used far ground rod wires steel l be rron,mstaliia. Nhere metal conduits ifi d di b hi APRON FOR GROUND BOXES are spec e , a groun ng us ng and properly sized banding jumper steal i be provided and rl instal led an each end. ~ Y 6 ilh k l I tid k ~ PLAN VIEW . ere roc y sa ar a sa roc bottom is encountered when drivi a sand rod and the hor i n4 qr zorrtal trench placement a~ethod Ea the only viable solution, written authorization Pram the Engineer must be obtotned, 1Nlhere requiredl II[. GROUND BOX A. MATERIALS Iii Final positron of end of oaxluit shad not exceed one-half the distance to the side of box opposite the aandult entry, 1. Ground boxes 16x30x24 inches [MbcLxD} or smaller shall be polymer concrete of the type required by the descrlptlve node 121 Place gravel 'under-" the box. not 'in' the box, Gravel should not encroach an the interior velure of the box. {31 Install bushing on the upper end of all ells. shown elsewhere, larger- ground boxes shall be as shaven elsewhere in the pima. 141 ilhere o gCa~nd rod is present in the ground box, aomect it to any and all equipment grounding conductors using a l isted corrector. 2. AI I grand boxes and covers steal I be permanently marked either by impress or by permanent Ink, with mawfaoturer's model ` 151 Maintain sufficient apace between of I conduits so as to allow far proper installation of bushings. rxmber and max:faotrrer s Hare or logo. 161 AI I conduits shall be installed In a neat and workmanlike manner, 3, Covers shall he bolted dawn, and bolt holes in the box shall be arranged to drain dirt. {T1 All oanduita installed in the grand hex steal I ba sealed after completion of conductor Instal lotion cod any required pull tests. 4, Ground box Types A, B, C, D & E shall meet the follawinq requirementsr a. Grand boxes and covers be manufachred from polymer oonorete reinforced with continuous strands of woven or stitched 5111oare shall not be used os sealant, bores i l irate f i berg l ass cloth. The polymer concrete shall be made from catalyzed polyester resin, send and aggreqate, and steal! have a minimum carpreasive strength of 11,400 psi. Polymer concrete containing choppsd fiberglass or fiber- glass reinforced pfastio ie not acceptable. b. minimun inside dimensions shall be as follows [width x length x depthl: Hole for %p" Type A shall be f l.5 inches x 21 Inches x 10 inches, {1223111 bolt with recess Type 8 shall be 11.5 inches x 21 Inches x 20 inches, {1223221 Type C shall be 15.25 Forbes x 28.25 inches x 10 inches, (1629111 far head, Type D shalt ba 15.25 inches x 28,25 inches x 20 inches, 11629221 Type f: shall be 11.5 inches x 21 inches x 16 inches, 11223171 L c, Battam edge of box or extension steal I be footed with a minimun i 1/4 inch flange. d. Ground boxes shell withstand fi00 lbs. par sq, ft. applied over the entire sidewali with lase than 1/4 inch deflection N J K P _ ___ - ___ per foot length of boa. Ground boxes and covers shall withstand a teat loading of 20,00(1 lbs. over a 10 inch by 10 inch ~ ~ -' area Bred an the cover with less than 1/2 inch deflection. Ground boxes and covers shall meet western Underground I Standards 3, 6. manufacturer shall supply certlficatian by an Independent laboratory ar sealed by aTexas-Licensed SIDE Prafessianal Engineer. Y e. Covers shat I be 2 loch {naninall thick polymer concrete, AI I hardware steal I be stainless steel, Cover steal I be secured with two 1/2 inch stainless steel bolts. Bolts Thal l be self-retaining and shall withstood o minimr~n of TO ft-Ibs. For cover logo M END torque and shall hove a minimum 750 lbs. straight pull out strength. Nuts steal l be floating and shall provide a miniaun see III. A. 4.e of 1/2 inch ebvemant from the venter of the rw~t. Covers steal l be skid resistant, minimum 0,5 coefficient of friction, Covers slwl I be in}erchangeable between manufacturers and steal I conform to the dimensions shown herein, Lhless otherwise PLAN VIEW approved by the Engineer, cover shall be legibly imprinted with the fallowing words in minlmm 1 inch loiters: Ground Boxes aantaining wiring for traffic signals steal I be labeled Danger High Valtoge Traffic Signal , . Ground boxes aantaining wiring far it luninatlan systems shall be labeled, Danger High Voltage [Ilunination. Ground boxes aantalninq wiring for traffic management systems steal I be labeled, Danger High Voltage Traffic management, ~+ C GROUND BOX COVER Ground boxes carrtaining wirtnq for sign it Iurninvtion systems shall be E~eled, Dagger High Voltage Sign II Iunirwtion A. mATER[ALS 1. All ground rods installed at electrical services, Inoludlnq supplemental lightning pratectlan ground rods specified by the plans In other loaatlons such os pole bases, shall be copper sled and UL 1lsted, Rods shall be o minimun diameter of 5/8 inch. The length shall ba a minimum of a feet, Larger dimreter yr ianger length rode may be ~Iled far in some apecEfic looatlons, see the individual pions sheets. 2. Ground red vlmpa shall be listed to be in direst con#act with the soil. 11her'e conor-e}e ~easerlent is required, the clang steal I be I laced far concrete encasement, 8. CONSTRUCTION IdETH00S 1. Ground rods Installed in laatlans such as pale hoses, to provide supplemental lightning protection need not be to#ally in axrtavt with the soil. Nhere veiled for In the plans, rods may be encased in soil or concrete ar any carrbination of soil and concrete. MFren concrete encased, the carrreotian of the conduvtvr to the rod shall be readily aaoessible far inapeotion or repairs. 11hen driven into the sail the upper end shall be between 2 to 4 inches below finished grade. Ground rode shall not be placed in the same drilled bola as o timber pole. 2. Ground rode shall be Installed such that the end imprinted with tt-e rod's part rxrrber is instal led vs being the upper end. 3. Non-conductive coatings such as wncrete splatter shall be removed from the rod at the clamp location. A. Routing of tlghtning prateation ground red wires shall be run os chart and straight as possible, lrhere bends are required they steal i have a minimm radius of four inches, Grand boxes containing wiring for traffic signals the} also contain illumination red b the si I ~ P~ Y ~ electrical service, steal I be Labeled, Danger Higtr Voltage traffic Signal. B. C11N5TRUCTION mETH065 1. Ground boxes shall be set on a 9 inch {minimuml bed of aggr-egote Fran 3M up fie 2 in size,. Aggr-egate shall be in place prior to setting box and conduits shall be capped. Any grave! or dirt in carrdult shall :he removed. 2. when..required.by Item:descriptlve cede, Constructlon.of.'on:apron erlcasing a.graund box inolud.inq.conorete.and reinforc.inq ,. steel shall not be paid for directly but shall be subsidiaty to the:graxxl box.. Relnfa'ai. steal. r-c .. nrN:.ba.f el.d bent.. . ,.. Concrete far aprons steal I' be aaneidered miacel Eaneous cax>r-ste for tests rrq purpose. Aprons shall be oast in place,. 3. Ca~dult hafea may be a,rt In the walls f # 8 & [1 bo at l t GROUND BOX COVER DIMENSIONS BOX DIMENSIONS {INCHESI SIZE H I J K L M N P A, 8 .& E 23 rIs 23 13 ~'~ 13 1/2 9 ~ ~ % 1 ~/a 2 C & I) 30 r ., /z 3.O.r /, 1.7;% ' z `17 1 la . 13'1 I, 6. ~, 1 ~e 2 o ype xas: eas I.fi inahea beneath the saver, 4. If rl l th n the limits of ;this pro act #herCantractari t- laze ` 1 mss uti an a r ~ xisting q sand box equipped with a metal :cover, .the Contractor shall band the 'cover to the grounainq canduotar with a 3 foot long flexible stranded Jumper the some: s ize as the . qr ng canduvtor. Carneatian of bonding jumper tv metal grand saver shall Hat be geld"for dlrectl :but'shall.be:sub- ` sidI to various.bid it y ,... ens. x es mus o early shownon the plans with plan notes fully describing the work. required. , .. 'STAtiQARD PLAHS 5. If e o r that are Cher q and boxes with metal ,Greets ,within the project limits but not lnvvlved.an itre contract itme inset `T~~S DEPAR ~ TRAHSPQRTAT ~ TENT I may. teat the:Cantraator to ground the covers, designatlnq'and .iderrtifyiriq fhe, specific hexes In writing. This work veil I Trafflc'Operallnns DNislavl pa . ar. Sepa' y, . . ... .. 6, Termination to metal ground box covers steal I be made using a tmk ground type lug, 5/03 Revision Q Revised notes. ELECTRICAL SERYICES NaTES All work, moteriols, services, and inoldentals, whether or not apscifiaolly shown an the plme, which may be necessary for o aamplete and proper eleotrloal servlae Installotim as specified in the plans to obtain elaotrioal power shall be paid far, performed, furnished and lnetalled by the Cpitr-ootor. The Cmtrac+a' doll cantao+ the Utility for nee+erlnq and shall comply with aEl U+iti+y requirements. Primary line extenslana, aonnea+ian ohargas, meter charges, and other charges by the U+ility aonpaiy to provide power to the locatlm etwwn, when required, shall be paid for under force aocoixit work, The costa aascoloted with these charges shall be approved by the Engineer prior to engcginq the UtTllty ompony +'a do the work, The Corttraotor shall aonault with the a~pprapria+e Utility to de+erm#ne costa and requlremm~+s, and shall coordinate the Utility's work as approved by the trgineer, The Caniraotcr shall be reimbursed mly the avant 6111ed by the Utility. No addEtlanal anouit far aupervialon of the Utility's work will ba paid. Llatertafa aho#I be now and unused, materials and tnstallatTan shall damply with the appliodble provisions of the Natimal Eleotrlaoi Code {NEC1 and National Eleotrlaal Ma[xifaoturere Assaaiatim {NE7dA1 standards and shall be Underwriters Laba-otories {ULI Lleted. Eleotrlaai ServTae conduits, conductors, diacarmeata, cartactors, circuit breaker panel sizes, and brooch circuit breakers, eholl be as shown 1n the Efeotrlaol Service Data elsewhere in the plena. Faulty fabrication or poor wcrkmanahip 1n any material, equlpmerrt, ar inata[latlm shall ba Juatifiootlm for ra]eotlm. The Cmtractor slwll submit for approval I'ID less than a1x l61 copies df aataloq out etwlete on electrical service materioia, 5ubmi++als shall ba legible and dlafl ba marked to indioahe which product m a ou+-sheet Ta to be supplied, Mihere manufacturers provide warrorrtiee and quararrteea ae a ouatamory trade grad+iae, Contractor shall furnish to the State such warranties or quoror~teea, The Cm+raptor shall provide looks keyed with uaetar •2195 for all lockable electrical encloaUrea. Keys and looks beoan~e property of the State. Unieas aftmrwlse approved by the Irginear, enaloaurea shat! not be energized until looks era pravldad and all bolts are installed. Circuit directorie3, where provided, ehafl be filled out. All breakers and aamponents in shop built panels and enclosures shall be labeled with duo-colored ploetio labala, Letters shall be a mTnlmun 3/8 " in height. Encloau-es with external dleoarnset8 that de-energize all equipment Inside the enclosure, rmad not hove dead front trim, except that incomlr-g ITne termTnatiane shall be prateoted from inalderrtal apntaot. MFmn galvanized fa epeolfled for rw+e, aarewa, halts or miepellcarscua hardware, etalnlosa steel may be uaad, Ali wiring and oamponente eilal l be rated for 75 degrees C. l~iinlmun size for aervica errtranae oanduotara shall be e5 xNNM~. I. Safety Switch. A safety switch, placed ahead of the meter, shall mly 6e used when specified by the Utility and when shown m the Electrical Service Da+a. The owlish shall be UL Listed, heavy duty type, 60a volt, unfuaed, with a UL type 3R enotoaure and equipped with a aaEld neutral {a/n1 aese~r6ly. The owlish shall be padlookabla in the "an" position. lI. Service Typa. EleatrTaal service types A, C, D, and 7 shall be oe eclxenatloally detailed qn ED{/} or E0i51, other service types droll ba as detailed elsewhere m the plans. III. 8rarxh Circuit 9reakera, Clrouit breakers shall be thermal magnetic and taus a minimum interrupting capacity of 1D, 000 arils and a voltage rating oompatlble with Chair use. Circuit breakers shall be elzad as afx>wn Tn the electrical eervtae data, Circuit breakers in paxlbaarde and load centers aholl be full size and designed exaluatvoly far the panelboard or load canter in use. Tandem and half-width breakers shall not be used. All circuit braakera shall be permanently and otaarly marked Identifying the oirauit or device supplied. Circuit breakers shall be UL Elated to UL489. Iv. Circuit Brooker Panelboard, Panelboards shall be UL Listed. Panaltxxlyda shall hove sapper busses, a minimum of 6 one-pole spaces or as required In the elsdtrlaal service data, and Then required will be rated far service equipment. Enclosure shall meet ar exceed UL type 3A alaeelflaarFion, Panelboards shall have a threaded hub aondult entry far aanduit entering the +op of +he enolaauro. Circuit breakers shall be bait-in type mly. Y. Circuit Brooker Load Center. Load aer>tera shall be pL Elated. Load centers far type T services may have copper or alunirv.m busses, all other load aen+era will be Dapper hue only. Load oen+er wil# have a minimuo of ~ one-po#s spaces, and shall be rated for servlae equipment. Enoloaure shall meet UL type 3R alasaTfiaotlm, Lootl oerrtera shall have a threaded hub cmduit entry far conduit entering the tap of the enclosure. Circuit braakera shall be plug-in type only, Load centers far type T services aholl aocongdate a maximum of fi one-pale breakers. YI. Separate or Auxiliary Enclosure. Separate enolaares for 110A, pha'tacell and lighting omtaotora for types D fi T Services shall be a UL Lleted assembly with outer door, Interior shall hove dead front #rlaw HOA switch operator shall extend through the dead frmt trim Ptxrtaaell shall be mounted inside the enclosure ae described in paragraph XIII whorl required by desarlptlva wade, Separate enalosurea shall meat the aanatruatTon requirements of paragraph YIII, E, except that separota enclosure shall not hwe external operatlrp handle, need not have a data pocket and dap- n~ latch at only one point, All equtpmsrrt nr~r be located in one enclosure instead of two, when app-cued by the Engineer. YIL Nlhere a Type p ar T service is provided, laminated "ae built" drawirps ore required as d~oim an EDi51 VIII Ei shall be dallvered before oarplotim of +he work, to the Engineer in lieu of placement within these smaller enolomur-es. Conduit may not enter the book wall of a service enclosure penetrating the equipment moun+Tnq panel. Provide grandlrp buahEnga an all metal aonduita, tennlrate bondirg ]urger to grounding bus, Droundinq bushing le no+ required when the end of Cho metal conduit is fitted wl#h o conduit sealing tx~ or threaded hoes such ae a meter base. EXPLANATIgi OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE DESCRIPTIVE CODE ELEC SERV TY X IXXX/XXIU XX% (XX) sone~rio rvae TII Service VolMge (v / V ) --J Diecainect Omp Rutinq f000 ~Micafes roln Itp mly) Color code 6" length of neutral conductors' insulation with white tape where conductor exits the weatherhead. Standard 3-prong Photocell Conduitfrauntinq Receptacle channel{Unistrut, and photxe I I Kindarf B-line yr a ~ 1 q~ Type Fa Box _ -. g" within 6" to B" of top of po I e 1/2" RM ~,- or 16 to 20 feet Conduit, bend above finished to provide 1/2" grade or as to 1" clearance directed by between photo- ErlgirlBer, and call and pale. as allowed by utility company, ~~Service support TOP MOUNTED PHOTOCELL Conduit support spacing 3 feet from enclosure; 5 feet alai. Photocell mounted inside enclosure Enclosure wall Bracket attached ~~ tc equipment mounting panel one each side ~ ~ of enclosure Two viewing Three prong windows, one on recept. on each Side of each side of the enclosure enclosure ENCLOSURE MOUNTED PHOTOCELL For photocell specifications see Ei]{51,1fiII. Point of attachment to be below weatherhead Provide FD j-box, and t/2" to 1" clearance from pole to photo- cell Pole brand must be 5 feet ar less above grade. , Bushing or Bell 6" I typ. 1 ° Class 5 pole, height as required 2 -Service drop from utility cxmpany lattached below weatherheod} 3 -Service conduit and service entrance canduotorsiRliC1 15ee Electrical 5ervirs Dotal 4 -Safety switch {when required} 5 -Meter (when required) - 6 -Service enclosure ~ 2' to fi' 7 - No. 5 ba-e grounding electrode . ~ 4" tyP• conductor in i/2 "PYC +a _ ground rod -extend 1/2 'PYC fi" underground, e - 5/8 ' x 8` Copper clod grclrid rod -drive ground rod 2 completely underground unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 9 - RY conduit -some size as branch 3 circuit cariduit. iD -Photocell and conduit - if top mounted, {see Electrical Service Data1 11 - 1Nhen required by the serving utility provide bore a6 awq copper conductor. Run wire from pole top 1 ~ to butt wrap ar copper butt plate. Protest aanduotor to o height of 8 ft shave finish grade. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT {LFMC1 {If appllaablel - Liquidtight flexible metal conduit, may be used when meter and service q eraloaurs are mounted 90 to I8D dagreea to soon ether-. size shall be same as service armanoe conduit. - LFLIC shall rw+ exceed 3 f+, and shall be securely supported within one ft. of each end. No strop required for LFl1C shorter then 12' )ogle to -Each end of LtlIC must have a grounding ircuit bushing ar be terminated with a 7nduit grou~dinq fitting. - A neutral conductor must be installed within the LFLIC, / - Bend in Ilquidtight flaxlble metal conduit shall not exceed 180 degrees. - A pull teat ie required on all installed oonduotore, at least six Inches of free conductor movement shall be demonstrated +o the aatlafaotTdn of the Engineer. SERVICE SUPPORT TYPE TP {01 {timber pole, overhead service, typical arrmgementl Upper end of ground rod to be 2" to 4" below finished grade TIMBER POLE NOTES Color code ti" length pf #. Conduit and electrical aonduetora attached to the electrical service 120 2d0 Li ar L2 pole and underground within 12 inches of service pale shall not be -"~~ E"- CDndUCtal-3' paid for directly but shall be subsidiary to the aerviae pale. insulation SCHEMATIC LEGEND 2• Pole top mooted phatooel 1, instal I an north side of polo or in z Y ~ X 55^ Safety switch dread of meter Da not bond / \ with red tape 3, aarviae enclosure as required. See Eleatrloal service Data, Attach meter and service equipment with stainless steel pr galvanized ~ a ~ N5= No switch ahead Of meter Neutral bus tD Neutral i where conductor ahamel {Unistrut, Klndorf, or equalf, Gain pole as required to provide and/or no meter required I 1 -omitted auxiliary ~ © exits ChB _ fiat aurfacos for each strut. Paint ends cf galvanized ahomel with - e ~ ~ ~ weatherhead. 2 laeter Iwhen required) zira rich irr+. Cain 5/8" max. Goln i / - , En~fosure Type nclosure required ~ 3 - Seretae Assembly Enclosure pe death " ~ dst 1 7 8. max. strut ~ to be 1 max. deep, .and 1 5/8 wide max, 5eaure.eaoh stru+:seo+ian to 4 -1~in Disconnect Breaker {Not Used} GSA Cnlvanized.steal {sea ED{51VIII,D1 tiabm- pole wl+h,two galvanized or. SS,l.ag::bolts,.174"..dlomater min. by - _ 5 -Omit 55= Stainles8.steel ~ __~_ - 1112`.Iangth min,:Plaoe flat out galvanized,or 55`wcaher on sash lag ` ~ ~ 6 - Clrauit:Breaker,':15 Amp,,typ.iaal . bolt..::Gain.poie'Eri oneat and wnrknanlike;nipnner. 15 AL• kluminun l .. g,....~ r for:con+rol=.cirauit;wiri 4.`Embednarit:de i be ae r ired 1n 1 1 p.~ em r o ea. a ~.~ ea trirtrned'for e s l shall be trimmed 7:-.Auxiliary' Enclosure 5. Pal xcaq angth from the top end only. ` Photocel I Idowting Location . ,.. '.. I. l 12 13 ~. n,8 I ~ ~.: 8 -:Control Station l"H-D-A` Switch) :1 T^ Top of .:pole r . t r E= Inside service/separate enaloseJl-e 1 L._~ 9 -...Photo Electric Control {enclosure- .. , L= Lunirwire mounted , i i morrlted'shownl Y 1: ID i - Lighting Cmtactar II N= None : -:.:.. . ,.. -_--- -- - --~ -.---.. -- . _ _ ~~ T `.PLANS h r r , , -~. 11 .. Power,Distribytian Terminal Blocks #Npt Used}' .. .. O ,, ~ .~~ l ; c~ ie ~. ~ . ;12:- Neutra ~ eua.:re4,ired. wtler- izo ~. ~ tghta . TEAS DEPr~RT1ENT QF TiiANSpORTdTIDh ~-- pport. ype ~. ,~` ~ ~ Sarvice:5u T a ~ ~ are ccrrtrol led by l ighi~.ing cantpctgr Traffla atyans DNlslao ~E o a ~ `GC= Gralite concrete - - - ~ ~ e QC^ . ,- 13 -Branch Circuit Eredalr _ ~, Other concrete H ; G G N G N {See Electrical Service Data1 I y M Q "' TP^ Timber pole I Ground 14 -Circuit Breaker Panelboard {Not Used1 ,: ~o~N ELECTRICAL DETAILS- ~, Q ,~ SP• Stee I f e ° i # Rod 15 - Laad Center " N Q SFa Steel frame Typical 16 -Ground sus N~Qo Typical Typical SERVICE SCHEMATICS AND m m DT Pole by others or paid 240 Volt i20 Yolt 120_/ 240 Volt I } ~ N P ~ for separately Luminaire Branch Circuit Branch Circuit ~ Q N q ~ = Branch Circuit Power whin ~ SUPPORT-TYPE TP (OVERHEADS ~~~~~ E% Existing pole 9 °' ~ ` ^ T5^ Switch gear to be placed an traffic si nal le 5CWEMA w~Nm~ g ~ TIC TYPE T RT^ Rectangular structural 120/240 VOLTS -THREE WIRE W ~ "'~ " tuhi/~ v ti m ~ P5' Pedestal Service (see ED{51YIII,G1 Install photocell and lighting D= Overhead service U^ Underground service XX IX) XX IX) Exa7lpfe: ELEC SERY TY A{24G/48011DOiNSf5511:1GCID1 corrtactor when shown an Electrical Service Oata. ---- Control Hiring ---N- Neutral Conductor {when required-to serve 120 v. loads amyl --G-- Equipment grounding conductor-always required ED (4) -03 R,u.us ice` 199alalflglE7 ~ 12-00 3-63 DAL 6 CY 200fi (7001 45 nuer COLLIN Cut top of pa I e to enhance ~ run off when required by serving utility 5ERYICE ENCLGSiIRE ROTES Co I or Dods r ~ V 1 V 2 ~ ^ Color code 6 length of 6 length of L1 L2 C 1 d t ' i l ti C l d d Yiil servloe Aaaeabl E l All r lt neutra I or can tlc o ar co ors nsu a on o or co e e i ~ " " . y na oeurae. aerv oe oasemb aa and enoloeuree ehaEl be UL Listed for the Intended purpose, A. Shop built or shop aseenbled service assemblTea loll t t T T d T D ith t l , ~~~5 w th red tope where conductor 6 length of 12D 240 length of 6 ' ypes excep ype an ypo w ou 1 phting contactor or enolosur-e maritad photo sell) and all auxilllary equipment enoioauree mounted with eerviaa equipment and paid for ae part of Item 628, "Eleotrival servlaes", inSUlOtiDn exits the weatharhead. neutral COC1{k ICtOrs' LI cl L2 Con~ctorS' shall be burl} ar aeeanblad by a UL Listed Industrial Contra) Panel shop and shall have o unique serial txnbered UL Lobel with the words with white tope . insulation insulation LISTED ENCL05E0 INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PANEL . The eam yr Dn additional label anal I have the Wane, location, and phone rlunber of the shop, itle UL file nui0al- of the ehop the sho order or drwir d d t f f t where conductor with white tape / 1 2 with red tape 0 , p p Wun er, a e o manu ac ure or oeeenCly, and the [Ins volt ,The earviae aeeambiy enalaeu-e etwli also be labeled "sU[TABLE ONLY FOR U5E A5 SERVICE EOUiPIENT" ~ exit8 th6 ~ Two Photocell Viewing windows where conductor f where conductor ~ . 8. Conduit entries Into the tap of anpfoaurea atlal€ have threaded hub, Conduit entries through the equipment mounting bwk plate will not weattlertie°d' ~ not shown but re ired n 2 41 ~ exits the ~ ~ exits the ~ be allowed. C. All service enaloeire front doors shall 6e permpnently labeled 'DANGER HiGN VOLTAGE'. Lapel shall be d ae14 sticking type, intended far photoce I 1 i s I i sted as enc I Dears weatherhead. j ' mounted. 1MindDws not required ~ weatherhead. outdoor inatailatlon. Lettering style layout and colors of red black and white shall be as , , required by 05HA. Lobel letters shall ba i to 1 1/2 inches hi h or as hi h a th l • d idth ill i ~ / when phDtoceli i8 listed OS pole ~ g g s e ena asu e oor w w perm t for asaller services. Separate or auxiliary lighting encloeurea need not 6e 05NA loheled when mounted 1n ttx some viewing plane ae fhe servlae enoloaura front door. 1lhere only one type of load is ~ top mounted. - - - - served by the aervlae, fhe eervlpe door' shall be marked using duo-aolal'ed plwtla IDbela ar self adhearw vinyl weather reelatrrrt lobele, mrnimum of 1 Invh hr¢q appltad in a neat and wartmbnllke mauler. On the label will be the aervroe nuiber ehrnn an the plane ae wef[ as identifying itle load carved speaifiaally fl e Irgnting la~daoaping signals traffic ngno enbnt or other w di di _ _ . . , , , g or rq as rected by the Erpineerl. Safety awltaTxe need not be 05HA labeled unless epeoTilDally required by the serving urtility. D Type G5 enoloeurea wlrl only bd allowed far aervTae T D d T ith t l m - - _ ® ~' 04 . ypes an w on eno ou oauro ounted phDtoaell and/a lightlrp oonrtaotar and the Type C pmelboard lhia aped will allow on "off the shelf" meetT these a Iflootlorle to be Pmt rq P~ used Type G5 enoloxx'ee spoil ~ 6 r -"' i ~ 0 r 9 0 15 3 0 0 . be mode Iran pro-galvanrzed steel sheeting, hvt dipped galvmfzed steel, or powder voa~t pointed steel anises shown diifererrtly an fhe lane Steel enoios~ h ll b i t d i id ,- 1 ----~ ' , . p . xee s a e po n e ns e and outside) galvonfzed enalasuroa may be permed. Unleee otherwise approved by the Engineer, pairrted enolaaurea shall !x gray, beige rfiite or li t Paneiboard/lcadoenter ene[ , gh gr~ oeurae shall meet UL type 3R requrre- B L yr 1 0 10 I ~ -- `"- - - - - ~ merlte, shall haw a dead front trim, and an outer padlookable door preventrng uwuthDl-Ezed persons from operating oorrtalned equipment, Ivoni steel Te no longer allowed far T es A C t b Tlt p T l I I _ _ _ _ _ ,,,,,1 1 I ~ yp , ,or oua ao- u or eno oeurea. [ GS la shown In the deaoriptive code far any of se, AL shall be provided. ~ 11 - -- --...-. - - ~ ~ Two Photocell E. Type AL enoloeurea for earvloe Types A and C snail meet UL type 3R requirements ant shall oleo meat addltrarwl requiremxite of this ~ I viewing windows _ _ _ _ Bon ding paragraph. The enotoaure shall hmro both a ngin diaaorrbot renlata oparatar handle and a door latch noodle. Ole-coat handles are not 12 I o oat 6hown but I ~ I jumpBr sacs fe. The main diaaarexot rancte ptab operator eFxall be fiollge-alounted, shall irtterlpck the door wheal in the an paaitlon, and etlall be padlackoble in both the "aW" or "off' poaltloWa Door latch shall latch at two ar more l rt t b I 13 required when I I . po l a, opera e y a handle separate from dla- oameot ewitah and be I oapoti a of being looked, Door aloaure sloops will not be allowed. ).oak mot be keyed to Master e2195, All the ~ ~ photocell is ~ - li t d I I ® I enoiosuree atwll have either a oontirr~oue atatnleee steel piano hinge with atalnleas steel piW ar enoloe~rea Eeea than 30 inches may hove two heavy duty hinges those over 30 inches moat h th H d _ _ . s e as Enclosure I L I -~ , ove ree. eavy uty two and three point hinges ahalE have a 0.185 Inch minimrn diameter eleotro-zinc plated steel pin or a etainlaaa steel pin. Two point hinged dod^e shall be rated for 56 Ids of loading. Three point mounted. liiridows ~ t ~ I I hinged doors snail be rated ta- TO Eha of loading. The dcol' shall have a1 attad~ed data pocket oanetructed of erther thermoplaetro ar - - - _ oat required metal. Pocket shall be 12" x 12", anises that arse w111 rat tit Tn anoiamre. The packet shall then be as large as posel6le, ae approved b the En ineer and d i ll tt h d G N G N when photocell L y g , me ~ oa y a ac e wrth etainisas e+eal rwata and bolts, ar etalnlsee steel ar aluminum rivets. Enclosure spoil Trxrlude m 1 moun+ equ pment irlq panel lnntalled inside the enclosure an collar etude ar tapped bosses, and aonatruated of a minlaKm 12 Ground T ~ yp ~ ical + Branc 1s lrsted as h pole top fllOlllted. L ~.. gunge galvatTzed steel. Equrpment mounting ponela anal I not be painted. Enaloau'e ehal I have factory instal led external masltlrq feet. Rod Circuits Enclosure door shafE be capable of openrnq at least 130 degrees, with arm or other approved means to hold the door open. Only the er,oloeure exterior wll I be primed and painted. Pairrt Dolor ehal I be beige or gray and anal I be powder coat paint oa shown below, SCHEMATIC TYPE A Candeneation draTrw{p spoil be provided In the bottom of the enclosure before leaving the factory. The ColltrulDtar shall prepare and &dnit a aohematTa arawlWg unlpb to an Indr~rdulol aervroe, The approved drawing shall be laminated and placed in the doaumxut pocket of THREE WIRE ~~~^ ~~~ the aervroe at the tfine of ehipment to flne Job Bite. AI I oppl )sable wirirq dia~ame and plan atbet layouts for al I equlpelent and branch b k i Maximum feeder circuit size {High Mast Poles): ~ ©j , rea er a raulte aupplred 6y that aervrae shall alas be lomlrated and placed In the document pocket prior to ehipping. Type AL uxlalouree ~ T services with enclosre mounted photocell and/or Ilghting oarrtaotor shall how the oadaemar inturiar nnurlted In a1 T g i00 amps for two pole 480V 125 amps far one N enol oeura w properly adopted dead frol>t trim. Types D and T ehal I not haw a loadoenter exterior Dan moulted rneide awther emloeure or two pole 120V cr 240V. Alaxiffltlti branch meeting these epeoliloatlone. IDo not put one enclosure rnalde aiwHuer aralouwai, Types D and T with enoloxre mounted plxrtaaelE and/or circuit size: 50 ampB. G ~ _ ! G G N liglltirq ocntaata- shall meat the additional rsqulremerrta of this paragraph except that remote-aperatirq handle will Wot be provided, . Ground F. Typo 55 enalasures for Type A and C shall meet all the requirements above far itueir reepeotTve type AL, Type 55 enoloeuree far D and T anal I meet all tlx requirements above for their reapsotlve type AL. 5talnleaa Steel anal I not be painted, ~~ Color code V1 V2 ^ ~~ Color Code 6 length of Rod G. PS enoloeu-e shall be as detailed and ~eaiflatl on EOISI. Galvanised steel will not be allowed far ~ pedestal service. ]f G5 is shown iW 6" length Of Ll or L2 CDnductorS' inSUlatI0r1 Typloal TypiC01 Typl Cai the deaoriptlve code an AL will be provided, % neutral O with red tope where conductor 120 Volt 240 Volt 120 / 248 Voft i , Powder Coot Patnt. Powder oaatlrq anal I be either a polyester ftlermoaettirq resin, a zinc rich primer with a TGIC {triglyaldyl reaoyarwratet powder oVeroaating, or a zfno-rich epoxy powder, applied by either ereotroatatlo spray ar fluidized bed imnaraian, high temperature oven oonductars' insulation _ exits the weaiherhe0d. Branch Circa€t LI1Dinaire Branch Circuit Branch Circuit oared, high density, low gloss, ~ mil thick fminlmmi, coating, Adhesion shall meat the 5A ar 58 aiaaarficatlaWn of ASTM D3359. Frnieh shall with white tape 6e unrfornr In appearance and free of eoratohee. x. Marv Dleoameat. Main aleoamea+ device anal I be o oirourt breaker, ae apeoitied In the Elulatrroal Service Doto, anal E be two ar three pole, and rated f th lt where oaTductor exits the f - Two photocel I viewing windows SCHEMATIC TYPE d ~~ oat shown but re ired when ~ or e vo age and arperage epeoiflad. Circuit breaker spoil be an UL Listed thermal-magnstia circuit breaker oantrolled by flange-auuntad remote operator rn the aarvEae assembly eWOloaura when required. Circuit breakers spoil have a mlWim~m intarn~ptTnq rating of weathertlEad, ~ `V photocel I is I fisted as enclosure 120/240 VOLTS -THREE WIRE iG,oca Aepa, when the utility oanpaW provrdea a transformer larger ttwu 5E %VA, Carrtractar shall verify that the availabre fault Darren} fie ~ mounted. N~indarrs not required Instal! photocel I and I fighting lees tt,an the olrouft breaker aeupa Trrtempttrlq oopaalty ulCl rating and alwll provide doaunefutatian iron the Utility to the Engineer, ! when photDCBI l fib fisted a& pole contactor when shown on Electrical Documantatlan anal I be eubmrtted of the sane time as other eieotrloal elixnlltala. Clrault breaker shall be UL Listed to UL489. Na baokted `~ ~ top mounted. Service Qata. See Type 0 service breokere wlEl be allowed far use as a main dTaoomeat. %[ C ' i l Ci it C ~ - O nOteS. . o an t rcu . antroE orrcuit protection snail be 15 amp circuit breaker. %I[. Camrol 5tatfon f'H-O-A' Swltahl. CautrcE station shall 6e a ma1r~+Dlned-oartaot, }tree position selector ewltah in an UL type uunalasure. Switch shall be rated 600 lt ' " vo s and shall be iftted with Hand-Off-Auto legend. %IfI.Phata Eleatrio Cartral, Photo electric aartrol shall consist of a photocel 1 Internal I r h+nin arreste d l • bi t l O , g r, an re g ay ux me a l is switch urnunted inside a weattuerpr'oof enolaeure with atandord 3-pruxt4 }vets} lock photoceEl plug and reeeptoofa•The enclosure shall be made of ~ r - - r TYPE ~ SERVICE NOTES I ~ ~ r poly-aaryiio with clear aorylto window, Enoloaura Ct1a661a atxill be molded thermosettirlq pl06tlo. The photocell shall haw a potye~tttylene I ~' gasket, and shall have a herngtlaally aeoled oadalum sulfide Dell. The arrester shall haw an enaloaed type expulatan orraeter rated 2.0 kY I I Photocell aid lighting contactor ehDll be located either rn the aparkaver with 5,000 asps foliow-thrau~, Relay or switch shall be time delay type with WcrnlDlty aloaed aarrtCata. Photo eleotrto aDrrtrol shall be rated a mlWim~m of IBaa YA, voltage as raqulred. Enoloeura mounted phOtooella anal) be the sane Qe above exce t that the h t ll I I ~ ® acme uL 3R eralosure with load vemer ar If cued b ~ ~ oPPu' y p p o oce ahali be moulted Inside the enoloaurre. The enclosure shall hove two acrylic paned windows, ar other material apprgved by the Engineer, one i © " I L Engineer, fn eepar'ote enclosure. There shall be a window on each aide of enoloeura to allow opuuratron of hotocel t Both hotocel! aW each side of the enoloelre. Each window shall be for reotangu approximately one loan 6y two inches, rand 2 loan dianeter, or ae ott>auwree ~ ~ I p . p ~ oontootor.and breaker area shall have dead front trim. Ermlosu-a approved by fhe:Erpfneer.:bradket and pigtcoell s receptaofe wl.ll be marrted.lnatde utnoioeue-e next to eodt window. Except for window side, 2' f alear n ie fie ut d all 2 o - - _ I except :for RT and P5 auppprte,:ahal:l not. exceed 3fi:Tmhes: in o o u req ro on erdea Af phetaoell.far:eaee of replaoenbnt. The phgtooell!a reoeptao.le.te held in plaux by.twa mou~trng screws on bracket and I cated t t h' l d of ~ . hel or l6 inches in:wldth unluiee. ved b the. loser. c nex o eao w n ow .the enclosure The,3-prang twist look photooel.l:ahull.:be:moentad Ina poaitlan.to receive Ilaht fran the window closest to the Dhotooe.El The pllctooell shpt) be mo<rited 1n:p poaltion tc:reaelve Ifght iron orb:.window. Tap of ~ . .-. - - ~ - - - _.. ,,,,,,,-,J , T D .load center with`:II 1 oeWtrole or TY D ae ote'II i Y Wg Dar. gilt uYJ ro I . pate minted photaoella shall be nxxnted ae shown an EDIU The:Cantrootor aiwll he rea idle far Propm' operatlon'oi the p~ ... photo-eluxrtrlo r ` . Pa' mnmm of ~, e8 oorduxutare phase. cont ol. The Cantraatar'ehall move and/«-'adjuat or shield the photooell from stray or amlilent nighttime light'ar atwl-'make any nth' adluetmenta required far. proper operatlan.'Yhe ptbtoppll shall face North when praotlcable, Unlaea otherrriae eTwum on the plane, the phofur ,. . . Dell atwll turn an the illimluwtlon system at I.0 *1-] 0.5 ioottxxtdle and ttrn ail the Illunlnatlon system at two footoundfes higher than. turn an. QD ndt bond - ,~ %IV, Llghtlnp Carrtaator. Lightlrp oaltavtor ettall be a UL Liatad NEYA rated l) 1 oontoatar tva- le or mu ght Wg ~ pc Itlpple ae required, electrTocllY... & thl bUS STJ~A~} P(.~ . held type deal to oattral Ai e pressor eadium.Iighting.:loada, wi.th.:eilvor allay double.break aontaota rated; at 246 'volts, 480.valt¢ or 600 volts ae required. Llghtfng aontaDtor etwll rat b~ th~' DIN ral l mounted t e tD. the , : . yp . an arm na ower dretrlbutian terminal'hlooke snail be rated for sG0 valta and spoil be wad for tiros elute enclosure , . rrQrriD o~ra¢rnr~ on+lsrat oaxxuitlans to brash olroult.breakere wtxre nacre than :me airautt breaker ra required. Lugs on blocks shall be properly sized for aondulota^e being used. Only one oawtbtar shall bs plaouW under eaoll lug. %VI Neutral/G d B N t E/ ~ . roun ue.. eu ra bus ells)) 6e a ground factory made bus permanently bonded to the enalaaure with properly sized lugs for graunding and Weutral aaWauotDra. - - ELECTRICAL DETA I LS- SCfIEAl11TIC LEGEND 1 -Safety 5witah {when requrredl i2 - NeutravGrcund Boa 1; ~ 1 Ground 2 -aster {wren required} i3 -Branca circa}} Breaker 15ee Eleotrloal service Dotal Rod Typical Branch 3 - Service Aeeeuur,fy Erlaioaure 1~ - Cirault Breaker Paneiboard f5ee Eleotrroal 5ervrae Datol ClrCUit 4 -Morn Dieoorwreot breaker f5ee Eleotrioal Service Dotal lit Type C Ea shown ae AL ar 55 on deaoriptiva code, this fie the esrvica 5 - amrt 8 -Circuit Breaker, 15Amp T - Auxtllory Enclosure assembly enaloeul"e only. Aanelboard enDlcau•e le G5 unlaas otharwlee noted. 15 -Load Canter SCHEMATIC TYPE C THREE WIRE e - Cattror statton {"N-0-A' swrtahi Power wtrirrq MaximLm feeder circuit size (High Mast Poles): s - Photo Eleatria control tenolaeure-mounted shown) -- -- Carrtral Irlrinq 1D0 amps far two pole 48DV, 125 amps for one to -Lighting Cantactcr -N- Neutrm Conductor !when required) serve 120 v. )Dada anlyi ar two pole 120V or 240V. MaximLm branch fi - Power Distrlbrrtian Terminal Blocks -G- Equipment grorndlrtq ouxrduxitar-alwoya required circuit size: 50 amps. radius "~ '1 S NOTE: , Ir " 1 All rough ii ii a edges shat I I I I ' } II li ~ be grand I ~ i t v smooth i i + Grain hole - ~ far gale. I~~ + ~2" r 2 - p I aces -~ r - _ ~ {typ.1 r ~-r ~` -~ I r ~6 • ~" ~S" 2' to 6" 4" ItYP• } Ca I or code 6" of ~` grounded neutral ' cortductora insulation ~~ with white tape where conductor exits RuC the weatherhead. Color cede G" of L1 or L-2 Hot- ungrounded conductors insulation with red tape where conductor exits tore weatherhead. Ca'Iductor free length, 12" min., 18" max, Provide grounding bushings an a l i meta I coltidu i ts, terminate banding jumperslmin, t6 AWG. Copper] to grounding bus. Grounding bushing not required when o candu[t end is fitted with a conduit sealing hub T or a threaded type of boss such as a meter hub. NDTES: 1, Support Type 5P and SF: Fabricated Pram 4" x 4" x 3/16 " s4.xs-e structural tubing, A51AI A500 Grade A ar G or equal. Base pieta shall be 3/4 "plate, ASTY A36 or equal. AI l equipmerrt and conduit shall be mou>ited on galvanized charnel strut, 1 I/2 " x 15/8 ' X 12 quage galvanized et9el dtannel {Unistrut, Kindvrf, B-ltne or equal] clomped with charnel hardware, bolted or welded to vertical meatier as approved by the Engineer. 2. Pain+ field cut ends of all chatneis with zinc-r[vh pairrt, 3. All Steel Poles ISP end SF} shell be hot-dtp galvanized after fabrication. Poles far overhead service shell be fitted with eyebolt ar similar fitting, as approved by the utility company, for attachment of sevice drop to the pale. 4. AI I conduit and conductors attached to the electrical service and within 12 Inches of the electrical service will not be paid for directly, but shall be subsidiary to the electrical service. All vonduit a,d conductors from the ut111ty ~Pa1Y pole to the point 12 inches from the electrical service, including conduit and oonduc+ars required for the utility pale riser when furnished by the Contraotvr, will be paid far separately. 5. All molt#ing hardware and installation details of services s1w11 be in oooordanae with utility company spec if i oat lone. 6. Anchor bolts far Undergrouid service supports steal l be 3M' x 18' x 4" Idia. x length x hook lerpth}. Arxtior bolts far overhead services shall be 3/4' x 56' x 4'. Anchor bolts shall be provided with leveling nuts. T. Conduit for grounding electrode candx;tar Iground rod wire} shall be 1/2` PYC. Al l other conduit an electrical services steal I be rigid metal wrxluit. Service entrance conduit size shall ba as shown elsewhere. Conduit. for brmdm oirauit entry to enclosure ahal i be the same size as that shown on the layout sheets far bf'arlch circuit conduit. Rigid metal conduit shat I extend to the rigid metal elbow and then be coupled to the type carxluit shown vn the layout far that particular branch circui+. RYC shall have grounding bushings in enclosures. B. If pole fs painted, each separate painted piece shat l have a banding jumper attached tv a tapped hole. 9. Sheet metal screws are not allowed far bonding. Provide t/4-20 machine strata. Remove all non-aarlductive material at contact points, Terminate bonding junper using fisted device. Bonding jumrper mEn, e6 AtiG Copper. oaks up al I threaded bonding oorwteatlons wrench tight. 1D.Condults entering enoloaure from underground shall be sealed at bath ends. 5111tane sealant will not be ailoted. 1Q 11.Graund rod clamp to be UL listed far direct burial. 12. Service entrance conductors shall exit separately bushed non-metallic apenEngs in weattterhead. 13. Free conductor at weatherhead to ba 12 in. min., 38 in. max., or as required by utility. Color cads grcunded-neutral conductor with white tape covering 6 in. of oonduttar. Color ands L1 or L2 Hot un-grounded conductor with red tape caverirq 6 in. of conductor. Service drop std service errtralxe conductors must not contact metal pole in such a nxmer as to result in abrasion of insulated axlductars. i4. Conduit support spacing to be max. 3 ft. from ends, and max. 5 f+. in between. i5.5hop drawings are not required for service support structure unless specifically stated elsewhere ar as directed by the Engineer. 16,5ervioe enclosure. to be labeled as specified on ED{5} YIII C. I],Liquidtight flexible metal conduit ILFiiCI ~ be used between the meter and service enclosure when they are mounted 90 to 18D degrees to each other. LFYC shall be the sane size as service entrance avnduit LFiiC steal I t a ti m o Channel bracket or other ~. arrmgenlent approved by Stand off t Pe oatduit su rt Y Ppo ~ the Engineer. iKlndarf, ~ h~-dware shown. Provide when a Unis+ru+, B-line or equal.} required by the utility. TOP OF POLE TYPE SF & SP Ground Rod RuC unless e Safety switch s~" x B~~ otherwise ~ {when required] Service Enclosure ° upper end to called far by ~ a d be 2 to 4" the utility. ~4" ------ ~ °p ~ below finish I Ground Rod grade 1 ~ ~ x8, 6~to n I~ upper end to i0 r ° be 2 to 4' 2 ~ BOTTOM OF PALE belcw finish ~-- - Conduit su n TYPE SF & SP ~ 3 ft made 6 ~ spaainq, 3 from max. 6" ,~ 18 the ends, max. IO• Class "A" and 5' in between 2' ~-- concrete unless otherwise ~_ ~• RYC Bushing calEed far by PYC or Be I i the utility. 18" 6 18" 12" die. x 60" depot] R~IC Bushing fclxtdation Rua to PYC or eel I 4-s4 reinforcing bore UNDERGROUND RISER utility and #2 spiral ItyP~ I AT UTILITY POLE SERVICE SUPPORT ~ " root exceed 3 ft. artd shah be securely supported within one foot of each end. LFYC shorter then 12" need not TYPE SP RUl i2 dra, x 36 depth Ifar underground service] Tvp of be strapped. Each end of LFi1C suet have a grounding bushing or be terminated with a {R'aunding fitting. A foundation SERVICE SUPPORT weatherhead neutr-al car,d~,tta,- must be instal led within the LFUC. Bend in LFUC steal I not exceed IAa s. UNDERGROUND SERVICE TYPE 5P (O) to be 2' to A ll test t de~ee 4-~4 reinforcing bars " 6 , pu s required on all instal led conductors, at lea6t six intheB of freB CondllCtar movement Shall be WIT#t SAFETY SWITCH and #2 spiral ityp.l OVERHEAD SERVICE ~~ 4 typical denortstrated to tt>e satisfaction of the Engineer. below the tap WITH SAFETY SWITCH of pole, ~' X e' copper clad ground tad, Ya'ies s6 bare ground wire in 112" PYC. Yaries ,r Ground tad shah not be under Number of As required Point of attachment of o concrete pad. mounting channels, by utili co. service drop tv be below as required ~ weatherhead ~ min. 20 " ~ ~ , SAFETY max, 25' r 5wITCH above grade 1/z" expansion DANGER 72" METER Threaded DETER joint material ,, " above boss HIGH 3 6 grad VOLTAGE RfJC size as , max. shown elsewhere 5 thick concrete pad Deter, 5witah {class A eortcreta and RfJC or enclose, 6" K 6" x6 wire mesh] DANGER ~~ as required i " HIGH above _ Is PYC with x6 VOLTAGE grade Found wire Ityp.l Conduit support spacing, Dimension varies, install only as wide ` Color:code 6": of 3'`from the. ends, max, as raquired.tc..aaoarlodate equipment...... . and. 5' in.between'unleas a --- - RISC for branch oohs rwise tailed for. by .:: conductors insulation circuits above SERVICE SUPPORT: ,TY SF I01 & SF tU) the. uti I i ty. 20` with white to ground {typ} ' SERVICE; SUPPORT TYPE 5F (U) pe:' min. " where conductor exits TOP VIEW 5 2• UNDERGROUND SERVICE ''theiweathertiead. • 1I," WITHOUT SAFETY SWITCH `Color code 6" of I ^ B L1 or L-2 Hot- 1 s ~"' ` $TANDARU PI.JIHS ,. ,, ungranded aanauotars . Ine;rulation with red. " ~ e " Trgffk Qpergligns DA+lslan 12 die. 'x 48 t .ape., re conductor ~ die. foundation exits the weattter•head. ~ ~ ~ bolt circle ~/~ 4-s4 reinforcing bars Conductor free.tength, 12" die. X 60' - ELECTRICAL DETAILS Install bell -"` Ground Rod and ~ spiraE at 6' 12 min,, IB' max, e or bushing ~" x 8', foundation • pitch i~p• } _~ SERVICE SUPPORT on both ends do not install 4 4 reinforcing bars in slab and s2 spiral at 6". TYPES 5~' 8c SP pitch (typ,i ~I2 BASE PLATE DETAIL SERVICE SUPPORT TYPE SF (Uj SERVICE SUP ED ~6~ -~3 UNDERGROUND SERVICE PORT TYRE 5F (01 TYPE 5F & 5P OVERHEAD SERVICE QTxagT Januay 1992 ~:-KB cK:~,iil o~:~pH cK,-GC "¢cx~.: WITH SAFETY SWITCH 503 Revision AEY~S~°'S 5r'« <E°~« ,EO~~~~~oP~~E~~ 5~~ 4-98 ois~w ucm" tTypical Arrangamentl .. .. ~I5T 6 EEn 11T Tap of 120/240 VOLT Color Code a" Color code 6" length of weatherhead 3 WERE SERVICE length of LI or L2 conductors' - - - - - ta be 2 to neutral caiductors' E.-., insulation wEth red tape where conductor exits the fi" 4" t i i TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE CONDUCTORS TO 1 L 5 N LUMINAIRES ON SIGNAL HEADS SIGNS SIGNAL POLES , yA• nsulat on ~ weothertiead. below the Lllyg with white tape 112DV) r24GV) , NOTES top of pole, where conductor ~ / METER exits the ' I. Luminaire conductors sholi not be looped thr o~ weatherhead. ~ ~=~ G ~ controller cabins#, 2. Eleatrlcol system fa include an equipment grounding ~ ~ TYPE T AUXILIARY ENCLOSURE ` ~ LOAD CENTER WHITE ~ conductor noted here as "G'. All exposed metal parts CONTROLLER ~~ , i are to be handed to grotndlnq conductor. 3 Photocell when re uired h ll b nt f t d f ~` -- -.._ - ~ - - - ~ i SIGNAL . , q , s a e mou e o ap o pale or in enclosure as shown an ED 191 and E015) d -_I , NEUTRAL an n os required by descriptive code, • ~ ~ SERVICE ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o a 0~ 4. Roadway I ightinq fixtures, when required, shall be in ENTRANCE ~ i ~-n ~ ~ POWER BU5 , N o o FUSE accordance with the material and construction methods i i ~ ~ BLOCK ~ of the item, Roadway Illuminatlan Assertblies" except f th f t ~ f------~--- -- ---- --- ~ CONDUCTORS or e ee period for proper operation of the luninairea. Installed r li i luninalres and ~ y g~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~...,._ ~ • • • • • • ^ ~ ~ CONDUIT ~ internal! li ~ y ghted atrest nave signs shall be tested -~-- -~~--- - ~ ~ far proper operation as a part of the associated traffic signal system, ' C R I CUiT BREAKER _ 5. Internally 1lghted atrset Hare signs {ILSN} wtmn = i MULTICOFOUCTOR TRAFFIC - - - - - - required, shall be in accordance with the item GROUND ~ SIGNAL CABLE FAOM "internally Lighted Street Hone Signs', Because of ROD ~ N ~ , CONTROLLER , the electrical isolation of ILSN hinges, a #12 green grounding aanductor shall be run to the ILSN fixture. G G 6. Instal I gr^aund rod at alternate location when directed '~--" L_ ...-. _ ..~ _ _ ..~.._ _ ___ by the Engineer. Maintain a minimm of a ft in cdYtaot 5EPARATE CONDUITS with the earth. fSEE NOTE 11 7. Liquidtlght flexible metai conduit iLFMC}, may be used ._.__~! when meter and service enoloBUre are monied 9D to 180 degrees to each other. LFgC Thal l be some size as G i N G N , service entr-onoe conduit, LFMC shal I not exceed 3 it, l and shall be securely supported within one foot of each end. No strap required for a LFMC shorter than 12'. Each METER ~'- /-~ end of LFMC must have a grcundinq bushing or be d 1 - , terminated with a grounding fitting, A neutral conductor I LOAp CENTER must be installed within the LFMC. Bend In liquidtl~t I GROUND BOX SINGLE CONDUIT flex 1 b l e meta i condo i t sho I I Hat exceed I BD degrees. 9. Minimum embedment Depth as per Item 627 Treated Timber ~ Poles, 9. Pole to be set plums, I See layout sheets 10. Back fill thoroughly taaped In 6 in. lifts, plane I for signal pale type B inaheB additional backfil l above grade around pole See T5-CF for t ll base to allow far settling, as per Item fi27. 11. Excess pole length shall be trlmred from the top at a 5` USUAL for oa specified by local Utilit Com an ) con ro er foundati an a f ape tc aid water run off. I y p y detail s 12. Gain pole two places for each meter, service, separate I or auxiliary enclosure. Sea ED{41 for details. 13, All illunlnatlon and power conductors to be pull tested ~ 1 - #6 BARE GROUND WIRE ~ -°_ and megged. Oc not meq traffic signal sable. i ~ IN /2 PVC - 14. Enclosures are to be leaked, and ground box covers ore to ba bolted before power is applied to the oirauit I I GROUND 4 CONDUIT /SEE LAYOUT SHEET BOx . 15, Conduits errterinq top of enclosures to be fitted with RM CONDUIT ABOVE GROUND FOR DETAILS/ conduit seal Enq huh or threaded base, such as meter hub. PVC BELOW GROUND I0R OTHER CONDUIT AS SHOWN ON 51GNAL LAYOUT) Off-Bet nipple, wtw~n required, shall not be zinc-die- 'L pressure cast. AI l meta! condulta not carneated to 18 inches conduit seal inq hub, or threaded base moat have a Bushing grounding bushing, Terminate bonding luroer to ground bus A I I conduits enterin l or Bel I 6 , g enc ashes shall be sealed, St I ]Dane shat I not be all d 3a" x a' owe . COPPER CLAD ~-~ fi to GROUND ROD- 5EPARATE CONDUIT FOR LUMINAIRES " 2 to 9 in. below grade. 1 to telephone service 10 in. Clamp - UL listed for BUTT-WRAP 8" typ. SEE LAYOUT SHEETS direst burial. DNDTOR GROUND SIZ ONDN CAHpU A E LOCATI FOR THE LOCATION OF GROUND BOXES ANp OROl1ND RODS. See sheet TS-FD for Foundation Detail SIGNAL CONTROLLER ELECT RICAL SERVICE when required SIGNAL POLE .......... faBER POLE :SHOWN AS..:EXAMPLE, SEE _ ELECTRICAL DETAILS, LAYOUT':5HEET5,:::AND:ELECT.RICAL SERVICE DATA'SNEET FOA SERVICE REQUIRED ANO FDR DETAILS.) n ess.shawn elsewhere .in .the plans elac.tr.ical.service datp.for.T ~ ypes D.and T shall be.as.follows. ~~ ,. CE DATA : Traffic Opev~adlaas Alv)slavl ELECTRICAL SERVICE SERVICE SERVICE SAfETY MAIN _ TWO POLE PANELED,/ CIRCUIT BRANCH KVA DESCRIPTIONISEE ED f4)) CONDUIT COI~DUCTOR5 SWITCH DISCONNECT CONTACTOR LOADCENTER ELECTRICAL DETA I LS- SIZE N0./SIZE NO. CKT. BRK. LOAD AMPS CKT. BRK. AMPS AMP RATING POLE/AMPS TYPICAL TRAFF 1RML) *** POLE/AMP iMIN) IC SIGNAL TY D 1120/240}070{NS)ALIE}**{*} 1% 3/#9 N/A 2P/7O 30 1O0 T.S. 1P/50 (7.1 SYSTEM DETAILS I~ LEghtinq 2P/15 TY T 1120/24010OD1N5)G51E1x+~1+~1 1~/~ 3/#4 N/A None 3O 7D T.S. iP/50 l7 i ~ ED 17 -03 I~ . Lighting 2P/15 1 - Q TxDOT January 1992 0„ KB ~K Jg o.: • pN cK: • ~ „sc ~o.: *** E1lminate photocell, contactor and separate enclosure If lighting, or internally lighted signs are not required by plans 5/03 ReVlBlan r~~isirs~s ,isiiicr auiai rr~airuoa~Eci sin ** See descriptive code to estimate for service support type, Revised {-98 DAL 6 CM 2006 I700f 4T 12-OD +~ See descriptive code in estimate for overhead or underground servlae. Q rwtas, 3.03 ~~rY ~~x sE„~« ~~ „,~H.,r 5.03 COLLIN 0918 24 132 eta, YA c a '~ T L cm a> c ~o 00 T~ +r C i- 9 L L ~ p ow 3 T a~ z •- r~ U N ac 0 ma am •- v U L ao L C a o: m cE •- ~ L ~ v ~ ~ 0 ,~ o co W X L F ~ ~ 0 U xLm M>~ - mo 0 U N~JC L •r- •- ~o T3~ .0 v- 0 N L a:oa ca L L 1!1 >no ~T~ ca Haw ~~ D 0 N L 'r C o t Dr 0 0o a +x+ ~r~ u7 ~, L ._ ~ ^ tm~ >} 0 cc w o ~- w 0 E h .. v ~ N Q ~ ._ ._ J 7 L U l7t ~mc ~~._~ n r Y p '-~ ~~ GENERAL NaTES ~ 2 1. The pedestal service shall be UL type 3R, and shalE be cons+ructed of a m[nimum of ~ Z ----°---`-~ 12 quage etalnleee steel or alunilxm as required 6y descriptive sods. 5tainleae steel ,~ i shall net be painted, Far aluminun, the iTntah shall be an eleotrostatio applied poly- +_ 1 i urethane halted an powder, li¢t+ green 1n color, ar wior ae shown elsewhere and as 1 O --~ approved by the Enplneer, Tha front of the tntarivr dead front trim shall bs perapnerrtly o ---~--- I~eled, "Ua'per Hlgh Yaltage" with DSHA style label. The exterior of the pedestal service - L B door shall be permanently labeled wlih a placard as to its use TI,e. Roadway Li~tlnq, '~ 7raffla Signals, atc,l• Placard shall ba neat and professional in appearance. Let+ertrtq ~ shall be T" mErtlmtm height, c 2. Utility Access Door shall have stainless steel piano hirtga and provisions for padlocking. T 3. Pedestal door shall have etalnleee steel piano hinge and s+ainleas steel latch with *' 4 B" D ~ pravisiana iar padlocking. ~ 4. Meter Recess shall be hinged a1d capable ai padlocking. ~ __ 5. All mourttirp hardware and Instal lotion details of aervlaea shall be In acaordanoe with ,~ 1 ~ ~~ i 1~ Z uttllty varpany apeclflaotiona. The Contractor is responalble for aontactlrg the local ~ ~~ ,_?_,~ 5 q ` , - u+lllty ealpany and abtainirp their approval of pedestal details prior to making submittal o ~ ;;I to the Deportment and prier to oonstruattng the eleatrlaal pedestal service. Any ahangea E= re iced b the unlit shall be noted on the aubmlttals. D Equ i prnent Mount i rq ~' y y °01p°~' Studs Ias re uir8d} 6. Irleter Socket shall be a minTmun of 100 amp rating and shall comply with the local uttllty r--°-~ r~---~ q r irementa. ~ ~ ---7 ~ ~ 5 @ ..II ~ 7. Phatoeleotrlo Control ahal! meet the requirements oe shown on ED151. 5h1e1d to control ''-----' ~= ~=- i Q 3 a L____J L`___~ etrgy light Ea allowonle,The Garrtractar shall be reaponalble for proper opera+ion of the ~ L _ _ _ _ J L _ _ _ _ J ~'~ ~'~ photo-e I eotr I o oontral. The Coniraatar she f I move and/or ad Just cr ehi e I d the photaae I I ~ L____,J L____J G I from stray or ambient nighttime light or shall make any other adJuatmerlta required far ~' I 13 Equipment tdOUnting proper operation. The photocell shall face North when prat+icable. Unless otherwise shown .. ;,~ St art the plane the ccell Shall turn on the 111unlrratian atom at 1.D +I-1 0.5 toot- I 1 6 9 _ uds (as requiredl pno+ sy I I 1 I min, I II candle and turn off the IIEun111atiort syatan at two footoandlea higher than turn an, 3" ~x• I~ III Be! I End Fittings e• ~ CarMrol Station. IH-D-A 5witchT shall be as sham on ED{51 except that H-O-A Switch operating handle shall protrude ttx-ough hinged deadirartt trim and NEAU 1 enolveure wlEl • ;a.,p4~i.'• I I °'li• .I I.a• ~i :a. •• I I n i I rtat be required, •.•'~.~ I••atl•4~1 I•'•" ~. I I I I 9, Carbrete far pedestal service folxrdatlon shall be class A or C and shall be in aooordanae •• a••'• yi,•• ~ a •• A with Item 420, CONCRETE STRUCTTIRES , except that concrete wiEl not be paid for directly ~"'T~I '.°~~i'• x'11, ~ a. ~ . " ••~'~,. •, ,•,'a I I: 1 1. , a'• ; but shall be considered subsidiary to item 828, ELECTRICAL SERVICES . ~~ ii, .I I. •, II'. i I~..ii',•4• -fit .•~i•.cl I'•• il•p.l C'• ii . 12" 14 '•'•i~.•a 1•d.lt °;I r•. iia• .•••d..• Reinforcing Steel ~~•. I 1 d•II, .I I, ~ ~~. • • fl.•• ~ 10. Relnicroing steel shall be ~ rebar in aoaordonoe with Item 44D, REINFORCING STEEL'. ,D'. •a~• . •, i ~, •, I I.~ I I •. I I~:. ~ ~~. • ~~ ~• •a•• • ~ ~ • I • ~y •• a • • • •~ 11. Andiol- bolts elwE I be A3sI{55 in aaoardance with Item 449 "ANCHOR BOLTS". Arrohor bolts •°• •,All• I I•',II.°•I I4 !3A•' '~•Q.•~ 1B" '.Q,~~I~f"~, ~ r _•Ji'• I 1. II• •I ~~:._~_~ •~'~ ii 1I ~•,~ II bd/plnah x 12 lnahee x 4 Endres {die. x length x hook Eengttll. • ••p4.: ~ 1'~••II b•I ~.•'`-.- ~.4 '. ~i: q I~4.II•o•1 r•, „°• .' ~d.: 12. AI I conduit and oonduotara attached to the pedestal aerv[ae and within 12 inches of the -P'.•~• .',3~.'.I I.~ 11•.1 I~, .i~' • pedestal service will not be patd.for directly, but aha11 be subsidiary to the pedestal 1 E ~ a: • ~ ,°j~~ 1 1 • ~•11 p•I Ia• "~•' ••~a...~ service. AI I service candult and conductors from the uti I Ity aampailY tranafarmer to a LOAD ~~~ i i~ ~~ ,~ ~ • 1 I•~• 14.' •i 4•'•'u . ••• '~ Int 12 lnahee iron the stal service ehal I be Id for ae ratel . ServTae oarlduTt SIDE CONDUIT ~, , 11 ~ ~~_------- ~ .pa. •m I •11 ° d. po pede pa pa y r , II '. LOADS 'I I' ~ •' • •' ahai I ba the size and type ae shown In the EleatrToal Service Data, ~_______.~_~ II ._________~ IDE CONDUIT II 13. Dlmensiona may vary to aocanodate re ired a Ipment, Itti I i I I I t qu qu ty arnpany requirenlants, ar ii LOAD 5I DE CONDUIT i ~1 ii i , manufacturer's standard equipaarrt dlmensTons• The Cantraator shall submit to the Engineer ~ Copper-Cad Steel Ground Rod ~ ~ II ; ~ LINE SIDE CONDUIT for approval, s1x I61 copies of brochures and/or drawlrlga cf the pedestal service to he ,il' S~B X 10 - ~I ~ supplied, lnaludinq actual dlmenaions, and a paint color sample. IIL'w~Copper-Clad Steel Ground Rod i4. A separate enclosure as shown on EU[41 or ED 151 far ptx:toaell shall not be used for Note: E I I s i n faundat i an are r 1 g i d meta I , size as f I ed for on the p 11]'15. J1"' pedasta I aerv tees. Phatocel [ she I I be 1 natal led as shown hare. Extension conduits from these el Is may be PVC, provided ends Of rigid 5/g" X 10' 15. The pedestal door shall have a meahanloally attached data pocket an the irlaida. Pocket metal condui#s are mare titan 2 in. below top of concrete foundation. shall ba eliher metal or thernlaplastlo and shall measure of least 12 inah~ 6y 12 inches, Where extension conduits are metal, grounding bushing must be instal led The Carrtraotar shall prepare and submit a schematic drawing unique to m individual service. The approved drawing shall he laminated and placed In the daoume[M pocket ai the and a banding jumper properly terminated. service at the tiara of ahipmertt to the Jan site. AI I applicable wiring diagrams and plan SIDE VIEW sheet laya.lta for al I equipment and branch breaker cirauita auppl lad by that service ehal I also be laminated and placed Tn the document pocket prta- to shipping. FRONT VIEW T8. Ground rod clamp to ne UL listed far direct burial. All Hart-aartduative casting to be removed Iran ground rod at clalq location, Ground red wire to ne •6 A11G solid copper, I,~tal conduit ells to have groundlrtq bushing and banding Juroera correctly installed. Ty C shown, Ty A simi tar except that Ty A shat 1 have individual iT. All conduits entering enalosuras from urderground must be sealed. Sillaane shall not be circuit breakers mounted on a equipment mounting panel. CB Handles allowed, steal I protrude through hinged deadfront trim. 1a. All conductors sha[I be megged and put I tested. Traffic signet cable not to be magged s" after aarr~eotlan, as elactrvnlca will be damaged. m1n. 19. Top of aanorete foundat[an to be finished in a neat and workman like manner. Ii leveling washers ore used, rto acre tharl/eln. height sholE ne used at any one corner. 61mc1mm ~ dip ar rise to famdatian is net to exaeed/sin per foot, When properly installed, top HeX Nut of service enclosure anal E road level front to dealt and side to side wlthirt/4in. 6" 1bu 6" Look Washer Racking or moven>drrt of the service enclosure steal I ba repaired by the aalttraotor of no Zu I I scat to the state. min. min. Level in Washers za. Llquidtight flexible metal aondult shall not be al lased en PS type services. 9 ° ° ~ ~ [ I ° ° °~~i° ° °!~°. i i ° °I I° ,, I 1 ~a~ ° Q ° i~° ° 1 1 ° o °ii ° ° ° Q a ~ ° ` °1 1 p'. B e i° I 1a ° .. e ~~ ° .. ... ° { o.l ..~. LINE: ~~/~ ' ' ^ 1 I 2D' " aL~°.~~ ,, °o ;o . ~ o ,~ i e 1 I LEGEND ° .. off °. ° ' _ ~ a ° ~ ~ ° QI I ° 1EfUS DfPI1ATII~NT QF lAAHSPOttTATIOH O LOAD LOAD ° ~ ~ ^ 1. INTER SOCKET, iMhen requiredl - T[affla ° ° ° 1 I ° Upsr~l0ns A1V181Q11 oD Q , , I I 2. Ir~TER SOCKET WIN601Y, {when. requiredl e e . I I° " ~ ' ' 1 I 3. EOUIPI~HT::IrIQUNT[NG PANEL ~~ ~ ° ° Q , , , ° 14. PHOTQ ELECTRIC CDNT#tOL WINDOW, {wherT requiredl ELECTRICAL DETAILS ~ _ ' ' ° i I a 5. HINGED DEA DFRONT TRIG[ ° ° ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ _~ . ° I I 6. LDAD SIDE CONDUIT AREA ° I I° ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPORT 1 ° pl I . I. LINE SIDE CQNDUIT AREA ~2 ° a ° ° ~ ' $, UTILITY ACCESS DOOR with handle 1° ~ PEDESTAL SERVICE TYPE PS °Qa i 9. PEDESTAL DOOR ~ 1 10. HINGED INTER ACCESS 4" ~~ 1 11. CONTRQL STATION IH-Q-A Switchl r ~ ED ~8~ 03 12, frfAIN DISCONNECT SECTION A - A 13. BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS ©TxDOT April 1998 ~. KB cK~~ JIY o.:-gp cK:-cc hrc r~.: ANCHOR BOLT 5/03 Revision ~rrsrws 5~rrr rroEA" rmr~rcr,orrnrtcr sou 12-00 °rsreuo titrmX Revised 3-03 DIST 6 FfD 125 1Q 5-03 ~rnrr ccxrr~t stcrlcx ~~ wcerar DETAIL notes, CNTY CONT SECT JOB HN1' Color code grounded -neutral conductor with white tape covering 6 in. of conductor length. Color code L1 or L2 Hot conductor with red tape cover- ing fi in, of conductor length. Where conductors exit weather- head, conductors free length she i I be 12 i n. min. , i 8 i n. max, Safety switch (when required) Service Enclosure d Conduit support See spacing Detail A 3 ft max. o Extend 1/2 PVC o d fi in. below grade ~ ~ t- V * GROUND ROD- 5/e" x 8' RMC p to 4 In. below rode. 4 ~ 18" I ~'I 4z• 18 ~~ 1'3 .~i PYC or other .~---~ ~ min. I,A. [:J conduit type RMC to fi to as shown an la out uti I ity I~ ;110 in. Y '~~8° tYp~ ~~ Min, 24 Bush ing die. hole Concrete or sell Pole CONCRETE SERVICE SUPPORT tlJnderground} 6" to 12" ~« to fi" t4" typ.} --~ {As required or allowed ~ by utility company} 2~` min, or as required by utility ca. RMC Pole marking approx. 4' above ground line. See Extend 1/2 Detail A PVC i is n. o a ~ below grade. ,p T + RMC+ GROiJND ROD- ~ " x 8' 2 to 4 in. below grade. ~ 18u 1Oti of I pole ;~I len th lus ~'~ 9 p 2 ft. , min. 42" L' J~ ~ Ig to PYC or other , condo i t type I ~ ~ 110 i n, as shown on I ayout _ ~~ Min. 24 `i~ ~~ 8 typ, die, hale Concrete Pole gushing or Bell CONCRETE SERVICE SUPPORT (Overhead) *same size as branch circuit conduit spawn on layout sheets. ** or as required by utility company. ROTES: Electrical service support atnxtu-es bid as type GC ar OC steal I be concrete poles and steal I meet the fv1 lowing specifications. 1. Pules steal i be prestressed oarcrete and suitcble for direct enbedmant into the ground wittxxrt special foundations. 2, Poles bid as type "GC' shell be a granite concrete mixture consisting of may Portland cement with exposed pink granite aggrega#e. Poles bid as type 'OC' shall be other concrete mixture as shown elsewhere vn the plans or as directed by the Engineer, 3. Poles greeter than 1O ' steal I be square in cross-section, with chaafered corners, and steal I have a stmdo~d taper of 0.162 inch per foot. Cross sectional dlmenslona steal I not deviate by more than 318 inch. Pales 10' or less may be tapered .182"/ft ar may be non-tapered. The alEowable tolerance shall be plus 3 inches and -2 inches in the overall length, The width of the bottom face of the pole as it is cast may be less than the top face. Ali email cavities sha11 be cleaned, saturated with water orb then filled with mortar. A small cavity is defined as one larger than i/4 inch but arssaller than 314 inch in diameter, and less thin 3/8 inch deep. Larger non-structure! cavities and spells dwl l be repaired by openlrp side of the damaged area an q I to I slope using a mechanical grinder, cleaning #horoughly and filling with a high-strength non-shrink amorete repair material. Poles with other defects rrx+y be repaired only upon au#Irarizatlon of and using the method prescribed by the Engineer. 4, The end of each steel rainforaing strand in the tip and butt Thal l be burned bock to a minimum depth of i/1'. inch. The holes left by the removaE of the strand steal I be thoroughly clamed of any loose residue. The holes steal I then be completely fi 11ed with nm-shrink grout and smoothed evenly with tip ar but# surface. 5. Preatresainq atrarda shall have a minimum concrete Dauer of 1 114 inch. b. A straight I lne Joining the edge of the pale at the butt and the edge of the pole of the top shall not be distort fran the surface of the pole at cry pairrt 6y more than 318 inch for each i0 feet of length. 7. The chloride aarrterrt of the cawrete mix, including al I ingredients steal I ba O.4 pounds per cubic yard, or less. 8. Concrete used in poles steal I have a oampressive strerpth at trmafer of not less thm 4,D00 PSI, and a 2B-day aaroressive atreng#h of not I ass thrn 7, Q00 P5 L 9. lloteriels shall comply with the latest version of the following standards: a1 Portland Cement - A5Tk1 CIO5 bi Admixtures - ASTY C494 of Aggregates - ASTti C33 or C33O d1 Reinforcing Bars - ASTM Afi15 ei Cold-Drawn Spiral wire - ASTi1 AB2 ff Preatreaslnq Strand, 2701(- A5TY A41fi 10.Polea greater than ID' shall have a 4 Ench tip and 3/B inch strands. Poles ID' or leas shall hove a 5 inch min. tip and 318 inch stands. Pale shall have a load capacity of greater than 1188 lbs. applied 2 ft. below tip. 11.Pofes shall be capable of withs#anding single polr~ pick up frpm the horizontal position when lifting from a point 30X of the Duero l I I ength dam lean the tip. 12.A11 poles shall be marked by imprinting on one face. Irbrkltrq shall indicate marxrPaoturer's none, year of axrKrfacture, length and none or type of pole. l~arlcirrq strut l be located approximately 4 ft, above graurd I lne. 13,Dumage points, two-point pickup locations for handling pole in horizontal position, and one-point pickup locations for use in rgisirrg the pole to a vertical position nd handling in setting operation steel I be marked on the pole with durable ink ar paint a^ east into the pole. These marks shall be smal l but conspicuous. 14.Poies shall be esbedded 42 inches ar 1DX of length plus 2 it. ir~+c the grand whichever is greater. 13.N~herr required by utility oampany for oveahead services, poles longer than i4 feet shall (rave a a6 solid ~aund wire taming the entire length exiting within 6 indres Eras the tap and bottom of the pale, The Cntrvata' steal I comsat the bottom #o a butt wrap yr butt plate graurding device. 1fi.AIl conduit U1d aanductars attached tD the service support and within 12 inches of the service support will not be paid far directly, but shall be subsidiary to the electrical service, Ali oanduit and conductors from the utility oarl~pany pole to a point 12 inches from the service support, inaludirq conduit and conductors required for the utility pole riser when furnished by the Corrtroctar, will be paid for separately. IT.AII mounting hardware and installation details of services steal I be in accordance with utlli#y company specifications. IS,AlI conduit on service supports shall be rigid metal aandult except fire carrduit for handing electrode con~ctor (ground rod wirel shall be 112 inch PVC. Service entrmce conduit size shall be as sham elsewhere. Cmduit for branch circuit entry to enclosure shall be the soma size as that shown an the layout sheets iar branch circuit conduit. Algid metal carrdult steal l extend a minlmun of six inches underground and then coupled to the type conduit shown an the layout for that particular branch circuit, R11C shell have grounding bushings in enclosures, Stand off type 19.Backfil I steal I be in accordance with Item 400 except for measurement and payment. Backfi l 11ng wi II not be paid far directly aanduit support ~ steal I be subsidiary to the various bid items. 2D. Liquid tight flexl6le metaE conduE# ILFf~CI, may be used when meter and service enclosure ore mounted 90 to 180 degrees to hardware shown, each other. LF'M1C steal i not exceed 3 ft. and steal I be securely supported within one ft. of each end, Each end of LFfaC moat (Provide when have a grounding bushi or be terminated with a r^ourdin fitti . A neutral Utility n9 0 g nQ conductor gust be installed within the LFIIC. ° required by the Bend in LFtIC shaE l not exceed 180 degrees. LFIIC may not be instal led an utility aompmy owned poles. A pal l test is required pole Uti ! it cam an on all installed conductors at least six indres Y p Y of free conductor movement steal I be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the F i I e sharp edges and paint Engineer.. a end of channel with zinc TOP rich i 21,Cantraator ~Y a'te' Fete service support structures with 314 hole near tap of pole for eye bolt type bracket. Eye bolt pa nt. Do not al !ow bracket may bs installed as means of overhead service drop anchoring point by utility. Pole may also be canter drilled in the paint to Splatter an ar aVBC field far inatailarfion of eye bolt bracket. IVlren used, instal! bracket 6' to 12" below weatherhead. the concrete pole. . :b '. '. 9. Height, materials, . ... and details as _ a :°:.:. 9 required by u#ility.company ~_ °. .. ...... ~-'~ STAt~AR~ ~~ ' .. ~f . . dui g: , . °::::° Con t 'support pacin TF.f(AS ~PARTI~NT OF TRAHSPORT~TION 5 L7 Traffic aperrddlaru DNIslan. . 3 ft. frgm.the.ends, max. 5 ft. in between unless otherwise called for b Y ELECTRICAL T - ~ DE AILS DETAIL A he uti l rty Channel bracket or other arrangement approved by the Engineer. ~I(indorf, llnistrut, B-line or equal} Nate: Attach channels with stainless steel concrete anchors tmax. 1" depthl, square li-bolts ar back to back channel with long bolts, or other secure mountin 9 as approved by the Engineer. Botts galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Channel shall be galvanized. UTILITY POLE CONNECTIONS (When underground service Is required by descriptive node and utility is overhead.] I. DUCT CABLE A. Duct noble ahal I be placed by the open trench method aF a minimun depth of 18 irwhes. Bends in duct cable shal I be made in the mamet- recommended by the manufacturer; minimum bending radius shall be 2a inches far i 1/2 irx;h duct and 26 inches far 2 inch duct. Unless otherwise improved by the Engineer in writing, duct cable shall be 2 loch diameter. HondlEng of duct c~le reels and installation of duct shat l be as recam~anded by the manuEacivrer. Duct for duct cable is designed as a caxlult system and steal t be considered as such in HEC interpretations, Conductors shall oat be spliced within a duct. Duct entering a ground box or foundation shall be coupled to a RMC elbow. 8. Butt sable steal I have factory installed conductors. ANG slze of electrical conductors steal I be as cat led far in the plans or as requtrsd by the Natlanal Electrical Code. Conduit bid as High Density Polyethylene (HDPE} conduit shall meet the requirements of duct cable except that the candult steal i be supplied without factory instal led conductors, HDPE conduit may be substituted for duct cable. After HDPE condult is instal led, conductors shall be Instal led. A1G size of electrical conductors shall be os cal led far in the pions. C. Duct cable shall be extended through aAnduft casings in one cantirxious length without comedian tc the Dosing. D. After duct cable has been instal led, o pull test wi I I be made an conductors. If conductors carrot be freely pulled, Contractor steal I replace ar otherwise adJust ins+al fation to free up the conductors. Duct cable ends steal l be sealed wlth loan electrical conduit sealant ar wi#h heat-shrinking material after pull test is ca[pleted. E. Sufficient clearance steal! be left betw~aen each conduit ell so the banding bushings may be correctly instal led, Condult cover is shown as 18 iodise minimum, where run under a road, the minimm cover requirement is 24 inches. F. All duct aplioes shalt be by moons of UL listed sittings, threaded duct with PYC threaded Damector or UL 1lsted tiewrap fitting ar central Fusalsatic electrical ly heated fusing conduit coupling instal led in acccrdanoe with the mawfacturer's inatructlans and approved by the Engineer. Glue on corxx3ctars, water pipefittings and hoot shrink tubing spltees wil l not 6e allowed. ///~%////~ ~ ~' . p. D. 00 18` min. •p p. p p 3to6 GrarM inches box •p. .p• ~ . .p.' p. ° a a q a q a s a a a 4 a as gaaq aq 04 ° q q a O q a ° 4 0 0 q 9 q 4 ° q aq g a d a 9 q~ a g q 4 a o 0 a a a a a q Oa a9 a° qq i Duct Cable •--grounding bushing RMC extension ~ ° ° 9 g a a °4 a s 0 ^ a q4a° q q va a vv v a o a a p ° O q a 0 a a a °° 7" Q a a° q a a ° v ° a q q°9 a ° aqa q° ° min. a q ° a a ° q v q ° ° ° ~°°qa Oaq a 9 a a °0 RMC elbow when the upper end of an RMC EII does not enter the ground box, €t may be extended with a 5ch-4g PYC conduit nipple and bell end, provided there is 18" of cover over al I parts of the elbow. if not, a rigid extension and gr-aund bushing is required. Gravel bed is to be a min, of 9 inches deep, placed under and not in the gr-aund box. Gravel shall not encroach into the interior of the box. Duct Cable to Conduit Adapter -Duct cable -HDPE conduit and couplings shall comply with the material 5pecificatian as shown on EDI11 Ii Conduit A. Materials 12. DUCT CABLE AT GROUND BOX Duct Rigid Conduit Central Fuseanatio Electrically Heated Fusing Conduit Coupling HDPE Rigid Coupling Rigid Conduit Harrrietal I is Liquidtight Fitting iT&B- Plastic Bul lets ar equal.} EXAMPLES OF PROPER CONNECTIONS Couple dttCt to PYC Bell end fitting conduit elbow at f extension ~ oundations. x ors - 3` exposed tD pole base.: . •.• . °• ~ • • ' Q. 2".min., from top of Cmductars steal I oat be spliced in duct or. .. ... .- . . ..... a,. . p . . . .. n '. .~. .p. d i r I I shaft :to R~IC ~ ._..- - - - - - - - -- - - aan ' .. '. ... RMCta .:. :.. ... .. .. ~.'. PYC ; . - -- .... .. .. ':. '.. ~ '. ~. ~. ... . -.IiMCelbow` : 4//4 / b/ d / afQ .A /y 4 4..y q /: 'Vi'a'/,.era. ~ p f / ' .p- ::. p ..... "' .. .. p,. : • • .D .: p.. . . . ~ , . ~ 5'CAI~ARD PLrINS . . ... . . : p. . .... p . . . ., ored TDU5 O~P~RTI~EHT DF TR~#15PORT~T~OH A p . - ~ Conduit rrOfflc ppa~a~ons DNls1o~ . p • • p Ground rods are not shown an this standard . ~ . ~ sheet, but mfr be required vise where in plans. a d °. ~ .. p . . ~ . ' . p ' . Compact back fi ELECTRICAL DETAILS .. ... • • to bottom of conduit ~ . ~ casing prior to placing DUCT CABLE ... ... p . p. ~ duet Cable, t0 pre4ent p. ~. . kinking. See ED[i} II 11 1 ! 6 p , p p A p . . •D . p ° Dri i I shaft foundation r ED 1 ~ O~ ~0~ iclass "A" concrete} BORE PIT DETAIL ©TxDDTApril,998 .-I~ ~.~ .-at ~-GC ~~, DUCT CABLE AT FOUNDATION "`" ~ ~ '~~'~' ~_~: nrcr s Fro oe U V a c0 N W f,~~- ~ 4y-. r y ~ ~ ~ / $ S g~~'/ `vy 44 ys4 `4 ~. f` S~ $4 ~~ ~~~~ /~/ l/~ 10 ~~ Q TYPICAL VERTICAL SECTION 9 v 11 / .. .. • . 4 4• ' 1 e n "" / ... .. i / \\ ~ °~ 4 / l \ b c / o a n n F 4 90.' • L / \ 1 .'y' a ~ ~ \ ., d e. \\ t n \. • 1'••y ' .. <. d' '1G 11 F .] VV A 0. .~ 4 ~V " / .a ~"/ / / / / / ~~ \\ \\ io \\ 1 Concrete ground box Type J -shall be 48" by 48" inside dimension and shall \ ~ have AA5HT0 HS 2D wheel loading struotural design. Fabricator shall submit ~ shop drawings sealed by a Texas Licensed Structural Engineer. Shop drawings „ and calculations shall be for the box and lid as a unit. 24 d ' •ad ~• d. d. E d, •~; ,e •. . d. d lid w \ \ .~ \ \ l \ \ ~ • ~ . r- - ..._ / r . '^- /i ~i ii i/ J /_ 4 ~~ 4 Lid and ring shall be cast from Gray Iron in accordance with AASHTO M306, ~~ ' c4 • 4 .".~~ ^~ and shall be suitable far HS 20 loading or better. Proof-load testin g `~/` r~i ~\ ~ . certification in accordance with AA5HT0 M 306 shall be submitted, Lid shall ., \ ~ !~/ `, ' ' \ have type T hinges and type G handles, and shall have a safet device to y t i \ / /.•" "A / ~ ~ ~ \ preven acc dental closin once the lid g~ has been opened. Lid shall be cast with T DOT CONNUMIC T \ ! ~•. \ / a.^ 4 ~ \ / ` 12° x A IONS in one inch lettering an tap, Lid and ring shall be supplied together and shall have no shar ed es Sh d i \ ~•._.~ ~0. " A:. 4 ~ ~ W , p g . op raw ngs _ shall be submitted. (Neenah Foundry R 6662-TH, ar equal.l 48 ~ ~ ." I I ---- c~ i ~ w m ~ - 3 18" by 9" knookout in concrete r ~---- II If ~ ' o~ ^ -.- - 4 Cable rack -Joslyn J5124, Chanoe C203-1124 or equivalent •;, . I I I I 5 Cable rack hooks - Ja - slyn J5131A, Chance C203 1131 or equivalent ,'.°.".: I I I I " ~ ~ ~ 6 Concrete drain invert ~ itch from center /2 P to walls . II I II ~~ " I I 7 3" drain 8 Filter material -Grade 3 aggregate or finer. See ITEM 302 9 RPM ground box, as called far in Ipyouts, far eleotrical power conductors and 10 traffic signal cables. See ED13f for ground box details 18 1 Conduits (see layouts for number, details, specifications and sizes) 11 Conorete ri ra a ron ai p p p , as ITEM 932. 1 cubic yard minimum TYP ICAL PLAN .VIEW :.. ' GENERAL NOTES . . .. ... '. '. 11. I f l umi npt l on, traff. i c signal and other 31 R i prop. shown J s the minimum re u i red. R i ra q p p '. Trafflo Opera~lone ANlsl~r conductors carrying full valtpges 'i56 volts shalt ext end to protest cll conduits wi #h less . or greater) shall not enter the carmiunications t han the minimum allowed ground cover. d ' CONCRETE GROUND groun box, but shall be run into an ad acent 4) C 1 onduits shall not extend inside the box more RPM ground box, as shown in the detail. than 1", including the required bell end fittin g or b ki C i BOX TYPE J~ F R O TRAFFIC us n . ondu t g s shall be secure ly grounted in 2f Conduatars in the Type J ground box shall plaas with Portland cement campletely fiflin the g be faid on the racks and secured in place knockout window ar ound the conduits. MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS with plastic ties. At no time shall any canduotor 5f Rigrap and boxes shall be cast flat with a maximum be run through the center of the box. Contractor slope of 0.25% L3" aver 10`l. shall arrange conduit runs so cables shall enter 6l Pa nt -concrete r y~ q ound box Type J shall be bid !! 1 1111 E D l~ 1 ! ' V3 and exit the box without violating the required as ITEM 628. RPM ground box and riprap shall be bid bend radius or running thraught the center of the separately. box. c ~~mnr 3uly 2lbD ~-•,~ m• ^•ps m-,M ~~1 rrnms ,~m,ner oar ~~ n DRILL 1.5" HOLE VENT BOTH SIDES, COVER 1YITH STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN 3" 1.5" X 1.5" X .188" VARIES ANGLE ---~A /~ . 5" X 1.5" -X .188" 0.65" ANGLE _ i + M M ~~ N Photo Dell ~ viewing window r typ. location + OMIT COVER PANEL SCREWS E I ON TOP OF BACK COVER ~ i i PLATE, DRILL ANO TAP 1/~" ANGLES A5 SNONN FOR ~ " " - 3/8" BOLT FOR ENCLOSURE ~ 1.5 X 1.5 X .188 MOUNTING. DRILL COVER TOP ANGLE PANEL FOR 3/8" 801.T. ,~. ° SEE DETAIL "A" I o" MAx. ITYP} i GROUNDING ELECTRODE i CONDUCTOR, NEED NDT BE IN CONRUiT. DRILL & TAP E/~" HOLE FOR GROUNDING GROUND WIRE ° TO STRUCTURE {CLEAN ~ PAINT FROM STRUCTURE ~t~~~ _ ~ PRIOR TO GROUNDINGI ~ 0.5 " i 1" X I' X .188" BOTTOM ANGLES 3~q " I 12 GAUGE STEEL COVER PANEL, FRONT AND SACK; ATTACH WITH 0.25" DIA. GALV, BOL75 ^" " A ^ X 10' CDPPERCLAD GROUND ROD LEAVE 15" EXPOSED BACK ELEVATION VIEW FRONT ELEVATION VIEW SE - CTION A A GENERAL HOTES: 1. Structure shall be designed in accordance with latest issue of AASHTO "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS fOR STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR HIGHIIAY 5TGN5, LUIIINA[RES AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS." Structures shall be deBigt:ed far 80 mph rind load with 1.3 gust factor, Slap drawings shall include A5TI1 material designations. Shop ENCLOSURE drarings shal l be submitted for the electrical service support in dvaordaraa with Item 441, 'STEEL R.O,W, STRUCTURES. Catgldg out sheets Sha11 be submitted for the enclosure and equipment. GROUND BOX 2. The structure shat I ba galvanEzed. Twelve gaups sheet {WHEN SHOWN ON covers aid enclosure mvy bs made from pre-galvanized LAYOUT PAID FOR j i CONDUIT FRO61 SERVICE SUPPORT SEPARATELY} sheeting, then shown elsewhere on the plans, structure ~ ~ TO A GROUND BOX LOCATED AT R.O.W. LINE OR TD UTILITY ~ ~~ POLE RISER. SEE LAYOUT SHEETS i i and outside of enclosure may be painted In lieu of galvanizing. 3. 5truoture mound dimensions va to match ng may ry FOR SIZES. enclosure provided. 1 METER [WHEN REQUIRED} ~"' 4. All conduit and cdnducta-s attached to the electrical service and within 12" of the electrical service will not be paid far directly, but shal I be slbsidiary to i ~ i the electrical service. AI l donduit and conductors i i ~ from the utility caapai~y pole to a point 12 from the ~" X ID' i : electrical servfae, iraludinp conduit and conductors COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD i i PVC FOR CIRCUIT required for the ut111ty pole riser, when furnished by the Contractor, will be paid for separately. GROUND W[RE SHALL BE r6 6ARE i i~ CONDUCTORS, 5. All conduits entering enclosures Fran under~ound to i ~ 5IZE VARIES. be sealed. Silicone will not be allowed. i i SEE LAYOUT SHEETS. 6. All PVC conduits to be fitted with a bell end ar ij bushing. I, Support structure to be bonded to the ground rod using PLAN VIEW a e6 ANG Copper Banding ]umper to be Terminated with a listed ayeiet type corrector oarx:ected to a 114-20 SS machine screw-bolt. Sheet metal sdrews will not be VARIES 12" alloyed for bonding. All threaded bonding corrections shal I be mode up wrench tight, AI I ran- conductive N " ~e materials tv be removed from avntaot surfaces. 8 Service enclosures tv be labeled and steciled see . EO[5} VIII C. I 9. Ground rod of to be UL listed for direct burial. 10.Phato cell viewing window location on each side of the service enclosure to be visor of obatructu-e and DAIp! provide a clear I ins of sight view and al law for the w NqH IiOLTAO! proper l ipht level sensing by the photo ce! I. 11. Liquidtipht flexible metaE conduit may not be used a on type Rr[ui service supports, 1~" ENCLDS~RE Photo cell viewing PYC window typ. Iodation CONDUITS FRONT RIGHT SIDE ENCL45URE STRUCTURE DATA TUBULAR POLE ANCHOR BOLTS MEMBER 5IZE DIA.X LENGTH X HOOK 8" X 3"X ~" ~" X ifi" X 4" CONCRETE PAD COMPONENT ASTM " 5 TUBING MEI~BER5 A50O GRADE A EASE-PLATES A35 18",DIA..X 48" DRILL SHAFT ANCHOR BOLTS ' A307 ar A36 FOUNDATION, .`'. 4-~4 REINFORCING:BARS AND 2-#2 SPIRAL {TYP. fi" PITCH) L DRIL AND .TAP ~. STA~ARD PL~HS ~' FoR'14 ° ~oii' AFTER :GALVANIZING. TEIUS aFPART~HT OF TR~HSPDRTATION Traffk OperaHans Dlv1slav~ ELECTRICAL DETAILS- 1"X~/~"X1"TABS ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPORT TYPE RT [U~ D. 65° 1/4 " DIA. BOLTS - EDti2) D3 DETAIL A ©TxDOT Jamkwy 1$92 ~ • KB cH:- Jw or: • DH cA: • ~ "EC In,: 5/03 Revision REYISIQVS 4-~ SIA[E FEC(AU F[OERAL AIO PROJECT OISIA]CI AEGI"R $AQI R8418ed 12-00 DIST 6 FED 222 Q ndteS. 3-03 5-q3 town coNmoL stcl~cx Jw T~Ty rnNr ctrl .ins HlteFar urv a. _~ o> a og~a `~v°EE L 0 ~~~~ e:~m~ a~~~ w ~t+ .~~ ~ *o> nrX-~~ 0 dam my}} o~oa ~~'[C 7'-fi„+1" {8' Nominal Arm Length) 40+ 20 ~~ g~~ Min. straight R ~ x 2 Min. 2" Max. length 2" SCH 40 Pipe Removable plastic ar 2 ~ O.D. galvanized metal cap a w t „ „ 2 -0 - /z Min. [5} `D m R x 2 ~ i- 7i6 2,_fin f I „ o '- Min. - /z Max. {5} i 'a s ~" } x d m° a LA-1 E ~~ ;~ 1 %p" SCH 40 Pipe +I 1 %" 0. D. w ' LA-1 I/, 8-Fa4T LUMTNAI RE ARM Fk %z" Dia. A3O7 Baits 2 at 4" c-c each side 4 bolts & 4 lack washers per clamp "+I/~u 0 ff [ ~.U~ l ~5g~ Clamp "~ ~oamo ~ I/~" x 6" r,,~-¢ A572 GR 50 ++~o c ~ ro ~ LA-2 _mo '/' ~~3~~ ~~o CLAMP ATTACHMENT .+QIZ04 ~~ .~- ~ DETAIL N0. ~ M ~°~ (HALF SECTION) c a°rx-o LA-3 i ~~ /~ LA- ~ ~e Dia. A325 Bolts 2 baits & 2 lock washers per clamp ~. o. . .~ ~ .. 7N . +r. N' ~,: C `o'. ~, - ,N: a ~~ ~~ ' ' ' -, ~'4 Dia. x 1 Q - Sch 80 `-'MP Pipe ~ ~n~r-m .-M a l9 P t0 N (~(~ M Ifl V.~ ENV ~~is° x 5„ N N v -_ ~ ~ ~ A572 GR 50 Y N v aplONOO a ^ N V -,- LA-2 rnNQN 1/4 ~ 4 Ol0 ~ ~ N ~ N ~rry~4 CLAMP ATTACHMENT ~ N M N ~~NMN DETAIL N0.3 v''MN (HALF SECTION) ~ ~ M ~, m P O ~ %x" Dia. A307 Bolts _ v, tl ~ a ~- i a+ ;c ~ w + ~ o n m g c~ u: N tl ifl 9'-6"t1" {10' Nominal Arm IL ~{~ "x 2" Min. 2" SCH 4D Pipe 2 ~ " 0. D. li' ~ "x 2" Min. ~ 40+20 f~ - g~~ Min. straight ~~ .._.. I i ength MATERIALS Pole or Arm Simplex ASTM A27 GR fi5-35 or A148 GR 80-50 ar A576 GR 1021 (4} or A3fi {Arm only) Arm Pipes ASTM A53 GR A or B or A500 GR B or A501 or A595 {2) ar A715 GR 50 Arm Plates {3) ASTM A3fi ar A572 GR50 {1} or A595 GR A or A588 Misc. A5TM designations as Hated Removable plastic or galvanized metal cap 2'-3"±%p" Min. [5) 3'-0"*_ %z" Max. {5) t ~~ LA-1 ~--1 %p u SCH 40 Pipe 7 n 1 /a 0. D. LA-i I/4 10-FOOT LUMINAIRE ARM -~- LA-2 ~~i B DIRECT ATTACHMENT Il C T A T I {11 A5TM A36M50 steel as described in Item 492 "iletal for Structures" may be used in lieu of A 572 GR 50. [2} If A595 GR A material is used, arm need not be cold worked to A595 requirements, but moterial must hove 40 ksi minimum yield prior to fabrication. {3) Either of the materials listed for pates may be used where the drawings do not specify a particular A5TM designation. {4} A57fi must be suitable far forging and also meet minimum tensile strength of 65 ksi, minimum yield of 35 ksi, and elongation in 2 inches of 22 percent. {5} Dirnensional limits are given fa show acoeptpble variation in design. All of a Fabricator's production of a particular arm length shall have the same dimensions within specified tolerances. 2 at 5" c-a each s € de DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 4 bolts & 4 lock washers per clamp Design conforms to 1994 AA5HT0 Standard Specifications for 5truotural Supports for R . Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals ~ N and Interim Revisions thereto. Design Wind .1 ~ Speed equals 90 mph plus a 1.3 gust factor. ~ +I Arms are designed to support a 75 Ib. luminaire cm having an effective projected area {actual area „+I " times drag coefficient) of 1.5 5q. ft. ~4 - /4 _ _ Materials and fabrication shell be in - ,~ _\" accordance with the 5pecificatons and with the ~ %z" Dia. Holes- 5 Approx. details dimensions and weld rocedures shown 13NC Ta ed + ~~ " herein.~Weld referenc p pp /~ 4 es call far preapproved - Threads weld procedures which the Fabricator must y I ~S° obtain rior to fob 1 I ~~ ~~ ~ _ p ricatron. In the absense of /2 D i a, x 1 /p I/z D I a. x 1 I/z ~. specified Fobr i catan to I erances, d amens i ens A325 Bolt A325 B I \ shall be within the tolerances generally Clam o # - . p ~ {2 per fitting) {2 per fitting) -~ obtainable In normal fabricatron practice. R 3g x 7 ~ ~~ ~ ~ Unless otherwise noted, ail parts shall be A36 ~ galvanized after fabrication in accordance with Field cut Field out - ~ - ~ x the S cifications. Smooth _ o pe LA-2 hole in hole in Li n Special deli ns re uire submission of she ~ i/4 pv I e ~-i uil - po I e - - - p 4 g q ,~ p 61 _. Iii a drawings in accordance with the item Steel - illu_ i u~i „ - - I ~ ~ Structures . CLAMP ATTACHMENT ~, Each le aim lex fittin shall b € Lock Washer ~ .~ Look W ~f ~ po p g e suppl ed DETAIL N4.2 ashen with 2 A325 halts and 2 lock washers of the {2 per fitting) {2 per fitting) ~ size specified. The bolts and lock washers {HALF SECTION) shall be secured to the pole with the other Arm Simpiex Arm Simplex hardware items called for in the Ions. When , p Pole Si lex 2".Dia. Approx. clamp attachment is specified, the Fabricator mP Po Le Simplex shall shi ~ 5/a" Dia. A307 Bolts p the clamp assembly securely attached „ 2 at 4 I/4" c-o each side ~~~ to the,.poEe,gt..the.Iacctian shown. on the plans..... ~ fi 4 bolts & 4 la P CML E ' S T'M P L E X D If clamp assemblies dre ordered without ck ETAIL washers per clamp poles, the fabricator shall ship one upper and UPPER SIMPLEX FITTING URAER SIMPLEX<F.ITTING one 'lower clari~.assembly together 1n a single package, including all nuts and washers ' 5" Approx. required fore-the clarr~s and simplex fittings. ,. Z /e q . ~. ~ +r L I n D l a. x t o I ++ I n r ~ n '.'• /2 1 /2 I) I a. X 1 max _ 1 4~ .. f /z /z ~ 3 /a Dia. ;Approx. ~, a .:. A325 Bolt ` ~ , A325 Bolt y y. {2 per fitting) {2 er fittin 1 1 P g ~. °i . ~. _ _ _ Y _ ~''~ i Texas Department of Transpottatlon ti ~ 7'r l0 0 afiaas DNlslon 0 off - ~ Lip _ ppiip. clip a ~ - removed - a A R Lip a removed Lock Washer Lvak Washer -N R .. SF AIR I Clamp " {2 per frttrng) {2 per fitting) ~~ x6 ,a A T rm SI le S A715 GR 50 ~ x Arm Simplex Pole 5lmpfex Pole Simplex 1 LA-2 /z ARM DETAILS ~ ~{ Clamp 3h. ~ CLA LUM A MP ATTACHMENT LOWER SIMPLEX FITTING LOWER SIMPLEX FITTING ~° DETAIL ND. 4 F=rE~ lurradpi au LEH ar JSr o-I+ LTT ~ TEe s7r# (HALF S ECT I ON l ©TxoDT Aupuet 1995 o:sr ~a ua uo rrro>ECr . siie~t S E C T Q N A- A - I -99 - minor r~nsioxs GIST 6 FED u5 SECT4N B B ARM SIMPLEX DETAT L I typD aarreotlon 5-96 eaunr e~oxrnai. met roe erm~ur -99 TRAFFIC FLOW STOP LINE ~~ _„~,,, STOP LINE ZONE5 51=C4ND SETBACK ZONES FIRST SETBACK ZONES (90 FT TYP) (20 FT TYP1 (2O FT TYPy 1. .Distances shown are, based an a 20' detection .zone ar~d a 1.0 second passage. t i me sett i n . 9 2. Distance. between he camera and .:the stop I i nee as measured .pars ! f e I to the d i rect i an of Crave I . - '2004 taallas Dlstrl~ APPROACH DIST 2 ANCE CAMERA HEIGHT {FTI BETWEEN 1 SPEED DISTANCE LIMIT CAMERA AND STDP LINE A 24 28 32 36 40 24 28 32 36 40 lMPH1 (FT1 lFT1 DISTANCE B lFT1 EXTEN5ION DN 2ND DET. ZDNE (SEC.1 60 80 470 280 295 305 310 315 0, 0 0.0 0, D 0.5 0.5 150 470 270 285 295 300 310 0.0 p, p 0.0 0.0 0.5 8D 430 255 265 275 28D 285 0. D 0.0 0, 0 0.5 0.5 55 150 430 245 255 265 275 280 0.0 D. D 0.4 0.0 0.5 80 390 235 245 250 255 260 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 50 150 390 220 230 24D 245 250 0.0 0.0 p, p D. D 0.5 45 80 350 210 215 220 225 23D D. 0 0.0 0, 5 0.5 D. 5 15D 350 190 200 210 215 220 0.0 0.0 0, 0 0.0 0.5 D Arm ROUND POLES POLYGONAL POLE S Length ps D19 D29 D3G 1 thk D a p to D z~ D sa 1 thk Oui ft. in, in. in, in. in. in, in. in. in. in. 20 10.5 7.8 7, 1 fi. 3 , 179 11.5 8.5 7.7 6.8 .179 . 24 11, 0 8, 3 7.6 6.8 .179 i 2.0 9, D B. Z 7.3 ,179 , 28 1 i. 5 e, 8 8.1 T. 3 .179 12.5 9, 5 B. 7 7.8 ,179 32 12.5 9, 8 9.1 B, 3 .179 12.0 9. D 8.2 7.3 .239 36 12.0 9.3 8.6 7.8 .239 12.5 9, 5 8.7 7, 8 .239 4D 12.0 9.3 B. 6 7.8 .239 13.5 1 O, 5 9.7 8.8 , 239 44 12.5 9.8 9.1 8.3 .239 14.0 11, D 10.2 9, 3 .239 48 13.0 10.3 9. fi 8.8 .239 ] 5.0 12.0 11.2 10.3 , 239 . Arm ROUND ARMS POLYG ONAL ARM S Length L D D 1 thk L~ D t 2 Dz 1 thk ft. ft. in. in, in. Rise ft. in. in, in, Rise 20 19, i 6.5 3.8 ,179 1' -9" 19.1 7.0 3.5 .179 1' -8' 24 23.1 T.5 4,3 .179 1'-f4" 23.1 7.5 3.5 .179 1'-9` 28 27.1 8.0 4,2 .179 1'-11" 27.i 8.0 3.5 .179 1'-10" 32 31.0 9.0 4.7 ,179 2' -1 " 31, 0 9.0 3.5 ,179 2' -D" 36 40 35.0 39 0 9.5 9 5 4. fi 4 1 .179 239 2' -4" 2' 35, p 10.0 3.5 .179 2' -1 " SHIPPING PARTS LIST Ship each pole with the fallowing attached: enlarged hand hole, pole cap, fixed-arm connection bolts and washers and any additional hardware listed in the table. 30' Poles With Luminaire 24' Poles With ILSN 19' Pales With No Hanlnai Above hardware plus: One Luminaire and No ILSN arm {vr two if ILSN attached) Above hardware Lenffth small hand hole, clamp-on plus one small See note above simplex hand hole ft Designation Quantit Desi nation Quantity Designation Quantity 20 20L-80 205-80 20-80 24 24L-80 245-80 24-80 28 28L-80 285-80 28-80 32 32L-80 325-80 32-80 36 36L-8D 365-80 36-80 40 40L-80 405-80 40-8D " 1 44 44L-80 445-BD 44-BO 48 48L-80 485-BO 4B-BO Traffic Signal Arms [1 per Pofe} Ship each arm with the listed equipment attached m~ -B 39,0 9.5 3.5 .239 2 -3 Type I~ Arm {2 Signals} Type III Arm [3 Signals} Type ~ Arm {2 Signais} Om ~> ~ 44 43.0 10.0 4,1 , 239 , u 2 -11 43.0 10.0 3.5 , 239 r u 2 -6 Nominal $ m } a tt e 98 47.4 10.5 4.1 .239 3' -4 " 47. D 11.0 3.5 .239 ' - 2 9 fin" Length 2 Bracket Assemb I i es 3 Bracket Assemblies 2 Bracket Assemblies a °°± ~ ° Ds -Poie Base 0. D. D =Arm End O. D, z c n ~m~~ ~ m ° ~ Qts -Pole To 0, D. with no = p Luminaire L ~ Shaft Length and no ILSN L ~ Nom i na l Arm Length ft Desi nation g Quantity Designation Quantity Oes i gnat i on Quantity m$~~" D2~= Pole Top O.D. with ILSN 20 20II-8D 20III-8D 20IY-BO c~„~ c~r+ w/out Luminaire Dao=Poie Top O.D. with Luminaire 24 24II-80 24II~-8D 24IIt-BO m ~* ~ Dt =Arm Base O. D. 28 28II-80 28 -8 III 0 28LY-BO ~°~~ 0 o e m o r t 0 Th i ckness shown are minimums, thicker materials Wray be used. 32 32II-80 - 32III 80 32 LY-80 ~-° m ~ p 2 D may be i ncreased b u to 1" for o I ono 2 Y p p Y9 I arms. 36 36II-80 36III-80 36IY-8D 0 L ~$ m 40 40II-80 40III 80 40IY-8D ~-x> ~ cti ~. o 44 44II-80 44III-BO 44IY-80 a~o~ o Nominal Arm Len th - !. 48 48II-80 - 48III $0 - ARTY 80 a ~ ~ti}* ~~ ~~ See Plate Weld Oetat I m ~ - ~~ ° ~1° . 9D' Sea SI ip Joint Detat Is ~= --n, Ltminaire Arms {1 er 3D' olef P P om o~- ~ ~* Nominal Arm Length Quantity mot+ °~ g ~ _ _ _ DZ _ _ B Arm °"a~ L 1 [i 7r- 0 ~ ~ a ~ Mast arm L i i +a ~- tm na re Arm - connect 1 on- See Sheet "Loin-A" ILSN Arm {Max. 2 per pa! e} Ship with c I amps, bo I is and washers aam ~ m ~ L~ Note: The arm shall be fabricated straight with the un I oaded rise measured as shown, See Sheet "MA-C" _t *~~a` See Sheet"MA-D" -Detai I A L o~~ + TRAFFIC SIGNAL ARM g ~ D30 m 5 m m c m °Z ~ IF 1 xed Mount} See ¢ ;~ .F L ILSN Arm Cvnneation- See Sheet "MA-C {ILSN} " Nom Arm Lgth ~5heet + Anchor Bo I t Assemb I i e s I 1 per o I e} vUiF+~~ a s°~ o Nominal Arm Length - L IB } , MAD Detail ~ m Anchor Bolt Anchor Bolt Each anchor bolt assembly oonsists of the following: See Sheet B'C'J y or K x Diameter Length Quantity T vp and Bottom templates, 4 anchor bolts, 8 nuts, 8 flat washers, 4 lock washers and 4 nut anchor Bracket ~~ Bracket SNS a a ~A„ 1,_6„ devices (Type 2} per Standard Drawing TS-FD . N ~ Assemb I y _ - Assemb I y f EL :PASO ST. - - ~ - } * ~ ~ 1 /z , - ~~ 3 4 1 , Templates may be removed for shipment, Q ~ - + ~ 0 1~~. 3.-10 \ N :BRA ON WARNIN G z Q m a o ,a . ~ .. v . . Mast Arms of approxirnatel 40':ar. lan er; w are Y , g .. .° .m... raffic....S,i.gnnl.. Arm - x c ~ :I. . . c ...- .. au(aD CATIONS IFI , i ` ._ Q _ n ~ ... . .. .. ... subject to possible harmonic verticai::.vibratia ns ti in fight wind conditions:due to-unusual combinations . + See Above`Detaii ,. a ~ ~ a' c ~ z ro en ~ z EMOV;:D BRACKET. AS5EIIBLY. A ~ r ~ ~ . of, s _.., ,:.. I . ignal numbers,; weights ar pDSitions, arm_w.ind:. x :m., . : a ,. , ;: + t: ` . OP~ION5 A AND B SHEET 1 F 2 L ~ ~ ~ " <orientation and _ o , .arm pole stiffness. Arms shall be ~ :. viseJally;inspacted in 5 to 20 m h wi P nd condi_ions, o - t i nd ` . -.. 3 : ~ m . _ z _ ~ 0 ~ ,c ~ :: o ,- , ':. R VE CO H 0 0 EJAO ~ CGB N ECT R5 exas Department of Trans orlon ,. .. ~ . af er s q l head instal ati orr-:and, i f ,vertical ~ rr>ovements:with a total excursion {max.posit.ive to . i ti }'af a r ~ ~ {. a . o ~ r,, N r, 0UE0 TENON DETAIL 0 REI ~ ~, ~ max:nsg a ve more th n :a oximatel 8" are PP y c observed at arm tip, damping devices ar other means -- 10 a ~ m ~ ~ z w .. , . FF NAL ~ ~, , ~ m N shall be fitted to the:arm(sl. The necessary damping ~ device{s1 or e other reined i a I measures she I I be as , - ° ~ / ~ 7 1D ~ REQUIRE YEASUREYENT OF POLE HEIGHT RT URES o N , , N N Q ,~ e T ~ recommended by the fabricator, Exoessive vibrations ~ shal I not be al laved to continue for more than two days. V See Sheet II111-RII 1 R~VI V ~ ! Deg ~ E YIN. AND YA%. SIGNAL HEAD INGLE MAST ARM ASSEMBLY ti r Q - .- a r N ~ m ~ vin N~ HEIGHT DISTANCE ¢ ~ o ,- ~ ~ N N N v Q~ o N / .~„~.....,, „~ ~ ~1 V/11 yflll AI yfal y ,t; ~1 ~ 1' 11/99 Revision (80 MPH W N I D ZONE? N w ~ " ~ ~ N ~ ^ ~e Foundation "~ l~ l ~~'~ Changed to Facilitate new .. MA 8 - ~DALI " " " "' ~' M1 rvT See Sheet "TS-FD" terminal strip enclos F,EE: sria-ao oc N ~N ~ ~ STR UCTURE ASSEMBLY u re . N ~ ~K: ~~ ow: ,~ ~K: ~~ o~~: M m M ~ ©Fxi]OT 2QOI 11I5T FEE AEL . SHEET " ~ f~ ~ ~ M 01 ec REVISIaNs i_A pu 6 - M c 11-99 COfJNYY CONTROL SECT JUB HIGHWAY nn I ac __ _._ --- --- Nominal Arm Length Quantity 7' Arm 9' Arm Stainless steal bands and oast bracket as i~ "Astro-Brac" with 1/z Dia Threaded Coupling. BRACKET ASSEMBLY GENERAL NOTES: Design conforms to 1994 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals and Interim Specifications thereto. Design Wind Speed equals 80 mph plus a 1.3 gust factor. Poles are designed to support one 8'-0" luminaire arm, one 9`-Ou internally lighted street name sign and one traffic signal arm with a length as tabulated. The specified [uminaire load applisd at the end of the luminaire arm equals 75 Ibs vertical dead load plus the horizontal wind load on an effective projected area of 1.5 sq ft. The specified internally lighted street name sign load applisd 4.5 ft from the centerline of the pole equals 85 Ibs vertical dead load plus OPTION C horizontal wind load on an effective projected area of 11.5 sq ft. a m The specified signal load applied at the end of the traffic si nal arm + ' m e uais 180 Ibs vertical dead load lus the harizant g ~ o a q p al wind load on an $+,.~ effective projected area of 32.4 sq ft (actual area times drag cosfficientl. avL~ ~~~ .I .. II ~~ m c ~ See Standard Sheet MA-D for pale details, MA-C for traffic `m v~4 signal arm connection details, "MA-C I[LSNI" for internally lighted ~° street name sign arm connection details, "LUM-A" for luminaire arm an ~ Second longitudinal .179 thickness is permissible and connection details, SNS far internally lighted street name ~ r+- Seam Weld is for Tip Section sign details, and "TS-FD" for anchor bolt and foundation details. W c * a permitted for See "MA-C" for material specifications. a° o m po I ygona I arms i f MA-1 m o ~ D exceeds 10" Min Lap .Fabrication sha[I be In accordance with the Specifications and ~ ~ ~ I 6 -D ilk in} - I -D" [Maxi a ua I s i . 5 with the data i I s, d i mans i one, and we I d procedures shown herein. ~ ~ a N+ G Neld references call for rea roved weld rocedures which the °c `m g_ t imes fema I s R RR p + x y ~ I, D, Fabricator must obtain prior to fabrication, Miscellaneous welds ~ v which do not call for preapproved weld procedures are nevertheless a ~ ---r--==~~-- _ sub act to re action for or workmans ' ~ ° ~ __ -__ - - j j Ro hip. Materials, fabrication m ~ ~ gpa~ - r .. tolerances, and shipping practices shall meet the requirements of ~$~} ..__r_- _- - - this sheet and the 5pecifica#ions. L -- - MA-1 MA-1 Note: A sl ip joint is ~~ _ 5 ~~ °> ~m - °~ m ermissible for arms 4 ~4 Dia holes and 1 /8 Dia Unless otherwise noted, all parts shall be galvanized En ~- L p , galy A307 bolt. Tack weld accordance with the Specifications. vII} } 40 and greater in nut to thread prcjectlan r c_ g Longitudinal Seam Weld must be Eength. The slip joint after makin oint. S ecial deal n re uire submission of sho drawin s in accordance IIY.-L oriented within the lower 90 shall be made 1n the g j R ..g q „ R g `n ,° `a of the signal arm. shop, but may be match Repair damaged galvanizing in with the item Steel Structures . °c ~ ~ ~ marked and shipped disassembled. accordance with the specifications. ~ $," Q The pole heights are for bidding purposes only. Prior to fabrication ~ m c the Contractor in cooperation with the Engineer shall make field m?iLF r c ARM W measurements to determine the actual _. ELD DETAIL pole height necessary to ensure tv~~ SLIP JOINT DETAIL a vertiole clearance of 17'-s" min. 19' max. L OQ~t a03~vE WEO 10L ~czmo .~ °~ am JL .FL u~i~t~t v x~- n s+- v N ~ 's N ~ ~ ~ ~: ti ~ NOTE: . ,. ,.... ~ m r N ':::., Pvle manufacturer. shall drill -. ~ ,. ' ,'~ ~ " ha /z 1e in bottom'of rna5t ,. ,. ., , . ....arm at :end Rlat~... ,. - v ._ . . , .:. . (for hot-di alvanizin I 3 ~~ p. 9 ...... 9. End.:.P l ate /e th. i ck min. o a r L . _ ~, .. shape o 'match arm `' . SHEE? 2 aF 2 i 1: G _ ;. D ... ,~ ~ Arm ' .. ~~ - Texas >D~ep~o~tmei~' of Trans>aortatlon q _ _ MA-2 a ~Nm I n TRAFFIC SIGNAL 1 /2 Dia /~ ~, ~ ~ M MA-2 Threaded ~ " Q o ,~ N E /2 0 Ha l e ~~~ SUPPORT STRUCTURES /~ Coupling mm~n- .-N v~ N~Qo MA-3 a~~~~, SINGLE MAST ARM ASSEMBLY Y- Nv /~G ~O:ANrp N~~P~ COUPLING DETAILS ..~NQN PLATE WELD DETAIL (80 MPN WIND ZONE Qoa N~NQ~, J I°I Ql 1I1 j~` NN] w N~Q SMA 80(2)-95 DAL) ~ N M ~ N N ~ N ~ F[LE; SMA-B~. ~GN t)N: ~, CK: J$Y AW: ~ cK: J5Y O N N V N In ut ~, ~, ~ N QT~d1(IT 2Q01 a~sr FEO eEC srar>: Peaecr No. . sAEer N ro ~ ~ AEVISI()N4 fi DALLAS DISTRICT STANDARD s-96 '~ M v COUNiY CONTROL SECT JOA HIGHWAY ARM 5IZE F D ~ A B C D E aoi >}~a in. in, in. in. in. in. in, in. fi.5 7.5 .179 .i79 12 13 9 9 9 ID 6 6 1 I 1 1 8.0 .179 14 10 11 7 1 '/~ i 9. D .179 16 11 13 8 1 '/~ 1 9.5 .179 17 12 14 9 1 '/s 1 %/ 9.5 .239 18 12 15 9 1 %4 1 '/~ 1 D. 0 .239 18 12 15 9 1 ~4 1 '/4 1 D. 5 .239 18 13 15 10 1 '/t 1 %2 1 f 0 .239 1 8 13 15 1 D 1 '/2 1 ~2 „ ~[C- I ~ ~or79 ~x~ E I 1AC-1 /~ E I/i a' 3q ~ x'/~ I ~~ I/4 ~~ gUSSetS m o o ° - -~- ~ mo ARM SIZE eo r D '~ A B C D E i ora in. in, in. tn. in. in. in. in. 7. D .179 11 11 8 8 1 '/4 1 I/~ 7.5 ,179 11 11 8 B 1 '/4 1 '/~ 8. D .179 11 11 8 8 1 '/4 1 '/~ 9. D .179 13 13 I D 10 1 '/~ 1 ~/~ i D. 0 .179 13 13 10 10 1 '/4 1 '/, 9.5 .239 13 13 10 10 i '/~ i I/~ 1D.0 .239 14 14 11 11 1 2 1 11. D .239 14 14 11 11 1 x 1 1 i . 5 , 239 14 14 11 11 1 x 1 %z . LIC-1 ~ ~(sor7q ~x~ E Luc-2 ~-1 '/, ~ DETAIL A '/~ or 3q ~ x /~ ~ ~ " Gussets ~, {top & bottom) f See "Detail A~ m , {Dption #11 m n a o~ m o ~ ,a See "Detail B" MATERIALS Round Shafts or Polygonal Shafts A5TM A595 GR A, ASTM A57D GR 5D, ASTM A607 GR 50, ASTM A572 GR 50 ar A36M50 Platesltl ASTM A36 OR A5T2 GR 50 or A595121 or A36M54 Connection Bolts A5TM A325 except where Hated pin Bolts ASTM A325 Pipe A5TM A53 GR A or B, or A5D1 Misc, Hardware Galvanized steel or stainless steel or as noted 111 Any of the materials fisted for plates may be used where the drawings dv Hat specify a particular Grade designation. 121 If A595 material is used, it need net be coid worked to A595 requirments, but material must have 4D ksi minimum yield prier to fabrication. nk Conn. Bolts (Dption #21 ~6" ~" ~ Arm AfC-3 - „ - { 4 #ota I with y, ~ Conn. Bo I is ~ Arm ~ Gusset il' m m ~ ~~ F I ange ~ an d 1 f l at EI 1 ~C_2 {4 tota I with c n o m lock washer %, y' 1 flat & 1 lock ~ a +- m ~ eachi I washer each) ,~ fdC-2 ~ ~ dove 2 I "dia hole L t Clamp ~ L- - ---- - I /z a o o~ a '-` i n p i ate --- c a . m ~ ~* Lm~~. ~ c L #~ ~ I ~I- M 1 n. 85/. `~ Penetration a ~,~- W _ _ except m~,-m - - ~ „ 2 1/z dia hole ~ ~ p ~~ xLaL ~ 4 dia hole in pale & plate ARn Detai 13 m o c t o pole A1-m h-wOm ' i ~ m $ a Deburr ho I es and r$ mg ~ Pole Q Deburr hales and $ Pale offset as shown + x ~ 6 Dffset as shown - for drainage FIXED MOUNT ARM CLAMP-ON ARM ,,'' ~° for drainage DT,~L a o ARM BASE WELD DETAILS mom FIXED MOUNT DETAIL i F X ~9}~. I ED MOUNT DETAIL ~ m~L] om amwm --...__.. ..---- O- L my+t -c~mv V Y•- L ,~~`o come +° ~ ~~ moat m~ LW +o~o L o`am+ sm3~ ... ., ARM SIZE ~ A F cDNN. No, BDLTS Dia PIN No. BOLTS Dia i n, i n. i n. t n. ea, i n. ea. i n. 6.5 .179 12 8 4 ~t 2 7,5 .179 14 8 4 1 2 8.0 .179 14 8 4 1 2 9.D .179 16 10 4 1 2 9,5 .179 18 12 4 1 I 3 9.5 ,239 18 12 q 1 I 3 10,0 ,239 i8 12 q 1 ~ 3 ARM SIZE ~ A E T CDNN. No. BDLT5 Dia PIN No. BOLTS Dia i n, i n. i n, i n. i n. ea. i n, ea, i n. 7. D .179 12 8 4 2 ~e 7.5 .179 14 8 4 2 ~/a B. D .179 14 8 4 2 ~ 9.0 .179 16 10 7/~ 4 1 2 10.D .179 IB 1D ~ 4 1 2 ~a 9.5 .239 18 1 D 1 fi 1 3 ~ 14.0 .239 18 i0 1 fi 1 3 ARM 5IZE t A E CDNN. No. BDLT5 Dia PIN Na, BOLTS Dia i n. i n, i n. i n. ea. 1 n. ea. 3 n. 6, 5 ,179 12 8 4 1 2 ~/e 7.5 .179 14 8 4 1 2 8, 0 .179 14 8 4 1 2 9.0 .179 16 10 4 1 2 ~ 9.5 .179 18 12 6 1 3 ~ 9.5 , 239 18 12 6 1 3 ~/a i0.0 .239 18 12 6 1 3 ~ VGIYGf1f1L IVV I CJ~ Clamp-on details are used for the second arm on dual mast arm assemblies. A Maximum 1 %z wide vertical slotted hose may be cut in the front clamp plate to facilitate drainage during galvanizing. The slot shall be oentered behind the arm and shalE be no longer than the arm diameter minus 1" Flxed maUnt detallS are Used faC Single mast arm aSSeRlblle5 and for the first arm on dual mast arm assemblies. Where duplicate parts occur an a detail, welds shown for one . part shall apply to all similar parts on the detail. ~ ~z m a 9F1° uia connection bolts are permissible _ ', a m °~ x Ga 2T max, Pin bolts are required to prevent rotation of clamp on arms C1F~•F0 m MC_2 0 2" under design wind forces. a a ~ o ,Dia as ~ „ ~ MC 2 /z U-Strap, Grade 50 /z dla drainage hole Dia as M i~ 4~ ~ NOTE. required 1 "dia ~ ~~ ~ ~~ required R=T /z %z dia dra ma a hole Pin bolts shall be A325 with threads excluded 1 /z dia wire drainage hole g '' - outlet hole from the sheaf plane. Pin bolt and ~4 dia pipe ~ 1 i ~` ~ ___ ___ __ 1 1 "dia wire steal I hove ~ dia holes fora % dla galvanized ~ dla wire ---...:::, /z N . ~. a „ ! . /z Dotter p,in.,;Back.ciamp:p.late steal l.:be. furnished with ro - / : Ip may '~ out I et ho I e owl I et ho I e 1 Q L.. a ~ d.ia ho.l.e for.each pin;-bolt An ~'. dia hole. o _ be bent ~ ~ PIn bolt _.~. ~" :~:, _ ,.: -. ;, far:eoch pin;bolt ahall:be:;field driil.ed.;through . . Instead ,. pipe ,& hole ~._ ~ ~' .Pin bolt `:, ~' Pin..bolt ;the Ie after arm orierrFut.ions.have.:been' ~ - of welded , r ixi , ;.. ~ - ~ p1 pe .& hole. p l pe &> ho l e ~ approved by "the Enq i neer. ,;. c , ~ ~~° dla ; ~' P)pe >;~: 4 ~ .~.. ~~" dla ~ ~ .. :Arm ~q dia 3 ~ ~ Arm. s. a ° ' s ` pk Arm ~-~ Pape Pipe r ~ 3rd bolt. -Min. <85 /o , ' ' ' a ~~ /e IE: _.: D a. as where ~ Penetrat an Grade SD R Required Q L ~ 3rd bolt MIn. 85/. 3rd bolt Grade 5D_ _ 3 ~ ° re u i red _ _ q c-4 where Penetration `..where.:. f Al ~ Fe rt of Tr r re aired requ~ red ptl iri@lif dRS~OC1Of10n i q U ~ . ; ,. 3'isx /, 4 Nc-2 TralflcOpNaNarls DNlslolr ~. a ' I I fix!/, a .N _...... a x. - AN /I-- M L ~ ~ N m d c W ni a _ ._-. _. _.. - p N . is- _ ~ i m r. - GNA ~mvia ~ nmN ~ ~ ~ Ip 0' D _aQ a ~ m N a ~ ~ I N I _NQ m U PO o U W~~mm a -- - -- a m. - a ~ a .N LL m } ~ N Q ~ \ Q p l9 N [0 _ _ - a m ~ ENV __ _ Connection Bolt with ~ ~ MAST ARM CONNECTIONS x nut, 2 flat washers 4 ~ P O ~ ~, N ~ ~, & 2 l oak washers 3 " asset 1 Pl Q1N w ~ I. Connection Bvlt with I ~ g ~ .. Nm~ MA N M N Pin Bolt ~, Pole hex nut, 2 flat washers Connection Bvlt ~, N ; N & 2 I ock washers Fig, YA-C. DGH ~ Y5 ac, J5Y on YF au JSY Pin Bolt Pin $olt with hex nut, 2 4 " "" ~ Po I e ~ Po I e f I at washers & QTxDDT dupust 1995 oisr r~o ass r~lu ,uo cr slur M m M N N ~ Q 2 look washers ~v:s=~ DnL s CLAMP-0N DETAIL 1 C ~-~ - rv ~ LAMP-ON DETAIL 2 CLAMP-0 ~ ~ Ntm~Y N DETAIL 3 n.~~.r ___ ___ -_ Zinc die oast or See "Detaii C" for Alum, or Galy. Metal D alternate Pole Cap Access Acaess Cap with min. of 3 30 ~ Sack plate Back plate Compartment set screws ~s die Hook for CempartmerrF A~ ~ ~1 hanging wire /e ~ io ~~ N ~ C I am /4 r "` ~4 Pole MD-4 2" die 51ot~' cro } See 0etatl F i ~s f~ ~ 1a" Luminaire Arm ~ Handhole /~x r/s threaded 1y,' o ~ J Frame Coupl inq ~ , ~ ~ Round PO f @ Ro I ygona I Po I e NPSL ~ uo_4 Pie threads T ~~" die ~- n p x ~+ ~I,x~ DETAIL F DETAIL A ~ ~• 85X ~Iln. Plug r Pe[oetratlon Pole Tab and SECTION C-C ~ Pene~+rai-ian ~ ifor pole with luminairel slot ~~ „ ' D T Opening for access compartment shall Rinq, 3/a x 2~/z A-36 MOD 50 „ E AIL E COUPLING DETAIL die Nook be no more than % inch wider than ~ for hanging wire ~, of 4"x fi" the access call~artment itself. Back plate Hand Hole See Detail "C" for %e" x 4~/z" x i'-6~" '. ~ alternate Pole Cap steel strip M-1020 or sheet A-5fi9 ~ ~ s " die Zino die cast or /a Hoak for ~ Alum. ar Gaty. Metal hanging wire ~ 1%s" ~, Cap with min. of 3 ~ 1 ~_5 set screws 12 oircuit fi00 volt p aonpression Type HD terminal block t2 req'dl lamp-on arm See "Detail A" for ILSN ~ " far requiar /4 d~a Burndy #KC22J12T13, #8-32 PaEe Cap J-Balt Blackburn TTC, mtg. hales Phil. Pan HD. scres, w8-32 x 1E/~" & Nut _ " " 0 ~ or approved equal. for optional self tap Type F , stainless steel Will accept 4-#8, 6 circuit I4 req'dl ifs 2-#6 or 1-#4 max, terminal 27" DETA I L J b l oak SECTION E- ~ c (If ILSN appliedl Split lockwasher, ~ of 4"x ti" --~ %Z stainless •~ Handhole See Detai! E See Detail E Vie" • % " clearance for Handhole Wald for Handhole Weld tai ~~ F i i ~~ _ X10-32 hole far copper - ~ Hex, nut, /z 13NC ~~: round connector - Threaded Strap Handhole cover Handhole oover /4 ~ mt . holes ~~ g i ~~ stainless q ~~. ~" x 1" R Min 12q min. 12q min. = ~ die for luminaire ~" die bolt ~~ c Bar for double fuse 6° _ ~ die bolt ~ hen in block (see or screw or sarew q g COPPER GROUND ° °i E wire and notes 3 & 4l Handhole Frame - Handhole Frame- J-Halt - 4" x 6" hand a R~ x 2 min F<~ x 2 min ~ CONNECTOR „ r: attachment Tab ~ 4~~ hole opening Fixed mount arm far Fixed mount arm for ~ singie mast arm sin le mast arm slot ~ assemblies or first assq emblles or first arm on dual mast arm on dual mast ~ ~ l~ arm assemblies arm assemblies ACCESS COMPARTMENT Ciamp-on arm for Clamp-an arm far MD-2 second arm an dual second arm on dual A A mast arm assemblies A A mast arm assemblies A A 1. The cover shall be one piece fanned from ABS plastic, shall be a pearl gray color, 2" die threaded 2" die threaded and shat I be suitable for exposure to harsh sunl fight and extreme weather. Cover - coupling - 2 per caupl inq - 2 per shall Latch with two sarew latches and shal I fft tightly to the enclosure ring to +~ dual mast arm due! mast arm create a rain oaf seal. Latch screws shall be 1/4-2U stainless flat socket head assembly assembly 2" die screws with tamper proof feature. DETAIL B DETAIL G DETAIL K z. The pole mmufacturer shall Quids with each tease ate kit consisti af: threaded Pr po Aar nq a . (for 30' pole with luminalre Ifor 24' ale with S ifor 19' pole with no ILSN oaupl inq one cover with two latching assemblies, two terminal strips iYarathan s985GP12CU +~ and ILSN signs p IL N sign sign and no luminaires MD-1 - 2 per yr approved squall, four::8-32 x 1~/~' self tapping type "F" stainless steel an d no i um i na i rel due I mast head screws and one round canecta- t81 ackhurn TTC titan KC2EJ t 2T13 co M Access ':.Compartment,. N Anchor Bnlt Diamete Bolt Hale Diamete 51ot Length Bolt Circle Diamete Base R Dim. L x T Adlust. Range 1 1/p" 1 ~'~" 3 %" 17" 18" x 1 %" 13.4• ~~ 2 9 19 20 x 1 ~4 13.5 ~. a ,i .. 4. a :, /z , : ~. ~ u 13.6. 2.: /4 2. /2 5 23 ..: 24 . x .2 /4 . . :13.7 I~ ~ 9 ~ dy ~ a- arm Iisco 555-5s. The traffic signal contrcatar shalt instal I the kit items in the assembly field. 3. The screw hole spacing on the enclosure back plate shall be for two IdaraHwn 1 ::985G1'12 tennintil strips, one.Md^atl'icn.~985GPQ6CU:tennlnal strip, .and.ane. _. Bustmom. ~[5032B:.fuse. btDCk, 4. Instti.l.l. one Bussmam ~i60329,. Littelfpse:*1.6(103~1-2C, or Ferraz-5harmut :130352 ` fuse block for pples vMer'a luninalres nre to he instal led. ,. ~. STl1~IRtI PI 1#LS ~{e MD-3 at , L ~ ~6Jl08 !1~ i7~ T~0 - x ~ ~~, pole .... Tra/lfie lsas DVvlalan 3'w .~s .... , .. R , 3~~ +1. . . .. - I/ MD-3 at +~ ' %4" ar 3g +~ ~~ m TRAFFIC SIGNAL _ Base ~ x 1/4 po I e DB /w - ~ N Plate Bolt Hole ~ _ SUPPORT STRUCTURES ~s MD~~3 at piameter U ~ ~ ~ ar 7q } w x le MAST ARM POLE DETAILS ~S '~ Ao - o a m D8 T ~5ee Detai ID POLE ELEVATION Slot _~ Length Adjustment Range BASE PLATE PLAN DETAIL D 10/03 Revision Revised notes, and remove detail. 2/07 Revislan Revised dimension of © terminal-Black screw, Dallas District Trion U I a r GENERAL ND S: 9 -___------- '~ " l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, I . Finished aonipanents, except posts 110 BN'G Tub inq m4 5chedu I e 80 Pipet and c I amps, sha I I be { 511 base S stem ° P y permarle<ttly marked to ind[cate manufacturer. Method desi n and location of marki are sub'eat I 9 ~ ng t° c~prvval of the TxDOT Traffic Standards Engineer, '' ` Concrete anchor cons Isis of 5/s" '` _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ 2. Except for posts 110 BWG Tubing and Schedule 80 P ipef , c I pops, nuts and bvl ts, a l I canporlents ~ ~ P0~ `--`' shall be prequalified. A list of pre alifled vendors be obtained from the TxDOT Traffic diameter stud bolt with UNC series 4u ~Y ~ Bolt f0 BwG Tubing or 'See Detail C o ° n Keeper Plate Schedule 80 Pipe bolt threads on the upper end. ~ See Detail A Sfimda-ds Engineer, or the Traffic Operations Division webslte. The website address is: T m ° Heavy hex nut per ASTII A563, and httpP /Iwww, dot, state. tx, uslinsdtdvtlorgchart/trf/trfenq/ f5ee General Note 3} +- c ~ \ hardened washer per ASTY F436, The 48" x 16" FA6-t 3. l~aterlal used as post with this system shall wnfarm t° the fallowing specifications: o ~" :~ 518` structure[ 511 Base Castin stud bait shall have mininun yield r-~-~----~ f- ------~~ 10 B11G Tubing !2.875" outside diameter} ~ o ~ halts {3}, nuts P q and ultimate tensile strengths ' ~ ~ 0.134" nominal wolf thlclvress q ~- ° I31, and washers (See Detail E} of 50 and 75 KSI res ctivel . i Seamless orelectric-resistance welded steel tubing or pipe 3 a ~ I81 r ASTIR A325 ~ ~ ' ~ y ; _ _ - _ -_-, t _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ ~ Steel sha I I be H5LA5 Gr 55 r A ° * pe ® , ®, ® Nuts, bolts and washers shall be , pe STIR AIO11 or AST~i A10D8 z •- ~ ar A449 and ~ ~ galvanized per item 445, "Galvatlz- a + .' Gther steels may be used if they meet the following: - { galvanized per ~' ; ° ; `J i ." Ta of bolfi shall extend at ~ i ~ 5 000 PSI minimum field siren th . ng P ~ I ~ Y q ~ ~ Item 445 "Galvanizin ," ~ ~" ~~ 7O ~, _ g least flush with top of the nut ,000 PSI minimum tensile strength a C N Balt length is ~ when installed. The anchor, wt>eri ~ " ,~ ~ See Detail D ~ 20$ minimum elongation In 2 o v 2 112 for new installed in 4000 psi normal- l- ~= ~-- ~ ~ !tall thickrisss {uncoated! shall be within the range of 0.122" to 0.138" °i ° ~' install " ~r ---~ ~ " , u ~ N " ation and 1 ~ weight concrete with a 5 1I2 ~ ~ Outside diameter {uncoated} shall be within the range of 2.867 to 2.883 t ~ v 4 if lifting minlmun ermbe~iient, shall have a See Detail 8 ~ ~ Galvanization per A5T11 A123 or A5TL1 A653 G210. For precoated steel tubing {ASTfA A653f, recoat '; 0 o v spacer is used. Lifts 5 er minimun al lovable tension and sheer ~~ ,% tube outside diameter weld seam by metallizing with zinc wire per A5T1~ B833. d ° o ~ ~ of 3900 and 3f OD psi, respectively. -- - , Schedule 80 Pipe (2.875" outside diameter} N ~ lased only when Adhesive anchors a - - " ~ ~ retrofittirq tYPe sh I I have r ,, ,~ 1 0.27b nominal wall thickness ~ ~ L stud bolts installed with Type ~ ~ ~ ~ ~__ ___, Steel tubing per A5T~1 A500 Gr C - ~ o old system ~ , ~ m See Assembly " I]I epoxy per DIIS-6100, "Epoxies `_ ~ ~ Other seamless or electric-resistance welded steel tubs or i with a ivalent v o+~ Procedure - 4 !:lax i mum stub with ~ Adhes i vas. " Adhesive anatxx-s ~ ` = - =` ~ ~ T ° = = = = - -"" 48" x 4B" ~ p ~ ~ 2 ~11nEmum lifting ramp} ~, ,~ ~, , outside diameter and wolf thickness may be used if they meet the following: ~- ~ Nate s3 " may be loaded after ode ate e x ~ SR1-1 mo ~ qu p° Y i i ~ 46,OOD Psi minimm yield strength ° o m ,•, , , , ,, , , ., •. ---- 4 aura time, per the manufacturers 62 000 Psi minimm tensile strength w x L i~. ~, i.. i.. t recommendations. ~I ~ ~`I ~~~ 21X minimm elongation in 2" N °v. ^ . (~ °q . ° , 4 S P , ° : c4 M E ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , ~ 11a1 I fhiakne$s {imcvafied} steal I be within the r mqe of 0.298 to 0.304 X L N ~ . 4 .' lam`` ~--°. ~ " " m ~ L ';4.4 . ~ • ° -- 6" min - - ~- -_--' T-Bracket Outside diatrieter iuncoated} steal I be within the range of 2,855 to 2.895 _~ > ~ ~ ~~ f 1 ~ Galvanization per ASTIV A123 ° ° to ed ~ a ^ 5tlb ' " .4^ , : ~ ~ ~ 4. See the Traffic Operations Division website far detailed drawl s of si cl c •4 a °4 ~• ar . rig pn anps and Texas ~ +,_ A , , 4 . , ° hint ~ ~ _ _ _ _ 112" x 4" heavy Universal Triangular Slipbase System components. Ths website address is: ~ o ~ _ _ _ _ l _ _ _ _ . I I hex bolt nut lock ftp: //ftp. dot, state, tx. us/ /txdat-info/an<l/cserve/starxiard/traff i o/s l i . f ~ L 314 " diameter hole ~` ~ ~ ~ P ~ ~ 3 ~ with 6' " o-• ^• ° ° " I I washer and 2 flat 5. Sign supports shall not be spliced except where shown. Sign support posts shall not be spliced. x 1/2 diameter m ° P s •° _ • 36 ~ washers par ASTM i moo ~It and nuts {21 as shown. 4 _ _ _ _ _ P ,. 4 ° Detai I - - - A3D7 alvanized ASSE]~LY I'ROCI:DURE c ^ ___-- A ___ 9 Per' ^ L N •4 4 4 4' ~ .4 , 4 ~ 4'4 >. [Mein 445, Fandatlan > a ^ , • 44 • ~ Y , q A 4 PA• • : ~ , P •. • 4 • • : - : • • , ~ ° :' I i Ga l vari i zing. i . Prepare 12-inch diameter by 42-inch deep hole. I f so l i d rock i s encountered the de th of the o ~ ~ p °, ,, ~ 42 . ~ P foundat i On mla be reduced such That ~4' >• ~,~ •,~ I Y rt Is embedded a minlmun of 18 inches into the solid rock. °~ ^^ 44' 4 °• 4< I I 2. Thoroughly wet and mix Generate in a container.-Place aancrete into hole Until it is approximately '- 4' 4. ,° 4 4 , P 4 flush with the round. L L 44 I I g a ° v ° P ~ q4.4 4~.4 . ~° qP. n 4 n4°. 3. Push the pipe end of the slip base stub into the center of the concrete. Rotate the stub back and LPL '. 'a o +- Hon-reinforced ° while shi it down i ` forth good contact between the concrete and stub. ° ~ ° Concrete Foati ' °. ` • `°. ~ AU nq rite the concrete to assure c o ng •e 4•• P>. ~ " Continue to work the ~ into the concrete until it is between 2 to 4 inches above the round. The ° ° ° (shall be used 518 dlaneter Concrete Anchor - past g .~ x ~ •.: a 4 4 A q ;•• , 4 '4 4••• upper value assures that M impacting vehicle should not snag On the footing. The lower value ~ "~ .° unless noted " : 8 places {ertibed a minimun of provides clearance for asselrbl . N T L - 5 1/2 and torque to min, of Y elsewhere In the a 4. Plumb the stub b usin T D ° , Pe ' • p" 4' '. ' ' ' 4' ' SO ft-Ibs}. Anchor mo be Data1 I A Y g a torpedo level on the slip Plate. Allow concrete adequate time to set. r v plans). Foundation ,'' 4 •. „ °^ ,4• Y SUppol,t ~ ~ ^ &hauld take a ~e eP " 4` 'PP'4. P °. ~. expaZSlvn yr adheSlYe type. - Extender pprox. 1. Cut support so that the bottom of the sign will be 7 to 7.5 feet have the edge of the travelway `~ `~ ° +' 2.5 of of oonarete, `' ~ ^ E " ~ ~ • .•~•,•.' SY RD 5GN A55LI TY X%%fIX{1U561X-X%XX] " li.e,, edge of the vlosest lane! when slip plate is below the edge of pavement or 7 to 7.5 feet Qf N N '• v , •'4 ~ P .P ° • Dr 1 117l 16 ho I e {through} above s I i p p I ate when the s I i p p I ate i s above the edge of the trove I way. The cut sha I I be I unb and Q [n .~ ~- 4 44 4{` q 4 4 4 a k a P J ° r liar vssembiy and install strait. ~ a ~- " ~ bo I t, nut, 2 f l at washers w v c ~------ 12 O;a I I " 2. Attach sign t° support using connections shown 11hen multiple signs ore installed on the same ._ ° ~ Y a 1 1/2 and lock washer, support, ensure the minimum clearance between each sign is mairrtained. See S1~{SLIP-21 far SM RD SGH ASSiI TY X%%%RI%1SAIX-X)IXX} I _ _ _ I clearances based on sign types. i ._ - _ ~~ 3/8" x 3 1/2" heavy hex bolt with 3. Slide the slipbase casting onto the lower end of the sign support, I nut, lock washer and.2 flat washers q, ri ve a ch i eel or a f l at-blade screwdriver into the cut an t he locking collar to sl ightly pry the 1 base Ca$t 1 n I I per AST~I A307 galvanized per p 9 ao I I ar o. 51 i ae the ao I I ar onto " Item 445, "Galvanizing." ~ the end of the pipe so fife edge of the pipe is between #tIe face 518 ALLEN HEAD ~ - - J of the locking collar axl the end of the edge bevel. Adead-blow hammer may be useful in position- , SET SCREW, 3 READ. inq the collet- correctly. Remove the too[ used to pry the Collar' open. Torque the alien bolt tv 60 I I U-Bracket foot-pounds 1720 irxAi-pands}..DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN. I I 5. Place and align bolt keeper plate an slip plate and I ift assembled sign and support into position,. Q Detal I B 6. Place one washer an each bolt and insert them through keeper plate and the notches on the slip I I Si n CI plate aid costing. After inserting each halt, place ono washer and a nut on the bolt and hmnd- ~, I I YIE1Y A Drill 7116" hale g ~ ti ten. all three, {Specific ar gh I I 1tt~ough}.after Universal! 7. The.bregkoway:features of this system.wlil wa-k when all .three iwl.ts are,tightened:between 40 tp 80 ~ as.semblY and .install • . fgot-pounds` i48U'to..96O inch-pounds}.:The, Er~ineer steal I determine the a iot~:baEt: for far 3/8 x 4 . hea .hex pPropr . .... .. ...~ . '.bolt, rwl•, 2 flat bolt with rxrt, 'lock washer each project., Tighten.al l baits by. working round the`support in approximately 10 fapt?paxrd washers'.and and 2 flat washers per ASTl~I incremerits.to assure. a;bol.mced.:tension ~n the hafts. A.I I. three baits steal.! be torqued the sore. Oeta i l ' E '' ., lock steer. DO NOT OYERTIGHTEN.:. , „ ... wa 0 A307`goly nized per . 0 .. Item unlz_ng 445 "Gale 1 .' ,.. ~ f. N . /: r uDOIFICArIONS ` S~'lll!~}11RD PllltlS ~: B , Extender ~~~ ~ a f^ 4 ' 112' Past NDDIFIED 5LIP.BAS C T ~9XGS.~Olf01w._~f01a6'rA11 ~,~h~,:. m _ E ASING 1 N M~ FRgrl SINGLE ROLL PIN TO Uollos Dlatr1ct57andard ~, Q ~ Data i I D , _ _ , m N Q ~ .~~ Nl1LTIPLE SET. SCREAS TO N~Q ~ I I - -1 PREVENT SIGN ROTATION. I I I I Top YIE,~ 5I GN MOUNTING DETAILS °Na~ D 3.550 "' 11 I ~ I ~NP~ N Extruded SMALL RGADSIDE SIGNS 4 D 2.990 / _ I ( I Alumirnm _ ~ HIV '7N -N~,~, D 2.615 , R 11/32 ~ --- --~ _____ ~.., ______~:.;_____ IYindbeam TRIANGULAR SLIPBASE SYSTEM NAP ,.. ____.,,.a_ __ _____ (see 561D{2-1}} „ ~, ~ ~, ~ ~ M 318" M M ~ , -~- -. Q ~ x 3 1/2 square P~~N , o ~ ,~ head halt, rxt, flat SMD tSLIP-1 l -OZ ~DAL~ m a o -.. i ....... ® T-Bracket washer and lock washer ~I per ASTp A30T galvanized Sign Clamp. ©7x007 July 2002 ~:• °X: ~:• ~, r "' ~ ALL DINENSION5 3 3 Detai I C per Item 495 "Galvanizing." ~_~ ~- {5 ific or AE"1510 p;s,di~l ~~~~` FEO~~a,oFR°~E°I (Bolt length may vary ~ ARE INCHES UNLESS 1O 3I8 5 !ices shalt % Universals DAL 6 OTHERIY[SE NOTED A only be allowed VIEW A behind t{,,, ,,y de~endinq on sign clamp h0 sl ~etril e. L4uNIY f4iIPOL SELIiOu dC8 NICfiWAY ~ type and pipe diameter.! , DALLAS --- --- --- --- zsl3 C 0 TL ~~ o> c woo 0 U V T~- ~ L u Ct+ a •- ~~ o°c i L a~~ z•-c -c _' fl + + •- U N 7 aLU~ om mQL U N -min '+ L m ~ o aoo ~{E ~~~ c~L ._,a L N mN~n m o ~r c - .- ~o nom lil XL N +- ~Lm mmL ~>~ = mo 0 U m N C +~ 0 T3a 4 ~ m amp moo ca L L N Q 0 a E Q~TL C D mom ~ ~. nom L4-L ati o ooa +x+ N F N 7i L .- ~ a t a +~m~ nn ~~a~- wOE~ ~ m N N ~._... J 7 .C ~ at ~nm~ ~- C •- 4- aryo VIBRATION WARNING Mast Arms of approximately 40'-D" or longer are subject to possible Nominal Arm Length - LF {5D' TO 65') ~ harmonic vertical vibrations in light wind conditions due to unusual combinations of signal numbers, weights ar positions, arm-wind ~~ See Tenon Detail ~ pole ~~ Nominal Arm Length - LC {44 Max) orientation, and arm-pale stiffness. Arms shall be visually inspected in 5 to 28 mph wind conditions i See "Slip Joint Detail" 9D` See Sheet "MA-D° D t il B C See "Tenon Detail" after s gnal head installation and if vertical movements with p total excursion Imax positive to mpx negative) of more than approximately 8" e a ar Dt gD• are observed at arm tf dam in devices or other means shall be fitted Pr P g to the r {s) ~ ___ _ _ Dz - - _ _ ~L Rise-sea ~~ _ - - 1 a m . The necessary danping devivelsl or other remedial measures shall be ~- _ LMA{1) ~ _.~.~ ~^ - D2 as recamnended by the fabricator. Excessive vibrations shall not be L I ~ " ~ L ~ allowed to continue for more than two days. If dam in lat i d th i h ll b 16" 66" Th l t _6 1 pl p g p e s use , e s ze s a e x . e p a e must be installed directly above traffic light located nearest Mast arm 8' r,~ax the free end. cannection- See Sheet ~ Note: The arm sha[I be fabricated Note: The arm shall f ba abricated straight with th l i LMA{3) with a 20' or greater radius e un oad r se measured as shown, within 8' of the base so as Min. Radius = 20' to produce the unloaded rise measured as shown. GENERAL NG~ES: Design conforms to 1994 AA5HT0 Standard Specifications FIXED MOUNT TRAFFIC SIGNAL ARM CLAMP` ON TRAFFIC SIGNAL ARM for Structural Supports far Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic 5i Weis and Interim S aifications thereto Desi n g P~ . g Wind Speed can be either 100 mph or 80 mph plus a 1.3 gust (If required See DMA-8D or DMA-100 factor. If clam-on traffic signal is required, designs , Standard Sheets far Clamp-pn Arm Details} are based on an arm included angle of 90 degrees or more. Angles of less than approximately 75 degrees will require a special design. Po~es are designed to support one 8'-0" luminaire arrn, Design also conforms to NCHRP Report 412 far ~ two 9 -0 internally lighted street name signs and two traffic signal arms with limited length combinations. fatigue resistance except that there are no The specified tuminaire load applied at the end of luminaire stiffeners at the bass plate. TxDDT is conducting arm equals 75 lbs vertical dead load plus the horizontal tests to determine if stiffeners at the base wind toad on an effective projected area of 1.5 5q ft. The piste will or will not result in optimal specified internally lighted street name sign ppplfed 4'-6" performance; depending upon the results of from the centerline of the pole equals 85 Ibs vertical dead Luminaire Arm - the tests, poles may need a retrofit #o ensure load plus the horizontal wind load on an effective projected See Sheet "Lam-A" optimal fatigue performance, area of 11.5 sq ft. For 5D ft. to 65 ft,fixed-mount mast arm the s ecified si nal load a lied at the end of the traffic si nal P 9 PP g See Sheet"MA-D" arm equals 310 Ibs vertical dead load plus the horizontal wind -Detail A load on an effective projected area of 52.0 sq ft. (actual area times drag coefficient). For clarrip-on mast arm, the specified signal load applied at the end of the traffic signal arms equals D30 180 Ibs vertical dead load plus the horizontal wind load on an ILSH Arm Connection - See Sheet "LMA(3)" See Nan Arm Lqth Sheet ~ ILSN Arm Connection - See Sheet "LMA{3)" effective projected area of 32.4 sq ft. {actual area times drag cofficient} Naninal Arm Length - LF (8'1 MA-D Detail a m Nominal Arm Length - L , A A A B'C'J See = Traffic S Anal Arm A Except as noted in sheets 1 thru 3 of 3, also refer to " " " ' ' ' ' ' • _ or K Sheet a c ~ See Above Detail ' ' ' " Standard Sheet MA-D for pale details, LUM-A for luminaire arm " " 3 -0 Bracket 3 Bracket 3 Bracket -0 -0 A A bl bl A bl a~_0• SNS + 3 Bracket -D 3 -0 and connection details SN5 far internal) li hted street name Y 9 , ssem y ssem y ssem y -- - - _ EL PASq sr. - ~~ - 3 c EL PASD ST. AssenGly -_ N N sign details, and TS-FD for anchor bolt and foundation details. - - - - - - - +. t ~ i ~~ - ~ - - Fabrication shall be in accordance with the 7 7 T ~ 7 Traffic Signal v '- _ ° - ° 7 ~ 7 S ecifications and with the details dimensions and weld P , ~ ? 1° -~ * Arm See Above Detail m = c " o ' ~ .. z Weather keod iv m rocedures shown herein. Weld references call for P preapproved weld procedures which the Fabricator must obtain r~ ~ - a a c ~ z o ~ ~ z ~ {Sapp) led + ~ prior to fabrication. Miscellaneous welds which do not call z m c ~ , - by others) ~ for preapproved weld procedures are nevertheless subject to ~ r ~ ~ ~ ~ + o ~ ~ _ % ~ rejection for poor workmanship. Material, fabrication t l i o • ~ ~ z v ~ in N in M ~ z ~ ~ o erances, and sh pping practices shall meet the requirements of this sheet and the Specifications. ~ - c OT CGB Connector a ~ ~ u ~ ~ „ ~ _ ! i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ z ~ ~ ~ ~ m m Unless otherwise noted, all parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the 5pecificatiens. ~ ~ I `° ~ 0 5 -~ Special designs require submission of sho drawin s in ~ os ~ 5ee'Sheet '•MA-D" ~, ~ accordance with the 1#em "Steel Structures". , ~ ~ ~ ,,. • • .~ rinltitirn vn~ +.~,~...~} , ~,.,,i~r ~1 Y~11Yl~ ~Ih1 Yh ... 11Y 1 _ ~ ~~ ~ Foundation .` .. \1v Y ..,. lY~ ~,1 1 ~~~1~ Foyndatton .:. ee : e "LMA {2} N ee : ee NLMA {2) • 9XOS r~jDGlfA1~' GIF T a-~spOrl~ilon r f ` T[afflc.Operallons `DNvlslan ELEVATION STRUCTURE ASSEMBLY ELEVATION {Showing fixed mount arm) (Showing clamp mount arm} TABLE OF DIC~IENSI~N5 'A' Arm Length 24' 28` 32' 36' 40' 44' SD' S5' 6D' 65' Arm Type II 10' 11' i2' 13' Arm Type III 10' 11' 12' 12' Arm T T'~ I 12' 12' 12' ) 2' c 6 N r~ cm a> c . ~-oa~ ao~n T~ + L N c~+ v ~- to~ owo 3 L D ~ ~ z ~- t7 -c :'~~ } ,_ a C v~J o~ vn~ ~~ -~~ U ~ ~ ~cE ~ o ma ~v c ~ ,w •-aa ,~ ~ N N N m o a- c - •- ~ ~ ~o a C^~ w x ~ r m °~~ vm~ ~>~ ~o 0 U QI N [ ~ v~ T3o ~~ moo ca L L N m~~ >ao o E Q~TL co ~^w ~~ nom L4-L a~ U co ^oo +xt N F D N A L ._ L ~ ~-mc ~~°a+° ~oE~ ~m~n~n ~, ._ ._ J 7 L U 0 t ~a~c ~-+ L •- ~- ^H~0 N Base Plate Opening 21"+~s~~ 34" POLE CONNECTION TO BASE PLATE 90°~ MA-1 Longitudinal Seam Weld must be oriented within the lower 90° of the signal arm. ARM WELD DETAIL MA-2 1 %t• Dia ~/4 Threaded Coupling Arm RO UND POLE S Length p e D19 D~4 Dao Qthk Foundation Type ft. in. in, in. in. in. 50', 55' 60', 65' 21.0 18.3 17.fi 1fi.8 .3125 48-A A~ R OUND ARM S Length L D D thk Rise ft, ft. in. in. in. ~*-2"1 50 49 18.5 11.7 .3125 3`- 3" 55 54 18.5 11.0 .3125 3'- T" fi0 59 18.5 10.3 .3125 3'-11" 65 64 18.5 9.6 .3125 4'- 4" ANCHOR BOLT & TEMPLATE SIZE Bolt Dia Length Top Bottom Bolt Rz Ri in ~ Thread Thread Circle 2 %p" 5'-3" 10" 3" 27" 16" 11" Da = Pa I e Base 0. D. D z = Arm End 0. D. ~9 ^ Pale Tap 0. D. with no Luminaire L1 • Shaft Length and no ILSN L =Nominal Arm Lengt Dz4 = Po f e Tap 0. D. with ILSN w/out Luminaire D~ • Pole Top O.D. with Luminaire DI = Arnt Base O.D. ~ Thickness shown is minimum, thicker materials may be used. ~raln almenslon given, longer colts are acceptanle. 1 Anchor bcit design develops the foundation capacity given under Foundation Design Loads. 2 Foundation Design Loads are the allowable moments and shears at the base of the structure. 3 Field Penetrometer readings at a depth of approximately 3 to 5 feet may be h used to adjust shaft lengths. 4 If rock is encountered, the Drilled Shaft shall extend a minimum of two diameters into solid rock. 5 Decimal lengths in Design Table are to .allow interpolation far other penetrometer values. Round to nearest foot for entry into Summary Table. _7_.-. p ><w _ r 1 ` "i ~ / `\ x x 2 %Z" Thick 2r° 6o~y, Cl~ ~ e~@ ti 1 ~ x x COUPLING DETAIL FOUNDATION DESIGN TABLE REINFORCING DRILLED HAFT LENG H-ft ANCHOR BOLT DESIGN FOUNDATION FDN DRILLED STEEL 4 5 1 DESIGN 2 TYPE 5HAfT A YERT SPIRAL TE7(A5 C ONE PENETROMETER BOLT Fy BOLT ANCHOR LOA MOMENT D o SHEAR TYPICAL APPLICATION DI BARS & PITCH 1D 15 40 DIA {ksil CIR DIA TYPE K-ft Kips 48-A 48` 20 #9 #4 at 6" 21.'9 19.5 14.7 2 I/z" 55 27" 2 490 i 0 Mast arm assemb I y. SEE SHEET "TS-FD" FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. .239" thickness is permissible _` J. ~ ~ 2 ~'~" x 5 %p" Slot for Tip Section Circular Steel Heavy Wex Template Nut {Typ1 fi'-0"{IVin1 ~ 17'-D' {IJax] Min Lap 2 Flat equals 1.5 Washers & 20"# times female 1 Lock 34" I.D. Washer per Anchor Bolt $„ TYP _ ---r-__~_--- ___ mjh permissible BASE PLATE - - _ - -- t late -- - -~--- , I " ~ l0u - -__-r== -_=__ - /~ ~ Steel splice d _ Template with 609bmin 3/e" D i a A307 gl/2 Note: A s I i p Joint i s q- ~~ D i a ho I es ho I es % greater T ~~ ~~ 5" U-Bo I t with ~~_ . -~ ~s penetration /IS Dia x 1 permissible for arms and 1- e~ Dia than bolt diameter Slotted Hole ~, 2 nuts and 2 ,~ 50 and greater in D ~/s lock washers 2 len th. The sli Dint 9aly A30T bolt. Tack °m g p j weld nut to thread t ~ 2„ Min shall be made in the projection after malting I ~ T e 2 -__ shop, but may be match )Dint. Repair damaged ' ~ YP 4 ~' Dla - °--- --- - - marked and shipped disassembled. oivanizin in accordance ~ ~ g 9 ~- with the specifications. m° =N = Dia as - Bolt Circle ~o SLIP JDINT DETAIL , Diameter ~ *- required MA-4 2 Sides i I/~ 2" 5th (TYP1 R~ may equal Rz if plate is welded of 3 or mere segments. I „ ~ 40 pipe Circular.Stee1 Template. /~ ~ End Plate ~ thick min.. - ~'~ ~ sha a to match..arm TEMPLATE DETAIL I II ~/2" p i a A30T Bo I t 1~/2" 1 wl.th:1 nut -and 2 lock. washers ~ ~ Arm NUT ANCHOR Continuous .thread stud with. ti: .. - 3n rn ~ ` '-' (TYPE 2}' '2: nuts dnd.2. ock washers may also .be used - ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLY ' MA-3 . SSEMBLY DETAILS OPTION A r-u~,~o ~L~s 2 per- assemb l Texas i t~' TCans oVr '. Y ENON DETAIL :rraiflo opeora~rorra n>wrar~- - _ _ Dia as , T re u i red /~ ~ 4 I ~~ %z " Dia A3O7 i/z Dra Bolt with stainless steel bands LONG MAST ARM ASSEMBLY 1 Threaded 1 nut and and cast bracket as I Coup! ing 2 look ~~ „ X50 TO 65 FT} washers ii ~ Astra-Brat with 1/z Dia Threaded (80 AND 100 MPH WIND ZONEy 11 ~~ 11 „ Coup I i ng. /z /2 ~4 LMA(2) D1 „ I MA-3 Sheet 2 of 4 3 3 1h BRAC~CET ASSEMBLY ~:. ~:. o,~. ~K:. ©Tx00T July 2000 J5Y ARC TGG J5Y /~ OPTION C AEvis~avs sulE rtolRa~ r[uea~ po Pkok[r si~ci 4-20-Q1 0~5~«< ~~~^ BRACKET ASSEMBLY DETAILS OPTION B °AL [aINIY C0NIF01 SfCEIfPi .tlB uuuuv 28" 2" i /z 11 ~i6 x his See Detail "A" 13 for welding B ____ io' f - - _-... a r ~~ t, .-~, ~/ 78 - See Details as shown ` M ';' ; or equivalent 1D0 N N ~ full penetration wel from bath sides 3~ ~" Thick Stiffener "C" ~" Thick ,~~ Stiffener "C" °I I c x 2'-q° 211 ~ Gap = 411 max. X11 ~.1 %e" Plate Dia as required 3 - - /s q ~/2 ° X 4 %p " x II ti ~4 5t € ffener "A" -* ~, fi ~• - ~ ~q " Gusset ~ -___ G ~'~" ~ Pin bolt STIFFENER "C" PLATE pipe & hole See Details as ~'+' dia shown below or Pipe Grade 50 e 1 ~~ equivalent I ~`+ _ 1 DDi fu I i SECT ION C-C f ' ~ penetration j - - ~ ~ weld from I 3 Pin bolts both sides. required I q" 11 PI_ ~+ ~~ Dnly q length at tip of Stiffener "C" re uir I q es full penetration weld, Smooth weld radius to connect - Ir`= -- ~/ Stiffener .Others only _ C ~~ 7+ W N ~~ require fillet weld. I '? C i ~~ 1DD% enetrat€vn 1 /~ 5 p !i ~~ N N I h DETAIL A N F" - SECTION A-A i t) z L d ~ PoI m I ~ ELEVATION 5/8 I I ~/ 45' 9 %" x 4 % " x ~~" Stiffener "A" -~_ I I __ I 5 I /e ~~ I 1" Wide Slot f d € Mast Arm °R %z" dia drainage hole .:,:,.,, 1 %" dia wire outlet hole ~ Arm ]16 x +/4 0 4 ~ 4 41 d m ~° Stiffener "B" Connection Bolt with hex nut, 2 e flat washers & 2 cock washers MATERIALS Round Shafts or Polygonal Shafts A5TM A595 GR A, ASTM A57D GR 50, ASTM A6D7 GR 50, ASTM A572 GR 5D or A36M50 Plates n~ A5TM A38 OR A572 GR 5D or A595{z~ or A36M50 Connection Bolts ASTM A325 except where noted P[n Bolts A5TM A325 Pipe ASTM A53 GR A or B or A501 Misc. Hardware Galvanized steel ar stainless steel or as noted !!l Any of the materials listed for plates may be used where the drawings do not specify a partioular Grade designation. f2! If A595 material is used, it need not be cold worked to A595 requirments but material must have 40 ksi minimum yield prior to fabrioattan. ~" Plated 74 " 8" STIFFENER "B" PLATE ~ ,' ~, I I or ra Wage {both sides) A N - GENERAL NOTES: a A ~ 1 6-1! "Dia /+ I I ~/8 m A325 Bolts Clamp-on details are used for the second arm an 11 i dual mast bli A M i 1 / d I Ir I 4" Dia ~ _ m ~ Q = ~ g•• x B1~ x 3~. „ „ Stiff B arm assem es. ax mum z wi e vertical slotted hole may be out in the front olamp plate to facilitate drainage during galvanizing, THe slat shall ° 2 ! "Dia - - / µ hole in Pol e 6 ~ m ~ eners be centered behind the arm and shall be no longer than 2 hole in PL 6 1 I 6 Deburr h l d ff I a iv - - - the arm diameter minus 1". I o es an o set as shown far drai Wage ~ a v ~~ --Mast Arm Fixed mount details are used for single mast arm ~ assemblies and for the first arm on dual mast assemblies. _ ~ I 2' -5" ~ ' Where duplicate parts occur an a detail, welds shown 5 / ' I 11 r - ~ d x / far one art shall a I to all Similar arts an the P Pp. Y .. p. ... d t il ;. a . ¢' .~/ /B /e thick .. 111 Stiffener " y - ~ - - ie ~ . , e a . ' arms under design wind Forces. . .. N .. -,~ ~ ' 'Pole a ~ I[ ~ ~ ' ~:~ : ~ ~. ~ MAST ARM AND .~ tt _ N ~+'I PL .. i i 11 Dia /z Cgnnect tan , < I SN ARM TO ' L POLE 57AHDARD PANS 4: ~ " - ELEVATION . Bolts CLAMP-ON DETAIL ~ ffi O f v T ~. rv}e c; _ - pa Q Tra c laas Dl lsiarr k it uga 2A ' ~, TRAFFIC SIGNAL ~, N SUPPORT STRUCT ORES q ! " /z LONG MAST ARIA ASSEMBLY X50 TO fi5 FTy STIFFENER " A PLATE ~~ (80 AND 100 MPH WIND ZONEI LMA(3y-01 i , „ Pi. /z Sheet 3 of 4 Mast Arm ©TxUOT July 2DOO ~ J51' ~K:-ARC A~~rcc EK= J5r SECTION B-B AEYIEIONS q^20'o, s11IE fEOERU EEaAAI af0 RNfiCi 11I51RiCi arclw oAL 6 $HE(1 _ caxir mires sEEnm' ~a1 AALLA5 --- -- --- nlclnar --- 1- - 9 211 311 ~ , „ 6 %2'1 311 c D N TL ~v o> ~D~ 0 U ~ ~~ C+-a a ~~ Via{ 3 i 0 ~- 4 Z-~ -~ - ~+ :~ ._ _ Q~~ as ~~, U N •- N u ~-~a U C aoc ~ c E a r N L ~Et -~~ ~~ N N V v D+ c- ._ ~ - ~ov caa w x ~ ~- o. xLa ~ ) L v c ~~~ L ~•_ t a Tao ~~ '0 N L N D 0 ~a L ~ N 4~ 7 +- oaE U~TL C 0 mv~ L L °~°~ Qt '~ 0 0 vaD ~- x +- ~ r- D !p T L tp~ ~~~ ~~o° DEN ~+ N N ~ a a ._ ... J 7 L U D i- V1 N C ~ L~-~r ^ F 1 0 Shi ing Parts list Shi i n Parts List Ship eadi pole with the following attar~ed; enlarged hand hole pole fixed arm Sian Traf ' ' ~ , ~, f ~ c S i gna I Arms IFi xed I~auntl I1 per po I el bolts and washers, and any add~tianal hardware fisted fn the table. Shi each arm with I fisted a ui nt p q pme attached Lump na ~ re Arms I1 r 30 I e1 ~~~~ ~o' Polea rich Uninaire _ 24' Poles rich ILSN 19' Poles rilh no ~ See rate dove ply: ane lar See note dove ply Liniraire and no ILSN two 1f ILSN altadie~ sal I hmd hole, clmp-ai siiylex p~ ynpl I hmd tale ~ iq}e ~~ Single Yost Arm Lf ft OesiggFim Gumtity Deal im ~umtity Deefgnation O~mtity 50 501. SOS 50 I 55 ~L 555 55 60 60L 1 60S 60 65 65L 65S 65 Dial IWsF k~ if ~6 Lf ft Desi jm Oumti Oesi im Qumti Dpi ian O~mti 50 20 5020E 50205 5020 24 50241 50245 5024 28 5028E 50285 50'18 32 5032E 50325 5032 36 50i6L 50365 50.16 10 5040E 44 SOME 50405 504 5 5040 5044 55 20 SS20L 5S20S S20 2~ 5524E 55215 S24 28 5528E X285 X28 32 553u 55325 5532 36 553fiL 55365 5536 10 SSIOL 5505 5510 M 5544E ~ ~ ~- 2~ 6024E 28 6028E 32 60.12E 36 6Q16L 10 6090E 44 fiOML 55145 60205 60245 60285 60325 60365 60405 60445 5511 6020 6024 6x18 fip32 6036 6010 fip11 65 20 6520E 24 6524E 65205 65245 6520 6524 28 6528E X285 6528 32 6535 36 65361. ~0 6510E M 6544E 65325 65365 65105 65445 6532 6536 6540 6514 t~mirwl Arm Le h Quaint 8' Arm 1 ILSN Am )Max. 2 per pole) Shtp with cl bolts and washers Naninal Arm Le +h Qumtity 7' Arm 9' Arm Traffic Slgnal Arms (80 IIPH Clmp-On Abuit) (I per pole) Ship eadi am rtth Itsted equipnent attached Np~irq~ T e IY Arm (4 Si rmis) A~ Length 3 Bracket Assembly ^ and 4 CGB Connectors ff. Desigrwtlon Qumtifiy 50 50IV 1 55 55IV 60 60IV I 65 65IV T I Arm (1 Sigrwl) Type II Arm (2 St Isl ~ T pe III Arm (3 Si rwlsl ~ Nantral A~ Le~4th p CGB CO~IIECTOR AND 1 clasp r/bo I is and washers ~ Brackef Assembly ~ and 3 ~B comeotars, and 1 c I rnp w/bolts and vashers 2 Bracket Assembly * and 4 G;B aamectors, arM 1 c I rnp w/ bolts and washers ft. Deli nation Qumtit Desi atian Quarto Deli Lion Qumtit 20 31I•il 24 f4I•il f411•il 28 ftI•i1 1111-i1 32 3311.1) 72(11.11 36 3{II•il 7f111•!1 40 !1111./1 44 4111(-l1 TroFfic Signal Arms f100 1W1 Clang-On Mant1 f1 per le) Shi each arm w T I Arm 11 S1 nal) T II Arm (2 Si Is) ^ ith listed i nt attached T III Mn (3 Si pals) ^ Naninal ~ ~~~ 2 CGB WNNECTOR A~ 1 clarp v/bolts and washers 1 Bracket Assembly + and 3 CGB connectors, and 1 clang w/bolts aM rashers 2 Bracket Assembly * aM 4 CGB carr~ectors, and 1 clasp r/ bolts ~d washers ff. Desi anon ~mti Desi Lion QuarMi Desi tattoo Qumtit 20 31I-lll 24 !4i•UI 34II-lll 28 !11.111 4111-lll 32 3111-111 3illt-l11 36 311-111 31)))•111 40 111[1-111 44 14I11.1N Ancfar Bolt Assemblies (1 per pole) Each Mcfar bolt assenbly consists of the followirp: Top Anchor A[whor and bottan templates, 4 arofar bolts, 8 nuts, 8 flat Bolt Bolt rashers, 4 lock rushers and 4 nut arwhor Devices (type 2) Dieter Length nuantttr Der Standard Drarin9 'TS-FD'. ~! ~ s - 3~ T x emp l aces pray be removed or pent. / 2 f shi <Fauntlation Sur«nary Table ~~'_ Location Ism Avg. N Blow /ft. ~ Drill Shaft *~*' E~ Length (feet) 48-A DENfpI'T~P 1~ 5 HIpIGIID'OA 10 2 4~ Total Drill Sfaft Len qq DRILLE[ SHAFT DIA 24" 30" 36" 36" 42'A Um ~~ m S{~.}' a 1791~- ~~tv Wrog~ LWO ~$~~ CL~d a~r C W ,C,}~ mp4-q °x~°t wa°~a . -m LES m ~~ }9 11T~L FOUNDATION DESIGN TABLE REINFORCING STEEL DRILLER HAFT LENG H-ft 4 5 6 ANCHOR BO T DESIGN 1 FOUNDATION DESIGN VERT SpTRAL TEXAS C ONE PENETROMETER ANCHOR Fy BOLT ANCHOR LOA D O BARS & PITCH 10 15 40 BOLT DIA Iksi) CiR DIA TYPE M014lENT K-ft SHEAR Kips 4- #5 #2 at 12" 5.7 5.3 4.5 ~a" 36 12 ~q" 1 1O 1 8- #9 #3 at 5" 11.3 1 D. 3 B. 0 1 ~/~" 55 17" 2 87 3 1O- #9 #3 at 5" 13.2 12.0 9.4 1 ~'~" 55 19" 2 13) 5 12- #9 #3 at 6° 15.2 13.6 10.4 2" 55 21 " 2 190 7 i 4- #9 #3 at 6" 17.4 15.6 11.9 2 I/~" 55 23" P 271 9 FOUNDATION SELECTION TABLE FOR STANDARD MAST ARM PLUS ILSN SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES (ft~ FDN 30-A FDN 36-A FDN 36-8 FDN 42-A Z MAX SINGLE ARM LENGTH 32' 1 48' 0 iA W 24' X 24' o a 28' X 28' _'^ ° MAXIMUM DOABLE ARM LENGTH C 32' X 28' 32' X 32' ~ z OMBINATIONS 36' X 36' ~ ~ 40' X 36' 44' X 28` 44' X 36' Z MAK SINGLE ARM LENGTH 1 3b' 4q' 24' x 24' W W o~ 28' x 2a' = MAXIMUM DOUBLE ARM LENGTH COMBINATIONS 32' X 24` 32' X 32' ~ = w 36 X 36 °o ~ 40' x24' 4D' X 36' 44' x 36' ~ ~ c ~ EXAMPLE: v ~ ~ 1. For 80mph design wind speed, foundation 30 ` ~ o ~ ~~ L -A can support up to a 32 arm with another arm up to 28' ' r ~ t_* a 2• For 1OOmph design wind speed, foundation ~ z W ~ oi -°o 36-A can support a single 36` mast arm. , p CO~C + ~ ~- Circular Steel Heav Wex Y °° a °° t ~~ T I ate amp Nut ITyp) ror cc 2 Flat aL ~ ~ c v Washers & $ t m } ~ gg •4 _ 1 Lock o Washer per w a o m t ~~zQ4 } o m Anchor Ba I t ~ ~ ~z .s-t o~= om w b X+ o ago a ~ J d r ~ i + ID o v ~ Type i ~ m L ,~ ~ N ~ 4 t ~ o ~ !. c o ^ a y w " R=d ~ L , ~ + o Type 2 L rn N ff a. ~,: a ~. m ., 1 /2 Min , 2.Sides (TYp).;'. ` ~ :: Circular Steel Template. ~ ° (Omit'bottom'templpte " for FDN 24-A) ` " ~ J HOOKED `ANCHOR ` ` NUT ANCHaR Q ~ ~1 4 ~TYpE 11 (TYPE 2} ' ~ Q ~ M M N r-r1 m N~ V l0 ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLY [~ w = Y ~ 40 ~ N V Q M a, Q INSTALLATION PROCEQURE: d ° N " N Threads of anchor bolts shall be „ o ~ ~ o ~ coated with pipe Joint compound N prior to installation of upper ~ N M " nuts when erecting po I e. After o, W ~ ~ " N ~ ` N pole is plumbed and in permanent ~ _ N M lf1 y,, a I I nment tl le Bx Se g , po d threads of 4 rv '°" m~n painted bolts shell be cleaned and ~ °' ~ ~ an additional coating of zing-rich " L° ~,° paint applied to seal the bolt ~- " .- "' m my thread-nut )Dint. TYPICAL APPLICATIDN pedestal pale, pedestal mounted ~ontraller. last arm assembly. Isee Selection Table) last arm assembly. (see Selection Tablet 10. strain pole with or without luminaire, last arm assembly. {see Selection Table) itrain pole taller than 3D' & strain gale with mast arm last arm assembly. Isee Selection Table) NOTES: Q Anchor bolt design develops the foundation capacity given under Foundation Design Loads, 02 Foundation Design Loads are the allowable moments and shears at the base of the structure, Foundations may be listed separately yr grouped according to similarity of loyation and type. Quantities are for the Contractor`s information only. 4Q Field Penetrometer readings at a depth of approximately 3 tv 5 feet may be used to adJust shaft lengths. Q If rock is enoauntered, the Drilled Shaft shall extend a minimum of two diameters into solid rook. © Deyimaf lengths in Design Table are Traffic Signa! Pole to allow interpolation for other penetrometer values. Round to nearest c foot for entry into Summary Table. a •°••~°• J .~: t N ~ -°~ i - .'b. •7 ~;,.: wA L ,~., ANCHOR BOLT & TEMPLATE 5I2ES BOLT DIA IN, ~ gOLT LENGTH TOP THREAD BOTT THREAD BOLT CIRCLE Rz ~ 1 %2" 3'-4" 6" 2" 17" 10" 7" 1 ~4" 3'-1O" 7.. 2 i/,rl 1g~~ 11 ~/~" 7 ~4" 2" 4'-3u 8" 2'/2'• 21rA 12 ~zrl 8 i/z~~ 2 ~/~ " 4' -9" g.. 3" 23„ 13 ~, AA 9 ~/~ II °••~~~~• QQ Min dimensions given, • •`~ longer bolts are acceptable. Jse average N value over the T hop third of the embedded shaft. Condul $u~l Yp Ignore the top 1` of sail. t r~ permissible ~~, template ~I;' P Steel ~ spline .. Ted I ate ~w i th 60% m i n 5 an Wires holes /s greater penetration p than bolt diameter ~:. •A. o, Luminaire Bond anchor bolts to - •R Spiral Arm {optional) rebar cage, two •,~ .'~: locations using #3 •a '' ertical bar or #6 copper Bars jumper. Mechanical - Sway Cable Anchor bolts to be connectors shall be UL Bolt Circle GENERAL NOTES: ~ approximate) oriented Listed for concrete •° Diameter Design conforms tv 1994 AASHTO Standard Y so that two bolts are to encasement. Specifications for Structural Supports for tension from t R: may equal RZ if plate is Hi hwa 5i ns Luminaires and Traffic he Span g Y g Z Wire toads. welded of 3 or more segments. Signals and interim revisions thereto. tD TOP ~ I Reinforcing steel shall conform to Item 440. wE Ew Concrete shall be Class A or C. Threads for anchor bolts i ~~ ~ and nuts shalt be /~ to /Z of rolled or out threads of unified national coarse TYPICAL STRAIN POLE bo I shank sho I I a thread series except for A193B7 boi is which ro act ab v w - concrete o e ~ m shall have 8 pitch thread series. Bolts and nuts ASSEMBLY a shall have Class 2A and 2B fit toleranyes. - i e Galvanized nuts shall be to ed after alvanizin . Ap 9 g Anchor bolts that are 1 in diameter or less '0" Circular Steel ~ c shall f t ASTM A36 A h b It i ° 'p' •:a •q• • T late v7 emq a W the con arm o nc ar o s urger n 1 in diameter shalt conform to A36M55 " (Temporary) o m t in accordance with the Item, Anchor Bolts" or ASTM A193B7 or A687. Galvanize or eaat.with Conduit. (See Layout. - - - a zinc rich paint o minimum:of:the-.upper 1 4:.inches. - s Sheets;for:diameter. Dra.ent as direscted by ~ N M ~ ~ of al.l anchor. bolts un..less.:otherwise.':rioted.: a Expo ed:nui-s`shall:be:'galvanized`or.:`coated wifh .. the Engineer. 1 or 2 required) _ ~ C ~ _ ,... . L + zinc-rioh pain#. Washers shall be galvanized. i. Templates and embeded nuts need not be galvanized. ~~; + ~ Ver~Eioal Bars l5ee.. ' . .Anchor c 'B 1 t m h ~ .c °' m Des i n` Tab 1 e fore° g...,......ize , 1~:number)'.: c m J Circular .~ Stee l ° ` . ,. STANDARD PL~IS ' . y. T ' f a Bond anchor. bolts to . rebar ca e two l D f y Temp I ate ~+ L $I~GIS ~p1 ~111B1~ t~ . T-"pl1S~AlfiQi lQ-3' s ~ c g , ea i ons using ~3 bar or #6 yapper r ~ Traffic Operaliar- ANlslan r + c ~ ' ^ Jumper. Mechanical connectors shalt be UL Listed for concrete encasement. L v o - m _ - L ~ i TRAFFIC SIGNAL v 1. Class A or C a o ~ ~ Concrete J Spiral, 3 flat turns I top & 1 flat turn ~, ~' bottom. (See Design "~ Table for size & pitch) Drilled o Vertical bars may rest Shaft Dia ' on bottom of drilled hole if material i s firm enough ELEVATION to dv so when concrete is played. FOUNDATION DETAILS 11/99 Revision Changed to 1 Facilitate new terminal strip enclosure CQTxa AEVISICNS Changed fran 5-9fi 2 ground rod tc I1-~ LIFER ground FOUNDATION SUMMARY TA ~ BLE LOCATION IDENTIFICATION ApG' BLOW FDN N0. DRILLED SHAFT LENGTH 6 (FEET) /ft. TYPE Ep 24-A 30-A 36-A 36-B 42-A DENTON TAP RD 10 36-A 2 ~ 26.4 AT HIGHLAND DR TOTAL DRILLED SHAFT LENGTHS 26.4 POLE FOUNDATION TS-FD-99 1995 ~ Y5 ~~ JSY o~ • Y110/IIIF tA: - J5Y/1 AEGrIW FEcEAU A30 PAWECi SHEET 6 Lb.NIY ER~'IPOL 5ECt[Ov J(B HIGHMAY. DALLAS --- -- --- --- 1 I ~ l1,HL MHJ I HI'LM ASSEMBLY ~ ~ Y ~ R ~ ~~~ ~~00 H1 TA H3 H3L H3LLT H4LLT ~M~,T dRM TYPE 2 CLAMP KIT .~E ~oa,=o~„~ <~o ~Ea.,~a~ .,E_ .RE ~EEOEO. ,,~~ . ~_<~~N - ~O~ RO ~ OY~~O 000- HSLLT H4LT HSLT H5RT TRr~FFIC SIGNt~L HEAD IDENTIFICt~TION SIGN R10-4bL 9" x 12° PUSH BUTTON FOR PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON SIGN DETAILS SIGN R70-4bR 9" x 12,• PUSH BUTTON FOR a PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON SIGN DETAILS SIGN R10-4bRL 9" x 12•• PUSH BUTTON FOR PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON SIGN DETAILS TYPE 1 CLAMP PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD MOUNTING FOR ONE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD 152A CR05S BRACKET "OT" CONDULET PED. HEAD w ~ TWO (2) BRACES MOUNTED TO POLE ~ WITH TYPE 1 CLAMPS cn O U MAIN STREET PED. ~- HEAD w POLE NOTE: THE POLE ON THIS DRAWING IS SHOWN AS AN EXAMPLE ONLY. POLES OF 5IMILAR DESIGN FOR ANY CROSS SECTION WHICH MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON TWESE DRAWINGS AND ARE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER WILL BE DEEMED ACCEPTABLE, PEDEST~ PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD MOUNTING FOR TWO PED ESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS ~43C scREw ASSEMBLY 1 NOTE: CLAM SHELL MOUNTI NG HARDWARE MAY o BE USED: IN STEAD OF MOUNTING HARDWARE .SHOWN. ABOVE AS 'APPROVED BY THE ENGINEE BANQ.. , R. eucKLE ICC P/N 48:05 OR McC N UiC{( AI Q MOUNT OR APPROVED.EQUAL. . P BAND CONNECTING LINK •. NOTES :: 1. PEDESTRIAN SIGN AL HEADS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH TYPE 1 CLAMP TYPE t CLAMPS AND APPROPRIATE TUBING. 2. ALL PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE ALTERNATIVE MOUNTING METHOD AWAY-FR - OM TRAFFIC SIDE OF THE PEDESTAL OR MAST ARM POLE. ~ - revised 12 92 3. ALL WIRING FOR PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS SHALL BE TOTALLY ENCLOSED WITHIN THE SIGNAL MOUN TING HARDWARE. DALLAS DISTRICT STAN~AftD 4. ALL PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS AND PUSH BUTTON SIGNS SHALL . FE0. R0. FEOER0.E aI0 PROJECT N0. SxEEr orv.NO. Na, DISPLAY THE SYM BOLI~ED MESSAGE5 SHOWN ABOVE. 6 :rArc EDEN AN ~ GNAL srnrE ~xas aisr. muxrr HEA DEN IFI~A CONT. SEC f. JaB HIGNIfAY N0. "' I-I D" 10"-I o M w G. fi•--~ -1 v Q a ~.g ~~" 9 ~/i" ~ O D a N H^ Y m 3" TYP. M ~'D[A R10-12 24"x 30" LEGEND BLACK{NON-REFLECTIVE) BACKGROUND WHITE{REFLECTIVE} CIRCULAR GREEN{REFLECTIVE} B 0 C 'JD" 11%e" 1~i" ~~" ~/~" F M i~. 0 v in I .~ ~ T %2'R 2 I ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~~ ~ N N ,^ 1 d/~' ~ ~~ Z 1'/," I~"R ~* 11N 4N 1 " yy N 7~ * SPACING REDUCED 5DY R3-8L 30"x 30" . ~f1" .~ 48"X 30" COLORS SYMBOL & LEGEND- BLACK fNDN-REFL.} m ~ TOP CIRCLE -RED IREFL.} ~ ~ o ~ BOTTOM CIRCLE -GREEN IREFL.} BACKGROUND -YELLOW {REFL.} I I TYPE C REFLECTIVE SHEETING C f I W ~e • .. ... ~ 1• . /s R .. I~" GfNERAL`NOTES:.: ~' ` m . ' Q 3"C 'ALPHABETS AND LATERAL 5PACING;BETWEEN LETTER5.AND.Nl1MERALS.'. m ~" ..:SHALL CaNFORMWITH THE FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMIP~ISTRATION'5 "MANUAL'-.: F , m ~ ~ D d'a ,.... ~".B'.. . ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL'DEVICE5`.FOR STREETS AND HIGHWAYS", LATEST. EDITION AN6 ANY APPROVED CHANGES THERETO LATERAL SPACING .. N ~ w,: :. ~ -.~. . . . ,. t7F TEXT-SHALL BE SUCH A5 TO PROVIDE A BALANCED APPEARANCE. .. .. . r Z"Y G-~ ~ . _ w SIGN ;BACKGROUNDS SHALL BE OF FLAT SURFACE REFCECTIVE'SHEETING o K T ;~'``. 2".C CONFORMING''WITH`THE.SPECIFiCATI0N5 {TYPE A}. UNLESS.,OTH~RWI5E SPECIFI.ED IN`THE PLANS" 1yx" A ~ i " ~'/z SIGN LEGENDS SHALL BE APPLIED BY THE'5CREENING PROCESS. 12" THE SIGN BLANKS SHALL BE ONE PIECE~INCH THICK PLYWOOD {TYPE A) CIRCLE AND DIAGONAL -RED A CONFORMING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS ATTACHED TO SIGNAL SYMBOL & BORDER - 81ACK RI-1 L POLES. BACKGROUND -WHITE R7-1R(RT ARROW) R7-iLR(DBL ARROW) THE SIGN BLANKS SHALL BE ONE PIECE SHEET ALUMINUM ALLOY 0 080 INCH THICK CONFORMING TO THE " N DIME NSIO NS (I NC HES} a ., iZ x iB . ITEM ALUMINUM SIGHS (TYPE A1" WHEN ATTACHED TO SIGNAL POLES. A B C D E F G H J D. 18 1 5/9 3 %z 5 1/z 6 ~ 7 ~/a 1 %2 1 %2 Diy, ~, SrAIE PAOJELi x0. SnOEr WY" 24 i ~ 4 ~2 ( /Z 8 ~/2 I d/2 e r' 1 1/2 . N] ~ l~l II\ I ~ G 6 EiArE SrArE CWIIiY olsi.lm. ~~~~ R3-8L(SPL1 42"x 30" ~ ~Y i eo N ~"DIA -~ ~ ~ ~ 2 R3-8L5 ~'~" ~'~" R3-5L 30" x 30 R3-5R fRT. ARROWI *5PACING REDUCED 50x pro x ff8 ~ n 30"x 36" R3-BRSL H W ~, e W.. .. .~ :. .. SIGN SIGN DIMENSIONS {INCHES} N0, A B C D E F G H R10-9 STD. 12 18 ~ ~', 2 2 C 1 1 %z 5R1 D-95 EXPWY. f 8 3O 3/s ~'~ 3 3 C 1 %z 1 1/z SR10-9 FRWY. 24 36 ~ 1 4 4C* 2 1 %2 * -REDUCE SPACING 40X r1 R3-8R 30"x 30" SIGN SIGN DIMENSIONS {INCHES} NO. A B C D E F G H J K L R6-2 STD. 18 24 1 ~ Z~/z 5D 111/z ~/z ~/2 2~/~ 1%z 5R5-2 SPEC. 24 30 1 ~ 3 6D i% i~/~ 7~/~ 3 1i/2 coxr, sECr. aoa ticchNSV nx~. DALLAS DISTRICT STANDARD SIGN SI NO, R9-3a 5T ER9-3a EXP FR9-3a FRWY. 3O it/~ ~'4 5 ~'4 9 ~/~ 0~ i ~/e 2 %2 1 %a R3-8R(SPL) 42"x 30" 48" ~ Q ,~/~" e y ~ /~" ''/x"R 2 ~ ' a m ~ rR ~ " ~ I GIs" 1%4 ' v ~ z r 0 P II 3 1 5 11' i I i^ R3-8RR 30"x 30" C 0 N T L c a, o> C Boa 0 U U TU~ tsU Ct~ ~- L LGC fl '~ C 3 L T~ at z •- c _C ~~ t•-- 0 N , Q C N Q U maL U N -~N *~~ U O ooa L C ~ 0. 0 N TJ Gn N G ~ L --JD L N NNu] got C >- 7 ~O N C ^ 41 W X L r ~ } ti U X L 9J a] vL F ~ L N 0 0 U N N C L t ••- ~ 0 L L T30 a w -aNL 000 ca L L N mgr a~~ CATL C 0 N ~~ oom L 4-~ o ~- tipo a~~ +x+ ~- -ao L ~vC a~~~ woCN ~vwN N... ._ .J 7 L U U + V1 al C i-+L~-~ C]F Y 0 I" PVC Ta Tele Service it/{" I~inirc~um PVC Ta E[ectrical 5erviae phone fi 1 J 'n n II 11 If ~ II II II II ~ II II fl TOP VIEW II II II II ~ S I ab & Base ) ~ II II Contra I I er f I I I II 11 Cabinet Cabinet Ground Bas If II 16" ~~ 16' t/z- 13 NC 6lolnting Bol+s i9 Typical/ 44" II I i ~ II I I nserts Grounding Conductor ax 'G iD 6" --......._----- I~--~ - - -- -I~ ----r---- I4 Typica 1 e kN ff~~ G ~ I 2 " N 5 # I "Win. l i l l l l l III 1 1 1 Grade 1 1 1 1 I I I I II II II III 3" e ~ I I I i i I I III 56 .5' o o n 3` o e o 0 slab I f l l l l l l l l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1i/~" I~inim~m PVC To Electrical Service I I I I i I I III I l l l l l l l f l 1' Te Tee ~ I phone 5ervace Copper-Clad 5tael c~aund Rad fib" x 6' min. I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III 3" Condo i+s III f II iI I I ~1 ~ l C s ~ DE Y I EW To Signal Pales CABINET BASE I If it it If I Ifllllllll I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 Slab ~ Base7 Ilifllllli ~I ~! ~~1 ~a1 l-• IYire sh {see No+e 121 Grade 3" 3' o a o 0 o u o 0 o a a o 0 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CahTRaLLEA BASE: 10. Bond a >t8 ANIC copper ground wire and qn 8 tt pound rod bonded to the reir~arainq mesh by a suitable I. Provide a traffic sigrwl controller base (cabinet basal manufact<red of polrser' concrete motarial ax:sletinq ~ Listed clang and termfnoted to the oabinet grandinq bus far the purpose of providtrp a local grarnd of oalaor~eara.o;ad s111ceous atone; glass fibers and tt:ernpset polyester resin. The polymer concrete far the electrical pandinq canduc}or. The electrical pounding aanduc}or specified in Item 680-3.A.4 cabinet base must. be relnfaraed an the inside of ttaa cabinet base with fiberglass matting. Provide one of .. a raga red and ariet be terminated to ttw: ,cpbinet 9r•ound bus. o aw ng. see . Arnnraast Part t A6aG1848.X24, G~ite ttodel •.PG3G48ZTg9, or:other as..appravad by 11. Instal l.:a PVC sleeve to prevent tha .grrour:d rod from direct em~mnt :in.#he slab... TxBDT Traffio,aperaFJan B.ivieian. 2. The polymer canasta material oust have a mininun COApYBBBiVe strength af:1G,3Ga'paurida per,sglxre inch . v we w re mesh 81(6-.w2.9 S 112:9 fcr reinforcement. Provlde Joints and splicas.irr.tha mesh.wlth a. . minimum G-inch overlap. Center the mash between t :and bottom and ap provide a minimum 3 inch cover on ps ,; m n mum flefaral :strength of 36Da psi, and minimm ehecr str ength of 3600 ps 1. ` the edges; 3. The polymer concrete cabinet base must canferm to the dimaneiana shown and n:.ret acoamnrodate a standard TxDOT baseman} cabins# ,... 13. Provide. Class 8 concrete minim.m for the slob in accardarrce witn Item 421. -Construct the.aiab.:ln aeea^dance : . ' . ~.: Supply the aobinet base with far %2"-13 bNC stainless steel inserts for attadment of the cabinet to the .... .:with Item 53i. - base. Inserts must withstand a minimm ta• of 5a ff-1h and a minimm strai qaa qht pal I out stren~th.of:, . : CONIXIITS: .. 750 I bs. 5.' Provide the aabinet base :with 4 oahle. rooks mounted one on each side of ttre base 2" to T " fraan the tap : of r>s bas l U l ` 14 .':Stub up and run 3-inch oanduits th:-ough the slab to ttre varlaus troffla aigngl poles and ground boxes as showman ' the layouts. Ins?al l the nuaber of'condulte as shown on layouts plus two: additional 3 inch oa~duite for future ST~J~ ~;~ ~' + e. ess n approved:oflaerw se, cab e raoka must be 1-1/2;x.: x. End::ateel,chawwll wifh : el T-slots. crt.l-I /2 Inches. The ad:l e roc .mos eas ly.axanmdata the insertian.of #ie wrape se. Terminate: ti~e.oanduits.with a.bushirp betrean 2'and 4-inChea abCYB thB Biab.: `: `:: ,,,,,~},~ Texas ~ Tans an ~ !"~t~~~ . . . . to'.oi~Foah (laid wiring.ta tha.racks`to serve as strain relief. Secare cable racks to.tha hose uai "q 15. .Extend ccnduits:farfuture.use at least:.18-Inchea.dram.the edga.oi:ti~e stab, terminate urxlarground with a i ' floOperaflons rraf amsron ~/~".-13 UNC stainless steel screws'and inserts. 6. The aohinet hoes when secu-ed to the cona~ete sl ab with oantrol ler cabinet attached, must withstand a mininun wind load of !25 ar a 850 Ib f mph oroe applied at 49 above the bottom of the base without causing coup~ rp, and:cap and seal sa that the seat oun be removed without damaging.the. oaupling. fits must also apply to unused telephot:e.oonduit. 16. Stub up two separate ooradulta through the slab from the electrical and tale ptrone aervicee. Aun ~ conduit tar ~ T RAFF I C SIGNAL the base or cabins} to case art of their andx:red position or aquae any permanent deformation. fie ma>ufactu-er must supply aertiflcotian b an Inde end nt t ti l b electrical feed directly to the electrical aervioe encioaure. Run the conduit far the telephone Line direatl to the y +e'ept~r,e aervi~' usual iy iaca+ed ~ ~ BQf~ pale as ~ eleatricai service. Telephone moat not under any airc:mstaxx CONTROLLER CABINET y p e es ng a oratory or sealed by a Texas Lioenaed Prafeeaionol Engineer. Provide the cabinet base with hardware far a}}achrent to a ooncreta slob, shore a conduct with arty other function. z. The #raffla signal base oust be pernxwEently marked either by impress ar by permerw,nt ink with the ,T. Terminate eieatrio atia telephone conduits above the slob with a cabling. After the base is installed, extend the aanduite above the BASE AND PAD marxrfaoturer's modal rxmber and Hans or logo. top of the hose and sears tc the base using o steel ono-hale strop or similar suitable substitute. 8. Seal the base to ttae concrete with a silicone caulk bead and fastened to the sly Per CaNTROLLER CABINET: aaarxrtacturer's inatructians. 18. Anchor the control ler oabinet to the base uslrp four stainless steal 1/2-13 NC bolts. A T S' C F - Q `# CONCRETE SLAB: gna pod Host ba a Portland cement calcr^ete slab 9, Traffla si I control ler pared in place, oust 19. The si l loons caulk bead specified in item 680.3.8 must be RTir 133. ©TxGOi October 7000 ~+:•IIA ~K: ~+=•CJ ~K:•CAL arm the d mansions shown, and must be level, PATAENT: 20, Bid T5-CF as subsidiary to Item 680. a¢.:s~ms u~rE FE~FFFI oisreier r&ccox FEOEAa am ~~ca SNEEF 12-04 r; 2' strip if cut through ~~ µtin ~ Otherwiser lace deteotab 8th. 8, 3y S, warning onpthe entire surface '°o S' JO• MJ of cut through. rr~ J~ ~k ~~ r~ TYPE 7 s• C Far R 4e TYPE ~ a~ slew ~ aiip Align curb parvl lei e~ elk J 8, with crosswalk t ~ ~ 3%r Limits of ~~ ca ~r y' ~ a•~'i '~ ~~ a Payment Rio °}`i, Limits of !.v Sh~dSn R Payment Rdlr?q Piantin L Limits of yid'` or other Payment ~ Spa` ~ ,, ~ din non-wa I king ~' ' surface i~ ~~~ W ~ ~ ~' Flare Limits of 4 ~ W.~ 5' µin Payment a zr. ~x TYPE 21 a, TYPE 20 s, ~+r ~ ih ~~ e , p~ s Us Cross slaps not to ~r ~,or ~" val CURB RAMPS AT MEDIAN ISLANDS t,. Ram 4 exvaed 2% an any lYldth portion of romp or transition tv street. Landing shall hove P I sit i nq or other deteotab I e warning Genera I Motes non-walking surface if at mid-black if dropoff is not location All sic sore maximum allowable. The least possible slaps +hat will s ra n proper y used. Ramp length cr grade of approach protected 5' Mtn 8• sidewalks may be adJusted ae directed by the Engineer. PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP s~area e.~'~ v ~'J~ , DIRECTIONAL RAMP WITHIN RADIUS ~andlnq Rte: y y The minimum sidewalk width Is 5 . Ylhere a 5 sidewalk can not qe provided 8.3~ due to site constraints, a minimum 3' sidewalk with 5'x 5' passing areas at intervals net to exceed 200 it is required. ASP r Landin s shall be 5'x 5' minimus with a maxi q mum ZX elope in any direction. Maneuvering space at the batten of curb ramps eholl be a minimun of 4'x 4' Ptantinq or other non- -rr wholly contained within the crosswalk and wholly outside the parallel walking surface if dropoff y vehicular travel path. is net prateoted Limits of TYPE 8 i Payment Maximus al towable Dross slope an sidewalk and ramp surfaces is z%. TYPE Z 5' us+~ Curti Ramp Curb ramps with returned curbs may 6e used only where perkstriana 2' min. run at 8.3% would not normally walk across the ramp. Otherwise, flared sides shall be 5` M Plantin See Detectable provided. m a.3x Y J~ q Warn i n s ~~ y pSn Ramp ~ ~ ar other q TYPE 3 All oanarete surfaces shall reae 3% 5 x ~ non-walking ive a light broom finish unless noted otherwise in the plops. $' o ~ e' y ti~i"g Landing surface L~+- gatp , Limits of o.m m . ~ Payment Rarcp textures must consist cf truncated domed surfaces. Textures are ava± required to be detectable underfoot. 5urfaaes that Would al law water c $ Ptantinq or other non- to aooumulote are ohibited. L~c~ --- walking surface if dre ff ~ po m m o 4 Ramp ti •~ i s not roteoted cm~~ Mlidth F p Additional Information bn curb ramp looatian, daBign, lift reflective value o~ma , and texture may be found In the current edition of the Texas Accessibility c / St c Limits of Maneuvering andards [TAS} prepared and administered by the Texas Department of ~.-~ Licensing and Regulation {TOLR), w +~ Payment `fir' Space 4' x 4' o T,~ ~ ~ ` ~ Ramp 5' Min Side TYPE G Raised medians separate oppaein directions of traffic and rovide a re a m c~~ ~6 g P fug x o ~ ~ Shared Flare area for padastrtans unable to cross the entire rvadrray In the allotted ooa \~ Landing signal phase. To serve as v refuge area, the mediae should be a minim~n of 5' wide. Medians should be designed to provide aaoessible passage ~a~ Sidewalk ~~ L gg PARALLEL CURB RAMP ?. over ar through them, }$~5 a~o° Small ch5nnelizatian islands, which can pat provide a minimum 5'x 5' ~~vo $~Y` Shared ~ Fending at the top of ramps, shall be out through level with the surtaoe cIIZ ao Landing r of the street. 9 ~~}~ s Crosswalk dimensions, crosswalk markings and stop bar laaatians shat I be o ~ p ~ a k nq as shown elsewhere in the plans, At intereeotlans where crosswalk °m°~i y ~ pp Surface markings are not required, ramps shall be aElgned with theoretical 6 DIAGONAL CURB RAMP (FLARED SIDES) ~ a >,~+ crosswalks, or as directed by the Engineer. m"~+ ~vr n ..~ ~ c- m Existing features fihat canply with TA5 remain In lace unless otherwise ~y P a~~~ TYPE 4 snows on the plans. aCCa © 4' ~~ Width Handrails are not re fired on curb r ~ a $ Limits of rherever on axessibie rou+e cressesaipsnetrua~tesamps shall ba provided w m u ~4 Payment pe } a curb. roo~¢ Shaded areas indicate locations of detectable warnin s {Color J light t~ : Limits of ~' ~ g . . +.~~0 4 COMBINAT.I4N CURB ..RAMPS reflective. xalue and.texture contrast} Payment a `. yy r ~~ h. ~ 2' finis. run o~m:m ab. ,`p ~g + ',~' ~ See Detectable Curb:ramps and .iandingq ahall:be cQnstruoted and paid for in accordance:with -:..ma: y ti ,: y~. :. Item •.'Curb r and:landi '.' Street curb transitfm o: a 5 Warn i tags: ... y. ~ ~P . 4q .. sand curb bave l s w ~ :m ~ ~ , will:be'paid far ,in.acoordanae with :It `.'Concrete Curb :Duller and.Caibined. 5 x 5 ~ ~y TYPE 22 ~, ~ ceaa m z v ¢ .3 . \ ..: CROSSWALK y , ~:. h Flare - Curb :and :Gutter .. .. .~ ~~ , .. Land l nq , .. y. ~(` . QL •l. ti \ . ~ ; . y y., `8.3% .. .. Limits of y ~ { ~ • o m ~• Via: ti / w +o A . Payment Ratio . d~ yy w axe ar p{ y .}.. . 5 ~ ~ / idewalk r~. F a /. 4' Ramp 10% Limits of ~ / Width Flare Payment lr", ~J .3 Texas Departmr9nt ~' Transportation Z ~ Maneuvering , ~'~ ~ 5 x 5 IMin) ~ De~slgn Wviskn fRaad4vayl ~t~ ~, ~ Space 4 x 9 8.3% Shared Landis o ~ Ramp g ~ ~ \ ' EDE ~.- AN FA LI ~ E Sidewalk ,/ a ~ y . CURB RAMPS o io% to% W - Flare P Flare "~2 2' Alin 8.3% Stvp gar v~ua 2. ow iUAI acs Wit nr~ BOD au p~ ~ DIAGONAL COMBINATION CURB RAMP Rory QTft00T Ilardt 2002 our aso Aso PmEA~I Ato PROJECT . ~ Perpend i cu I ar to the Tangent of the CLlrb D I AGO AEY~staes DisT s FED ifiT Radius and Contained in Cros NAL CURB RAMP (RETURNED GUR$1 COMBINATION ISLAND RAMPS swa I k oaAm aoNisa. sECr Jae NICXl1Y fNTY COHi SECT JOB HN1' Concrete Driveway PayRlEnt ~ ~kGrade less than or equal to 5% if curb height greater than 6 inches. Handrail is not required. Wide sidewalk a, s +xra6 a tl6 y~o a °~ a8 o a a a U .fddn d ~ \V'r 1 CAFE BD" l W Z 0 N _ ^ j,~ W ~w [~ W !- d a a 27 "- PROTECTED ZONE In pedestrian circulation area maximum 4" ro'ection ~ A J for post or wall mounted objects between 27"and 80" above the surface. General Notes All slopes are maximum allowpble. The least possible slope that will still drain properly should be used. Traffic signal or ill[minatlpn poles, ground boxes, porrtrollsr boxes, signs, drainage facilities and other items shall ba placed so not to abstruot the accessible route. Usual sidewalk arose slope equal8 i.5d. The maximum allowable sidewalk arose slope equdls 2M. Street grades and cross slopes shall be as shown elsewhere in the plans. Existing features #hat aamply with TAS may remain in plane unles8 otherwise shown on +he plans. Changes in level greater thou % inch are not permitted. Any part of the accessible route with a slope greater than 1:20 i5$1 8hal[ be considered a ra[p. If a ramp hoe a rise greater than 6 inat[es or a horizontal pro)eotion greater than 72 inches, then it shall have handrails on both Sida6, with the fallowing exceptions: At ramp sidewalks shown at far left. #Irndr°ils are not required an curb ramps. Curb ralips shall be provided wherever an accessible route crosses ipenetratesl a curb. The least possible grade should be used to maximize aaoesslbility. iihere atruoturaliy Empraatical to achieve TA5 ocmplianoe, the running slope of sidewalks and crosswalks, within the pubEic right of way, may follow the ~^ade of the parallel roadway without invoking Texas Accessibility Standards iTA51 variances for landings or handrg118. iTltere v continuous grade greater than 5X must he provided, handrails may be desirable on one or both aides of the sidewalk to improve ooaessibllity. F6andrails may also be needed to protept pedestrians from poterl+ially hazardous oanditiana. Parabolta Drowns may require adjustment in oraeswalk areas to limit the crosswalk grade to 5X. Driveways and turnouts shall be aonstruoted and paid for in accordance wi#h item, "driveways and Turnouts". Sidewalks shall ba constructed and paid for in accordance with Item, "Sidewalks". ~ ~ 07 Concrete Or i vewa `~+~ Y a+~t Payment ... -~v ~ c~ 4• e~~4 ~ Ml c v ~+~ y ~ a ~ Q L W { -p-•~~~ ~'. C '` Z ~ ~~; ~ Y~ y lt~~ v~wm ~' ~ ~~ p`i• E '( x v o e • ` , , s' ~~ !~ 404 F,C MLCC` .... "p~ 5 Qt~ s 0001 memo ........ a~ ~ ~ I- L ~~' A~ }o> .._._._.. D Tx cv ~.r a l- o o~ v ~, o S• Qt D L ~ ihJ mb}* ~~ CLEAR GROUND SPACE AT When an obstruction of a height greater Protrudin objects of a ~~am 9 ~ ~4L PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON than 27" from the surface would create height ~ 27" are detectable ~Wt~- a protrusion of more than 4 Into the by cane and do not require ~ ~~ m Apron offset sidewalk pedestrian circulation area, construct additional treatment. ono ` MAX. LENGTH OF additional curb or foundation at the ~,,~ ~ bottom to rov 1 de a max i mum 4" overllan . v { OBSTRUCTION MIN. DISTANCE P 9 ~~ - 2'-O° BETWEEN OBSTRUCTIONS Wog 5'-l,u DETECTION BARRIER FAR ~b i a`~ Concrete :Driveway . .°.•.° CURB OBSTRUCT ION II t~aL Pp nt •.•.•:-:-.-:-:-~ (P,DLE HvoRANT T AL CLEARANCE < $Q; E C. } c,a yme .......... i i p~mm ,.~. ... . • .. . .. m o bra - 'I ,. W7~N Rte' a~ ~' .. , ~~ .~pt s~ ~ ¢Q ~ N tG / J a. z ~';T a a~ v .`W.-.-.°. ... , ~ BXQS DepOltme»~ 0~ TCa~SpO~ta~lwi ..___._ .. ~ ~~ ~o w w ~ 'a ~. ~ Deslpn`!}Nlalon [Raadwdyl [~ ~ N w a r• ~ ~ O izi ~ ~~h ... ` ~ F ~ i ... ~ N D N AC ~.. , m Planting or other ~ `~ ~ siDEWALKS A __ non-walking surface OBSTRUCTION D - ~ 2 (CONTROLLER CABINET, PLAN II I EW MAILBOX, ETC.} SHEET 2 OF 3 PLACEMENT OF STREET FIXTURES F[~ pedD2.dq[ ~I~ u~Il a~ Ire ~ I~ Q TxDOT Ycrch 2002 o[sr ~a ~ FmElw. uo ~r . sir (ITEMS NOT INT PROTECTED ZONE 4" MAX. PAST PROJECTION 9" MAX. WALL PROJECTION CANE DETECTABLE RANGE ENDED FOR PUBLIC USE, e[v[s[aa DIST 6 FED 169 SIDEWALK TREATMENT AT DRIVEWAYS MINIMUM 4 x 4 CLEAR GROUNp SPACE REQUIRED AT PUBLIC USE FIXTURES. } ca[xrr cawraal s[tr vas e[anur Ramp sidewalk 5e#back sidewalk s' -a" 3' - 8" III 0 4" ~ i r- in a 0 I ~ I , II 3 -4 '_4" 2 8 a I I N I ~ a ~ I ~ _ G _ ~ ) I ~ - ~ I ^ a I 1 5 i c " yr I ~ a ; m I a M I _ in I ~ I I M t M M I m ~ NI s Q I 1 ~ ~ r a 4 r .A h A 9r, R I ~ aD ~/- pq V a ~ 5 !_ N f 4 2 8 ~ P 1 3 e' -10" { f 6 S. F.1 ~ 16 5, F. } 1' i'-3"1'- 5 l3B. 5 S. F.1 B'- Oa {30.7 5. F. } ! II! I I C o I a o _ 0 ' - " : ) .. co .. .. . _ . ao ~ - i~ m . ~ ~~~~~~- . . (20 A F .1 t2E A. F. } {25 A. F. } P~ ~®~~aP C 2o - a ~ ~~ I,~ 4 PQML~~iI[~b4 b 4 ~lQ~~af~G ®[~4QQd~5 FEO. AD. IEdEAAL R[° PROJECT N0. 5"EET DIY. NO. N0. fi srRT~ murvir Sr,rE o15T rvo TEXAS . . DAL DALLAS DALLAS DISTRICT STANDARD `°"T. "". '°E """"",>a. o ~ ~ ~ U ~ ~ ~ L Q O 0 ~ U ~ ~ X ~ ~ ~ O ~ O ~ ~ L O L ~ ~ ~ J ., N ~ ~ ~ z ~ U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U o ~ a i a~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~a~ n ~ •- ~'~ ~ ~ ~ ° ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ w ~~ ~ ~~ ~ oca ~ ° o c ~ ~ U C ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J ~ C ~ ~ E _ ~ co ~ O ~ 2 ~ ~ p N Q U ~ ~ >, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ W ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ O ~ ~ p ~cn'L Z Q ~ C ~` O .~ ~ S O U J ~ p "_' Q- O J ~ W H Z Z W Z ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ n W W W ~ ~ ~' ~ ~ ~ ~ L C7D U H ca ca Q L a W Z O N Y O L ~ U L U~ ~ U ~ L y--~ L L y..i O ~ (L6 O ~ ~ V ~ ~ '~ ~ ~ ~ C ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ L ~ ~ '~ Q- ~ ~ ~ ~ O ~ ~ `~ p (~ ~ ~ Q L C ~ - ~ V C L (B ~, (~6 ~ ~ O •-• O ~ ~ ~ +~ cA ~ ~ ~ T N V C N C~ ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ ~~n}, UEO c6 H `. ~ L ~ ~ ~ L O ~ ~ N ~ Cfl O ~ ~ ~ cQ- j Q" ~ X ~ ~ Z ~ ~ ~ C C ~ ~ ~ QL O ~ V V ~ U ~ ~ p ~ ~ ~ (q (A O cn ~ O O ~~ Uz ~(/~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~ Qdj ~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ ~ z D ~ ~ U a> ~ ~ ~ ~ c ~~~~~~ ~ V ~Q~~v~i ~•Q~o o ~^~~~O p cn Q-~~~ Q"~a v -~N ~ E ~ ~ ~ H ~~w op ~2 Q> ~ Q~ ~ O~ w N ~ M ~ J U~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ z ~ ~(V O ~ ~ '~ i ~-- C.~(n ~z a C~ Q~ i ~ N j N ~ ~ ~ m ~ % w N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ `~ ~x ~ Q E a ~ U ~ ~X N N ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~Q ~ ~~~ ~-~ ~ ~~ ~ (B ~ ~ ~~ J ~ ~z.~Z~ w ~ Z ~Z~~ ~2 U C ~~ O Ica°~~Q O ~ ~~~a~nQ ~o~~ ~X ~ =Z ~a~~ ~ a ~ ~~~~~ ~o°a~ ~v~ z ~~o a~Z Z o ~ ~~~~~ ~o~o ~ ~ O ~~'~ cn~ Q ~. Z ~ acv- > ~'~ > -v U Ea~o.~}'.~ U ~ O E~v~i ~ w Eoooc can ~ Q ~~ U E o ~ Q ~ ~ ~~ ~ v ~ ~ o~ ~~ ~~ Z O~ ~ N Q V Z ~ z O U~`~~ z OD ~~• a~ O C~ cA cA t ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ cn }? ~ +) V Q ~ ~ V ~ Q ~ a~ U N ~ ~ u~i ~. cn ~ Q" c ~ vii ~ ~c •~ ~ H can ~ o U Q.a?~a~c°n^ V c~a Z °QZ~~~ D Q}'~o L~ L O~ O U L L~ y--i L ~ ~ a"i Q ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ J ~ ~ ~ ~ L LL ~ ~ O Q~ ~ O Q ~ ~ LPL ~ ~U U can ~ H ~ ~ LL ~ E ~U ~ (A LPL can can ~ cn ~ ~ a> ~+ ~ ~ = ~ cn ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ L~~ Q ~~ ~ ~ cn~ c U N .L a~ O ~ O (a C Q ~ ~ OO L u ~~ ~N ~ ~ ~~ •~ O ~M ~ cn ~ ~ + ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ H O ' Q ~ ~ ~ ~ Q '~ ~ C C ~ ~ ~ O U ~ ~ O L U Q ~ • ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ L (O , /~ R ^ ^` 1~ A~/` ~ /~ ui -+ y ~ ' ~ ~ O to ~ ~ ~ Q ~ O Q p ~ p p ~ ~ L Q 0 ' ~ ~ p ~ ~ ~ p ~ U ~ ~ L ~ n~~•~'E~~~~ c ~ L N ~~ ~o~ ~ ~ c~ ~ u~ L "-' ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ U O Q" ~ Q) L ~-+ V ~ ~-+ C U) ~ ~ ~"~ ~ ~ ~ (0 L ~ (0 ~ ~~ ~ ~ O Q >, E ~ ~ 0 N N ~ Q u ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Q ~ ~ U ~ ~ ~ ~ U ~ (~ Q- ~ ~ ~ ~ Q ~ U ~ N ~ ~ L ~ ~ 'U ~ L U O V w ~ m C N ~ ~ ~U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - ~ V N 0 ~ w ~Q ~ ~ ~ ~ N cn ~ ~ `~ - ca +' `~ ~ p ~ Q cn (!) "~' ~~~~ ~ ca Q cn W ~~ U ~ ~ (n ~ L ~ ~' z 0~~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ axi o ~~ ~ ~ . U ~ a i ~ O ~~ c~ ~~ O ~ -~"~~ cQ-~ ~ Z ~ ~ ~ N M ~ V >, N ~ c~ M ~ - cn ~ c ~ ~ L Q- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N ~ cn Z ~ y-+ ~ ~ +r r~ J ~ N ~ w C O c~ V ~ ~ O Q ~ O N'~~ ~ L ~ ~ ~ ~ z ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (a j ~ U ~ ~ ~ Q ~ ~ V ~ J W ~' U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ }' ~ U ca cn ~ = Q x a ~ W O D v ~ .~ ~ p ~ ~ 0 Q o ~~ j~ ~ ~ p p ~ c 6 x ~~~ ~ W > V v o O L Q ~ W ~ ~ V O~~ ~"~~, +r fn ~ Q- ~ ~ ~"~ C C ~ ~ uJ J N U N ~ ~ ~ L~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ (0 ~ ~ Q ~ ~ Q + a~ ~ ~ ~ U cv ca O . w cn ~ - ~ ~ L ~ p c ~ L ~ W J t ~ N (A ~ ~ _ a ~ ~ ~ ~ C ~ N ~ ~ ~~ ~a~~~c a~ Z ~ (6 ~ - N o~:g > ~ ~ o .X O v ~ ~ ~ u> ~ _ ~ ~ L ~ ~ °" L ~ c ~ ~ (a ~ c6 m Q ~ ~ ~ 11J ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ N ~ 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ >+ Z ~ ~ cn `~ p v~ y N ~ N ~, L ~ ~ ~ ` ~ ~ N `~ ~, ~ ~ I"~ ~ O ~ ~ y-+ ~ ~ ~ ~ •~ ~ p ~ ~ L L > ~ ~ U O ~ ' ~ y-+ y-+ ~ ~ w L ~ ~ O O (A ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J ~ W ~ w' ~ ~ ~ p ~ C ~ O O ~ cn L O ~ L ~ ~ ~ Q ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ ~ J (~ w ~ u ~ ~ ~ (~ ~ ~ J 0 (~ Q- (0 ~ ~ U (~ ~ r a Q~ (~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U •L y~+ '~~~~ X~ ~ ~ ~ O ~ t ~ W ~ t O ~ ~ a~L~ Q~ ~ ~ ~c ~ a~ ~ ~ U ~a~ ~ (6 t... t cn O ~ ~ H v~ a~~ U cn.~D~ o U U H J H a a °~ O H ca U ~ > ~~ Hcn J Q Z C~ Z Q H W D W N vi N (6 (6 U O C O U (0 t (0 L a--~ U N O Q t L .~ ~L ~-+ Q z 0 a 0 z O w J J Q H W D W a c Q c ~ c n ~ (~ M ~ (~ L ~ ~ C •~~ O~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ X ~ ~ ~ ~ L ~ ~ (Q ~ ~ O U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C • ~ ~ ~ =Ec~~ ~ L ~ ~ (Q (Q p "'' ~ ~ ~ U ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ .. ~ ~ ~ (B ~ O C p ~ u p ~ ~ C O (0 N ~ 0 0 ~ ~ O ~ (a ~ Q- ~ (0 U ~ C ~ - ~ C ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ V~ L L 0 ~ ~ ~ Q~ y~-+ ~ ~ "v ~ ~~ ~ O O ~ ~/ O ^` ~ VJ •~ ^ ~ Q ~~ .... U ~ L (~ ~ O~ N~~(~ uJ L "_' L 0 0 Q~ ~ ~ (n .~ Q 0 7 L w ~-' ~ a~i-~ ~ ~co~ a g Q- n ~ ~ ~ ~ c~ Q~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ¢ cB ~ o n~U~ D ~~ ~ ~ `~ N ~ H U cn ~ '~HN~ ~~ Z ~O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Q ~ C x ~ ~ G4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (~ O N N a~~a~?fA Q 2 ~.~ TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION AT DENTON TAP ROAD AND HIGHLAND DRIVE ITEM NO. DESC. CODE DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITIES 0416 2032 DRILL SHAFT TRF SIG POLE 36 IN LF 26.4 0418 2034 DRILL SHAFT TRF SIG POLE 48 IN LF 44.0 0618 2018 CONDT (PVC) (SCHD 40) (2") LF 30.0 0618 2022 CONDT (PVC) (SCHD 40) (3") LF 110.0 0618 2024 CONDT PVC SCHD 40 4" LF 20.0 0618 2025 CONDT (PVC) (SCHD 40) (4") (BORE) LF 370.0 0618 2052 CONDT RM 2" LF 10.0 0620 2009 ELEC CONDR (NO. 6) BARE LF 555.0 0620 2010 ELEC CONDR NO. 6 INSULATED LF 30.0 0620 2012 ELEC CONDR NO. 8 INSULATED LF 280.0 0624 2012 GROUND BOX N C 162911 W/APRON EA 4.0 0628 2115 ELC SRV TY D 120/240 100 NS GS N SP U EA 1.0 0666 2015 REFL PAV MRK TY I (W) 6" (BRK)(100MIL) LF 110.0 0666 2160 REF PAV MRK TY II W ARROW EA 5.0 0666 2173 REF PAV MRK TY II (W) (WORD) EA 5.0 0668 2020 PREFAB PAV MRK TY A (W) (24") (SLD) LF 150.0 0678 2002 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (6") LF 110.0 0678 2006 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (24") LF 150.0 0678 2007 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (ARROW) EA 5.0 0678 2018 PAV SURF PREP FOR MRK (WORD) EA 5.0 0680 2003 INSTALL HWY TRF SIG (SYSTEM) EA 1.0 0682 2001 BACK PLATE 12 IN 3 SEC EA 10.0 0682 2003 BACK PLATE 12 IN 5 SEC EA 2.0 0682 2022 VEH SIG SEC 12 IN LED GRN ARW EA 4.0 0682 2023 VEH SIG SEC 12 IN LED GRN EA 10.0 0682 2024 VEH SIG SEC 12 IN LED YEL ARW EA 2.0 0682 2025 VEH SIG SEC 12 IN LED YEL EA 12.0 0682 2027 VEH SIG SEC (12 IN) LED (RED) EA 12.0 0684 2031 TRF SIG CBL TY A 14 AWG 5 CONDR LF 205.0 0684 2033 TRF SIG CBL (TY A) (14 AWG) (7 CONDR) LF 220.0 0684 2036 TRF SIG CBL TY A 14 AWG 10 CONDR LF 40.0 0684 2046 TRF SIG CBL (TY A) (14 AWG) (20 CONDR) LF 540.0 0686 2039 INS TRF SIG PL AM(S) 1 ARM (40') EA 1.0 0686 2051 INS TRF SIG PL AM (S) 1 ARM (50') EA 1.0 0686 2061 INS TRF SIG PL AM S 1 ARM 60' LUM EA 1.0 0687 2001 PED POLE ASSEMBLY EA 1.0 6006 2003 HELIAX CABLE LF 180.0 6006 2005 ANTENNA UNI-DIRECTIONAL EA 3.0 6086 2002 GROUND BOX PREPARE EA 4.0 6266 2001 VIVDS PROCESSOR SYSTEM EA 1.0 6266 2002 VIVDS CAMERA ASSEMBLY EA 4.0 6266 2003 VIVDS SET-UP SYSTEM EA 1.0 6266 2004 VIVDS CENTRAL CONTROL EA 1.0 6266 2005 VIVDS COMMUNICATION CABLE COAXIAL LF 530.0 6744 2001 SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIO (MDS 9810 900 MHZ) EA 1.0 6817 2001 HARDENED ETHERNET SWITCH TYPE 2 EA 1.0 6969 2001 LED COUNTDOWN PEDESTRIAN MODULE EA 4.0 SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES SUBSIDIARY TO BID ITEM 680 ITEM NO. DESC. CODE DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITIES 680 TRAF SIGNAL CABINET AND CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY TS-2 EA 1 680 TRAF SIGNAL CONTROLLER FOUNDATION EA 1.0 680 CONCRETE PAD 5' X 5' X 4" SF 50.0 680 HPS 250W LUMINAIRE EA 1.0 680 ALUMINUM SIGNS STREET NAME AND REGULATORY EA 4.0 680 OPTICOM SYSTEM (INCLUDES CABLE) EA 1.0 SUBTOTALS